Far From Over

JayR

Rating: R
Genres: Romance, Humor
Relationships: Harry & Hermione
Book: Harry & Hermione, Books 1 - 5
Published: 08/06/2005
Last Updated: 13/07/2005
Status: Completed

In the game called life, how can a person be expected to win if the rules keep changing?

1. The Assignment

Disclaimer: The world of Harry Potter belongs to the brilliant JK Rowling.

The Assignment

Chapter 1

The Assignment

Life was finally going well for Auror Harry Potter. After a difficult childhood and a tormented and ridiculed adolescence, he reached a point in his life where he could do what he pleased, the world be damned. After killing Voldemort, very few people dared to criticize him. The exceptions are: his best friends, Ron Weasley and Hermione Granger; Ron’s parents, who thought themselves Harry’s surrogate parents, as well; not many other people. While Harry was content with his solitary life, he knew it wasn’t perfect. Things were infinitely better for him and that was good enough for now

Harry leaned against the doorway of the balcony of his London flat, drinking his morning tea and looking out at the city without seeing it. He loved this time of early morning, when the city was still asleep. He could sip his tea at leisure basking in the quiet moments just before dawn and ponder his work, his friendships, and his entire life. Some days the Final Battle would demand his attention, other days it was his social life, or rather his lack thereof. Today was the latter. Harry sighed deeply.

“Think of something else.” he told himself. “Think about….” With a quick glance at his watch, he decided he should really think about getting ready for work. He drained the last of his cooling tea and headed for the shower.

Harry arrived at the Ministry of Magic with only minutes to spare before his shift. He bowled over several people in his haste to catch the next lift down to the second level. He’d risen fast through the ranks in the Department of Aurors. Considering he’s been fighting Dark Magic since he was only eleven, there wasn’t much Auror training could teach him that he hadn’t already used in battle. Though he seldom used it for more than minutes a day, he had a private office in the back. He hung his traveling cloak on the rack and frowned at the number of reports in his inbox. Of his Auror duties, paperwork was his least favorite. He liked being in the field or planning raids and missions, even if someone else would be carrying out the plans. As an officer, he supervised a team of Aurors, who looked up to him. His team varied in experience from fresh from training to those who had many more years in the field than him. His found it a bit disconcerting to give orders to the elder Aurors, however he’d gotten used to it.

“Wotcher, Harry!” Nymphadora Tonks said from the doorway. “Boss wants to see you about a new assignment. He’s not chipper today, so best not keep him waiting.”

“Thanks, Tonks”, replied Harry and he gathered his quills and parchment. He’d heard rumors about a new assignment of accompanying Ginny Weasley, only daughter of the Junior Minister on a trip and he had been thinking over to whom he would be assigning the dreaded “Mission: Babysitter” should he be consulted. He had a few ideas of who in his department would be good, who would complain the least and who could be assigned this if it were a last resort. While Harry enjoyed field work, he couldn’t blame anyone who felt took offense at being assigned a “fluffy job” of escorting/guarding a woman who was clearly capable of defending herself. He liked Ginny Weasley okay, even though she hated him for some reason unknown to him. She was his best friend’s sister, a member of the family that he loved so well. As such, he didn’t care if she treated him like dirt; she was a Weasley. He’d known her since his second year at Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry. He also knew she’d had a crush on him when they were young, although he’d never talked to her about it. He never gave it much thought. He counted her among his friends, though not a close friend or even a good friend. He mainly thought of her as his best friend’s little sister, no more, no less. The assignment of bodyguard for Ginny’s trip was a “fluffy job” that no one wanted. Since Mr. Weasley became Assistant Minister of Magic, his only daughter required an escort when traveling abroad.

Harry reached his superior’s office and knocked.

“Come in”, yelled Kingsley Shacklebolt. Harry opened the door and peered inside.

“Harry. Thanks for coming down. I wanted to have a word with you. Please, have a seat.”

Harry immediately cringed. Something was afoot. The Aurors never used first names, unless they were trying to soften a blow of some sort. Never mind the politeness he was being shown, Harry knew he wasn’t going to like this at all. Is this about “Mission: Babysitter”? He wondered if it was a new project the rumor mill hadn’t got hold of yet. possibly another wild goose chase into some God-forsaken place with no running water.

“Harry, you’re a good Auror. You are the best we’ve got.” Harry felt like he was going to be ill. This was getting worse and worse and it hadn’t even started yet. Shacklebolt continued, “I need you for an assignment. I don’t think anyone else can handle it. Or maybe I should rephrase, I don’t want anyone else to handle it.”

“What is the assignment, Sir?” Harry asked reluctantly. He wasn’t at all sure he wanted to know what the assignment was.

“Harry, we need a guard for Miss Weasley when she goes to New York.” Shacklebolt stated.

Harry visibly relaxed. His boss had frequently in the past consulted with him regarding who should be assigned to projects, as well as raids.

“Yes, Sir.” Harry replied. “I’ve heard about that. I’ve been thinking who would be best suited for this. I haven’t reached any conclusions yet, but I’ll be glad to give my input on it.”

“I’m glad you feel that way, Son,” Shacklebolt responded. “The decision has been made. Arthur wants you to do it. Now before…”

“WHAT???” Harry screamed. “I’m not a babysitter…”

“Bodyguard,” corrected Shacklebolt. “Listen, Potter. Miss Weasley is going to New York on business and threats have been made to kidnap her. We need someone with field experience…”

“Half of my crew has field experience. I don’t see…”

“I’ll thank you to stop interrupting your superior officer, Potter. As I was saying, we need someone to accompany Miss. Weasley and make sure she is safe. We can either send more than one man, or we can send you. You can do this, Potter. Look at it as a paid holiday.”

“There’s no debate over my ability to do this, the question is ‘why me’? There are more than twenty people who could do this…easily.” Harry replied.

“There’s no one else Arthur trusts to keep her safe. He lost one son in the final battle. If he’s a little protective of his daughter, no one can really blame him. He wants you and you he’ll get.” said Shacklebolt in a resolute tone

“And I have no choice in the matter?” Harry shot back.

“I know how you feel,” replied Shacklebolt. Harry bit his lip in anger. “Since you are a ranking officer, I’ll make you a deal. If you can sell the idea to Arthur, your pick as the best candidate can baby-sit Miss Weasley. You can go now and talk to him.”

“Bodyguard.” grumbled Harry as he slunk out the door.

Harry took the lift up to the Assistant Minister’s office. After checking in with the secretary, he was shown inside.

“Harry! So good to see you, son! What brings you by?” Arthur Weasley exclaimed.

Harry replied, “Mr. Weasley, I was wondering if I could speak to you about Ginny’s trip…”

“Yes. Yes. I thought that might be the case.” Mr. Weasley’s smile faded and he glanced over at the picture on his desk, a photograph with nine smiling Weasleys. “Harry, surely you of all people, can understand the dangers that lurk out there. There are Death Eaters still among us and our information says some have gone abroad. I can’t risk Ginny’s safety. She thinks she can handle herself, but as her father, I don’t wish to take any risks with her.”

“I understand that, Sir, but why me in particular? Any number of my men are qualified…” Harry responded.

“Qualified just isn’t good enough, Harry, not for Ginny, not for my daughter. I want the best guarding her, and the best is you,” Mr. Weasley said. “Now I know you and Ginny haven’t been on the best of terms for awhile. This could be a chance to sort that out. I know that it bothers you the way she treats you. My Ginny is a spitfire, she is and between you and me, as stubborn as her mother.”

Harry sighed heavily. This wasn’t going to be easy. Mr. Weasley always knew how to push his buttons. He walked to the window and looked out at the clouds brewing in the distance. If he didn’t know he was underground, he would have worried about the seemingly approaching storm. The thunderheads matched his turbulent thoughts.

“Harry…” Mr. Weasley continued. “You are a part of this family. I know you can keep Ginny safe. You know how much she means to Molly and I. Do this for us, please and to sweeten the deal…” Mr. Weasley added with a wink and a smile, “…come for supper. I’ll tell Molly to make your favorite treacle tart….”

Harry swore viciously under his breath. He knew he couldn’t say no, no matter how much he wanted to. He bowed his head in defeat.

Later that evening, Harry sat in the kitchen of The Burrow, feeling stuffed. He groaned as he stood up from the table.

“Mrs. Weasley that was wonderful.” he said then kissed her cheek.

“Oh, Harry, dear,” she replied. “You are welcome for supper anytime, you don’t have to wait for an invitation. I still say you should move in here. There’s plenty of room, and I don’t think it’s right you living all alone in London with no one to look after you properly.”

“Molly, Molly,” chuckled Mr. Weasley. “I’m sure Harry has plenty of people ‘looking after’ him. I would think a single young man like Harry would prefer the privacy of his own flat.”

Harry blushed scarlet and cast around quickly for a change of topic. Molly harrumphed, but let it go, much to his relief.

“So,” Harry began. “Er…What time is Ron due back?”

“He’ll be along shortly, Harry dear.” Mrs. Weasley responded. “Practice ends at dark, then he’ll be along directly. He hasn’t said that he had plans afterward.”

Harry knew Ron’s mother wasn’t ignorant of Ron’s social antics. As the keeper for the Chudley Cannons Quidditch team, Ron had plenty of chances to kick up his heels. Harry’s friend adored fame and played it for all it was worth. Not that he got into trouble or did anything totally out of line; he just seemed to enjoy the attention.

A loud CRACK disrupted their thoughts, and then a yell from upstairs, “Is there anything left from supper? I’m starving!”

Ron was home and Harry relaxed. It was fun to have Mr. and Mrs. Weasley’s undivided attention, though only in limited quantities. He loved them dearly, but Mrs. Weasley tended to hover and Mr. Weasley wanted to quiz him incessantly on all things Muggle, not that he minded so much, the older man just tended to depend on Harry to be a muggle resource, which Harry felt he certainly was not.

“Ron!” Harry called out. “We’re down here, mate, with supper still on the table.”

Ron came flying down the steps and stopped at the kitchen door.

“Harry! What are you doing here?” Ron asked.

“Oh, Harry is going to be keeping an eye on Ginny when she goes to the States.” Mr. Weasley stated with a smirk. Mrs. Weasley hid a grin. She had always semi-secretly wanted Ginny and Harry together. Harry wasn’t sure how he felt about that exactly. The way things were going with her it seemed a long shot at best.

“Oh? Is he?” laughed Ron, letting all know he wasn’t adverse to the idea himself.

“Shut it, Ron,” Harry grumbled. He’d never thought of Ginny that way and wasn’t about to start now.

Ron sat down and filled his plate until it was overflowing. “Harry…” he began after his parents had left the room. “I need to talk to you about something. Can we go to your flat when I’m finished here? There’s a rumor that’s about to hit that you need to be aware of.” When they were younger, they found out the hard way that whispering inside the Burrow was no good. Mrs. Weasley had an uncanny knack for hearing exactly what you tried to keep from her.

“What’s that?” Harry asked.

“Not here,” whispered Ron. “Wait until we get back to your place.”

“Alright”, said Harry. “Finish up there and we can go.”

Ron hurriedly finished his meal, told his parents he was leaving and grabbed his cloak. He and Harry apparated straight to Harry’s large flat, where they were greeted by a loud, angry screech.

“Harry Potter, I am ashamed of you!” Hermione Granger shrieked. “Ron’s mum is going to send you a howler when she hears about this!”

“Hears about what?” Harry demanded.

“This is what I didn’t want Mum and Dad to hear” replied Ron. “The Daily Prophet has got wind that you are going to be a father.”

“A what???” yelled Harry. His mouth dropped open as all of the color drained from his face.

“You!” accused Hermione, “and all of your talk about playing it safe. Sally-Anne Perks told Pavarti that she’s pregnant by you. I know you went out with her several times. Hermione shook her head ruefully. “Oh, Harry. What are you going to do?”

“Deny it with every bone in my body.” Harry mumbled to himself. “Okay, so I went out with her. That doesn’t mean the kid is mine, does it?”

“Well, mate,” added Ron. “She is definitely pregnant. Charms and potions aren’t without some risk. Plus, there’s no way to prove it isn’t yours until after it’s born. By then the damage will be done.”

“I can prove it.,” responded Harry.

“Harry, listen, please” said Hermione. “Unless you’ve never…, well, we can order a paternity test, of course. She’d have to agree to that. Are you absolutely sure the baby couldn’t be yours?”

Harry immediately dropped his eyes to his shoes and breathed deeply. “I never slept with her or anyone else now you mention it.”

Ron and Hermione both goggled at Harry. Then Ron gasped.

“Do you mean to tell me” chuckled Ron. “That at the age of 23, The-Boy-Who-Lived has never….”

“Don’t be crude, Ron” scolded Hermione, knowing where Ron was heading.

“Look. I’ve been busy, okay?” replied Harry defensively.

“You can never be too busy for…”

“Ron!” Hermione interrupted. “But, Harry, you’ve gone out. Even when Ron and I were dating, you did. Surely in all that time there must have been someone…”

“I really don’t want to talk about this.” Harry cut in and then stalked across the living room.

“Harry, mate” Ron started gently as if he were talking to someone mentally unstable. His initial hilarity at the situation was behind him. “Your choices are to either let the world know about your little problem or wait until the kid is born. Talk about a choice between chimaera and a Blast-ended Skrewt!”

Harry told Ron to do something that sounded physically impossible.

Hermione had been quiet for a few minutes. Harry knew that her brain was churning with alternative plans. He couldn’t wait to hear what she had to say.

“Well” said Hermione. “Maybe if I go and talk to Sally-Anne. She works down the street from the Ministry. I can tell her that we know she’s lying and we know for a fact that Harry never slept with her. That way, no one will have to know anything else.”

After a bit more planning, he told his friends of the trip, and then Ron and Hermione left him alone with his troubled thoughts. Harry felt that the day could only get worse and decided to go to bed and start over fresh the next day

Having spent the morning in meetings attempting to rearrange his schedule, it was mid-afternoon when Hermione came by Harry’s office. Harry greeted her with a hug, and then sat behind his desk.

“Don’t you ever work?” Hermione asked teasingly. “You know a clean desk is the sign of a warped mind.”

“What did you find out, Hermione?” Harry broke in.

“Sally-Anne” responded Hermione “has decided to marry the real father of her child, so she says anyway. She talked Terry last night and told him about the baby. Their wedding announcement will be in the Prophet in a few days. According to her, she couldn’t stand the guilt.”

Harry grinned and replied, “Good old Terry Boot. She started seeing him again after we called it quits. Thanks, Hermione. I am forever in your debt.” He gave a small smile of appreciation.

Hermione teased, “As usual,” She then looked at him with concern and compassion. “Harry…” she began.

“No, Hermione.” Harry interjected holding his hands in front of him as to ward her off. “I don’t want to talk about it. End of discussion. Besides, I have to pack for my next ‘mission’.”

“Oh, that’s right!” Hermione said. “You are going to be Ginny’s bodyguard in New York. How long will you be gone?”

“Two weeks” Harry replied. “Two long and dreadful weeks.”

“Oh, behave, you prat. It won’t be that bad. It’s just Ginny…” snorted Hermione.

“Just Ginny? Ginny whose career aspiration this week is to design weddings? So now, she needs to go to the states for a show on weddings. What part of this screams ‘Auror needed’?”

Hermione laughed and said, “It’s only two weeks. You’ll be back before you know it. Then you and Ron can get together and talk quidditch, ogle women, down some Ogden’s and re-establish your testosterone levels.”

“That sounds like a plan!” chuckled Harry. “Listen, can you feed Hedwig while I’m gone? She’s made it quite clear she has no intention of going along on this merry jaunt.”

“I’ll do that. Well, off I go, then. I’m meeting Ron for lunch. Are you sure you can’t join us? I’ll buy…” Hermione added.

“No, I’ve got to get packed. You go ahead. Schedule that testosterone-spiking event with him for me, would you? I think I’ll need it.”

They said their goodbyes. Harry gave his best friend a final hug and apparated back to his flat.

2. Going Abroad

Going Abroad

Chapter 2

Going Abroad

Harry had been fighting a headache all day and this wasn’t helping. He could hear Ginny and her mother screaming all the way from the back garden. He couldn’t hear what the words were, but then again did he really want to?

“Arthur, I can go…”he started.

“Nonsense, Harry” replied the man at the head of the table. “This is your home as much as it is hers. Besides, you’ll have to work it out eventually anyway.”

Harry nodded and bent his head. He knew what Ginny was arguing with her mother about. It was his presence that upset her as it had been for the last few years. He’d tried desperately for the last two years to find out what was bothering her to no avail.

“Ginny! Talk to me, please?” he begged. “Tell me what I’ve done and I can fix it.”

The flame haired young woman stared at him coldly. “You can’t fix this, Potter. Don’t bother to try.” she spat with venom. Having said her piece, she fled from the room.

“Let her go. It’s just Ginny. She’ll be over it in a day or so.” Ron explained.

“She’s your sister,” Harry replied. “I know how your mum worries. I need to fix this if I can.”

“Do you want me to talk to her for you?” Ron asked. “Maybe I’ll have better luck with her.”

“As much as I’d like to pawn this off on you, mate, I can’t. I don’t want to drag you into the middle of whatever this is.” said Harry.

“Maybe I can talk to her, you know, girl to girl. She hasn’t any secrets from me,” offered his other friend.

“You’re welcome to try, Hermione, if you don’t mind getting in the middle. I’d appreciate it.”

Harry had tried everything he could think of over the years. He’d tried avoiding her, complimenting her, begging, yelling, you name it. He had enlisted the help of Hermione, Luna and even Neville. There was nothing that made the situation any better. There were very few times he visited the Burrow when he knew she’d be there. He avoided meeting her as much as he could. Other times, like today, she arrived when he was there and sparks flew. Today her mother was the target of Ginny’s wrath. Harry hated coming between them, but there was nothing that could be done that he hadn’t already tried. He hoped that during the excursion to the show, he’d be able to at any rate find out what the problem was. He had to at least try.

He made his excuses about needing to finish things at work and fled. It was going to be a long trip.

Harry met Ginny at the International Apparition Point. After a thorough screening process, it was time to depart. With a loud *crack* Ginny apparated followed by a soft *pop* as Harry trailed behind her.

They arrived at the wizarding community of Sniffen Court in Manhattan and went directly to their hotel rooms.

“Need any help?” Harry asked as he reached Ginny’s door.

“I can get it,” Ginny replied coldly.

This is going to be a long two weeks, Harry thought to himself as he walked across to his own room.

After unpacking Harry laid down on the large bed to relax. He had just closed his eyes, when a tawny owl dropped a note on his chest.

I’m going out in twenty minutes. Be ready.

GW

Harry rose with a groan and shuffled into the bathroom to splash water on his face. He grabbed his cloak and left the room. After knocking on Ginny’s door for what seemed like half an hour, the door opened. Ginny looked at him with a scowl. He wasn’t sure exactly why she was treating him so coldly, but then again, he didn’t much care. He was to be her bodyguard and that was all.

One hour down, he told himself. 335 hours to go.

Ginny hadn’t invited him in. She just closed the door in his face and opened it again with her cloak and rucksack in hand.

“Where are we going?” Harry asked resignedly.

“I am going to the Wedding Show,” Ginny replied. “You can do whatever it is that you bodyguard type people do. Speaking of which, aren’t you supposed to be to be watching from a distance, pretending to be invisible or something?”

“I can do that,” Harry responded. “Another option is for me to go with you and make sure anyone who sees you, also sees that you are protected.”

“Personally, Potter, I’d prefer anyone but you accompany me, but not all of us get everything we want, do we?” Ginny shot back.

“Yes, I’d have to agree with you there, Ginny,” Harry countered. “Some us have a job to do and will do it how we see fit.”

“I never asked you to come. I don’t see what’s in it for you…”

“What’s in it for me?” Harry shouted back at her, and then took a deep breath before he continued. “A man I care very much about asked me, personally, to protect his daughter. What’s in it for me is that man feels comforted by the fact I am with her. If you’re on about me requesting this job, forget it. That couldn’t be further from the truth.”

Ginny angrily marched ahead of him. He hurried to catch up. He found it amusing that she was expending so much energy to put distance between them and he easily matched her step for step.

Finally, they arrived at the show. After registering their wands at the desk, Harry followed closely behind Ginny as she moved from stall to stall. Harry had never seen so much lace and flowers in his life and was distinctly uncomfortable. Ginny seemed to take pleasure in his discomfort. He said not a word as he trailed her.

Later at dinner, Harry decided that if he was going to able to stay sane these next two weeks, he had to clear the air.

“Why do you hate me, Ginny? We were friends once. What happened?”

“Don’t do this, Harry,” she responded. “Let’s just leave the status quo.”

“It’s no big deal,” said Harry. “I was just wondering if I’ve done something…”

“That’s just it! ‘It’s no big deal.’ Is anything a big deal to you?” she charged back.

“What do you mean?” he asked confused.

“Percy was right about you all along. You are dangerous. I wish we had listened to Percy, and then maybe Bill would still be alive. I know Ron doesn’t see it my way, but if we’d listened to Percy instead of some freak, Bill wouldn’t have been killed!”

Harry felt his temper rising, though he said not a word. He was hurt more than he was angry, though he was very angry.

“I see,” said Harry coldly.

“No” Ginny continued. “I don’t think you do see. Allow me to spell it out for you. I don’t like you, Harry Potter. You are an arrogant, shallow excuse for a wizard. A freak. You’ll use anyone or anything to achieve your goals without regard for anyone. I know the truth about how Bill died. Don’t pretend to me that he was a victim of You-know-who. Draco told me how it went …”

“MALFOY???” retorted a shocked Harry.

“Yes, Malfoy, you idiot,” Ginny shot back. “He was there too, remember? He told me how you dived behind my brother to save your own neck…”

“And you believe that, do you?” mumbled Harry. “You actually believe that ferret.”

“Yes,” Ginny simply stated.

“Well, you weren’t there. Malfoy couldn’t possibly…” Harry broke off. It wasn’t worth it. If she wanted to believe that scum over him then she was welcome to. Wasn’t this just perfect. He, Harry, was a lying, cowardly freak (that term had always grated on him. The Dursley’s called him by that name throughout his childhood) and Malfoy, the one with a Dark Mark on his arm, was the truthful one. He didn’t have to explain himself and he wouldn’t. What happened in the Final Battle was currently classified information. He could neither confirm nor deny what she said.

“I guess that’s that then,” stated Harry coldly. “Let’s get out of here.” He threw a handful of galleons on the table and followed Ginny out of the door.

The next few days were arguably the longest in Harry’s memory. He was severely out of his element at the ‘International Conference of Magical Nuptials’. He followed Ginny around as she pondered this flowery contrivance or fondled that lacy whatsit.

Less than 100 hours left, Harry told himself. You can do this. Soon you’ll be home. Just a few more days…

Several hours later, as they were leaving the show, Harry felt the hairs on the back of his neck stand on end. He closed the distance between himself and Ginny with ease.

“Well, well, well, what have we here?” called a cold familiar voice. “Is it not the Assistant Minister’s only daughter? Accompanied by the one and only Harry Potter? This must be my lucky day.”

“What do you want, Dolohov?” retorted Harry curtly.

“Come quietly and no one gets hurt,” replied Antonin Dolohov. “Yet…that is. There’s a high bounty for her and even higher for you, Potter.”

“Oh, yeah?” questioned Harry. “So how much are we worth in Death Eater gold?”

“Shall we say…” responded the Death Eater, “…more than you’ll ever see in a lifetime.”

“I’d hate to make it easy for you” Harry said as he crouched into a defensive position. “A man should have to work a bit for his galleons.”

Harry whispered “Servo suus!” toward Ginny and a silvery shield engulfed her. A red light flew by his left ear. He ducked out of the way. He knew he should have chosen a more populated route back to the hotel. He glanced over at Ginny and saw that she looked frozen in place. Was it fear or did she get hit with an impediment jinx? Harry thought to himself. Harry sidled casually in front of Ginny and stood in dueling position.

He whispered, “When I give the word, run to the coffee shop around the corner and stay there. Use the fire and speak to Seth McGriffin. I went through training with him. Stay with him until I get there.”

“NOW!” Harry shouted, as he threw a Binding Spell at Dolohov, and Ginny scurried around the corner.

“Incidere!” Dolohov responded. Harry leaped out of the way of the cutting curse, but he wasn’t fast enough. He felt a burning along his chest and side where the curse hit him. After trading jinxes and curses with Dolohov for what felt like hours, he flung another Binding Charm at Dolohov that hit the Death Eater square in the chest. Dolohov struggled against the conjured magical ropes while Harry caught his breath.

“Alright, mate?” he heard from the corner. “I just got here. What can I do?’

It was Seth. Although Harry had Dolohov under control, he was glad to have the back up.

“Get him out of here.” Harry said breathily. “Where’s Ginny?”

“She’s fine, Harry. She’s back at her hotel locked in safe and sound. Are you sure you’re okay?”

“Yeah,” replied Harry.

Seth took Dolohov into custody and Harry apparated back to the hotel. Harry lay across his bed. He wasn’t sure why he felt so drained. Dueling was his forte. Then he remembered the Cutting Hex he’d felt. He ran his hand under his black robes, drew it out. Seeing his hand covered in blood, he swore viciously.

He gathered his strength, changed and went across to check on Ginny.

“Are you okay?” he asked quietly.

“Fine,” she responded softly, her eyes downcast.

“Listen, I need to run out for a bit. Will you stay here until I get back?”

“Sure,” she replied, tears silently slipping down her cheeks.

Harry noticed and gave her a slight smile. “We’ll talk when I return.”

“Fine” Ginny responded.

He walked over to her, laid a hand on her shoulder and said, “We’re ok. We’re safe.”

Ginny nodded meekly.

Harry got back from the healer in a horrible mood. He couldn’t wait to get home and get checked by the healers at St. Mungo’s. Hopefully Hermione would be working. She’d whinge at him, but he knew she was discreet.

Ginny knocked on his door. He opened it slowly.

“I know I said we’d talk, but I’m not very good company right now,” he told her plainly.

“What’s wrong?” She inquired.

“Nothing,” Harry replied. “Do you want to get some dinner? Maybe I’ll be in a better mood after we eat”

“Let’s just order room service,” Ginny offered. “After this evening I’d rather stay in.”

Harry picked up the menu and spoke his and Ginny’s order to it and the food appeared on the table.

After they ate Ginny asked, “What was all that about earlier? Why did he want me?”

“Apparently,” Harry began, “just before we left, rumors surfaced that you were targeted to be captured by a group of Death Eaters. I don’t know the full details; I just know that it has something to do with your father and his position at the Ministry. I wish I could say it won’t happen again, but I can’t. That’s why I’m here. That’s why your father asked me to protect you.”

“And you just agreed…”

Harry chuckled. “I wouldn’t go that far. I know how you feel about me Ginny, regardless of what happened tonight. I came as a personal favor for your father. He had to bribe me with your mum’s treacle tart.”

“Am I wrong about you?” Ginny said softly. “Tell me what happened that night. Please.”

“I can’t” Harry said. “I won’t talk about that night. Please don’t push me on it. I can’t and I don’t only mean I’m unwilling to talk about it, although I am. I’m not allowed.”

“Can you tell me if what Malfoy said is true?”

Harry looked at her and gave a sad, small laugh. “You’ll have to figure that one out for yourself, I’m afraid.”

“I never thanked you for protecting me tonight…” Ginny started.

“And I don’t want you to,” cut in Harry.

“Oh, Harry,” Ginny whispered and flung herself at him.

Harry nearly screamed in pain and Ginny jumped away from him quickly.

“You’re injured!” Ginny shrieked. “Why didn’t you tell me?”

“Why would I tell you? It’s just a cut. I’ll be fine,” Harry replied. “It’s not a big deal.”

“Let me see,” she demanded.

“No,” he replied. “I said it is fine.”

“Have you been to a Healer?” she asked.

“Yes,” he replied. “That’s where I was earlier.”

“What did they say?”

“It’ll be good as new in a few days. That’s all. I’ve got some days saved up.”

“I’d like to go home, if that’s okay with you,” she stated.

“Best idea I’ve heard in days.” he said with a grin.

Harry arranged to have Ginny’s purchases transported home, as well as new documents for them to leave earlier than planned.

3. Changes

Requested Author’s Note: Thank you to everyone who has read and/or reviewed my little story. Please be assured that this will become H/Hr. It is critical to the plot for Harry to date Ginny first, however. I tried for a long time to write this with an OC or another character. I even went as far as writing the first few chapters with “___Name___ “ rather than hers. A ditsy Ginny just felt right no matter hard I fought it. Please bear with me for a bit.

Changes

Chapter 3

Changes

Arriving back in London, life returned to normal for Harry. He took a few days off to rest from the trip, not to mention giving the deep cuts on his abdomen and side a chance to heal after the skirmish. There was, however, one major difference. Ginny dropped by his flat regularly. Harry wasn’t sure why, though he didn’t mind. He wasn’t over her “freak” comment. That still rankled, but he was willing to bury the thought. Maybe she felt guilty about his injuries. Maybe she understood about the Final Battle, he didn’t know. She either made him a meal or brought food with her. He was, he thought, a decent cook. He’d had enough practice playing house elf to the Dursley’s. He just didn’t often bother for only himself.

“What’s up with Ginny lately, mate?” Ron asked as he handed Harry a pint.

“What do you mean?” Harry responded.

“She’s always here,” winked Ron. “I thought she was angry with you over something.”

“No idea.” replied Harry. “She’s your sister. You would know better than I do.”

“Personally, Harry, I think she might fancy you again a bit.”

Harry snorted. “That’ll be it, wouldn’t it? ‘I blame you for my brother’s death’, but fancy a snog? You’re mad, Ron.”

“We’ll see.” Ron snickered.

After listening to Puddlemere United pummel the Chudley Cannons yet again, Ron left.

Ginny stopped by later. Harry was in a jovial mood, in part with the aid of the ale he’d drunk with Ron during the game. She had brought a delicious meat pie from the Burrow. When she left, to Harry‘s surprise, she gave him a quick kiss right on the lips.

Harry was confused. How did she go from “I don’t like you, Harry Potter” to kissing him? Would he ever understand this stuff? He should talk to her, he knew that. He sort of liked her taking care of him lately. It was great not having to worry about what to eat. “I’ll ask her out and we can talk,” he told himself. “Then maybe I’ll know.”

When Ginny stopped by the next afternoon, Harry wasn’t home. He knew she’d been there by the stew left warming on the stovetop. Harry was about to take the first bite when a knock sounded at the door.

“Come in” he responded and leveled his wand at the entrance.

“Hi, Harry” Ginny said. “I see you found the stew. Mum thinks you need feeding up, so I volunteered to bring it over.”

“Thanks” he responded. “Say, Ginny… you don’t have to do this. It’s not that I don’t want you to come by, I do. You just don’t have to bring something every time, if you don’t want to. I mean...” Harry knew he was rambling. “Just say it!” he told himself.

“I thought maybe…I could…er…take you out…someplace…er…next time.” Harry could feel the heat rising in his cheeks.

Ginny smiled brightly. “I’d like that. Tomorrow, then?”

Harry smiled back. “Yeah. Okay.”

“And, Harry, Mum wants to see you. You are expected at the Burrow on Saturday. Mum wants to see for herself that you’re okay. Anyway,” Ginny went on, “how was your check up at St Mungo’s?”

Harry’s face dropped. He didn’t want to think about that. He sighed and said grumpily, “Out for another week and behind a stupid desk for two more after that. I’ll be a nutter by the time this is done.”

“I’m sorry.”

“Why?” Harry asked. “Did you curse me? Was it you I dueled with in that alleyway?”

Ginny shook her head.

“Then it isn’t your fault.” replied Harry.

“I was so very wrong about you.” Ginny said softly. “After what Draco said…”

“I don’t want to hear about Draco or anything he’s had to say. He’s not worth it.” Harry charged.

“So…” Ginny started with a wink. “What can I talk about that you’d want to hear?”

Harry sat on the heavy leather couch, his head down. “I don’t know.” He responded shyly. “Er…how about your work? How’s that coming along?”

Ginny sighed. “I don’t know if weddings are really my thing. Maybe I should try something else.” She walked behind the couch and started rubbing Harry’s tense shoulders. With her hands still on his shoulders, she went to his side. With only an arm rest separating them, she went on, “I know you don’t want to talk about ‘feelings’. Why don’t you try to just ‘feel’?” Ginny whispered as she casually laid herself across his lap.

Harry woke early the next morning to drink tea in his usual spot at the doorway of his balcony. “First” he told himself aloud, ”I asked Ginny out. Two, she kissed me again. What about that? I liked kissing her. I could get used to that. What if we started seeing each other seriously and it didn’t work out? What if I did something and all of the Weasley’s started hating me? Can I deal with that? Is it worth that risk? When did I start talking to myself? I’ve got to get out of here.” Harry apparated to Diagon Alley. He had no destination in mind. He just ambled about, lost in thought, enjoying the mild spring weather. He stopped to watch a group of children jump about in a water puddle. He fought the urge to join them.

“When have I ever done anything like that?” he asked himself. He knew Aunt Petunia would have killed him for even thinking about daring to do such a thing. He heard that little voice that sounded like Hermione. “You need to learn to relax, Harry. Have some fun. Play some quidditch. Go on holiday. Voldemort is gone; the Death Eaters are slowly being captured; take some time for you.”

He’d been watching his back for so long he was sure he was turning into Moody. “I wish I could talk to Sirius. He’d know what I should do. Maybe after dinner tonight, I’ll just know.”

His date with Ginny was thankfully uneventful. No attacks by Death Eaters. No arguments. Dinner was lovely. The conversation was a bit stilted as they cast around for a topic that would interest them both. They had decided to keep this new relationship between them quiet for a bit.

When he had kissed her goodnight, he got the impression she was waiting for something. He had no idea what, though. “Surely she wasn’t waiting for him to ask to come in! Not on a first date! I wish I knew about this relationship stuff.”

Harry arrived home to find Pigwidgeon fluttering around waiting for him. Harry took the letter, read it and smiled.

H,

Thanks for a lovely dinner. Can’t wait to do it again.

G

“At least there’s going to be a next time” Harry chuckled to himself.

Harry went back to work the next week. He hated being stuck behind a desk. He felt like he was in school again. He decided that since he’d never really gone on holiday, he would take a couple of weeks for himself.

“Hey, Ron…” he started “Practice doesn’t start again until next month, right?”

“His next practice is the first of April” Hermione answered. “Why?”

“What’s up?” Ron asked.

“Well…” Harry began. “I was thinking about taking a holiday and …”

“YOU?” Hermione exclaimed. “Is everything ok, Harry?”

“Fine. Fine.” Harry responded quickly. “I just can’t go back in the field yet and hate the paperwork I’m stuck with. Can you get time off, Hermione?”

“The ‘Trio’ on holiday.” Ron said laughingly. “Who’d ever have expected that? I’m up for it, mate. Where should we go? I mean I’d have to come back for meetings, of course, but I can manage”

Hermione smiled to herself. “I’ll see if I can take off, too. I think Blaise will be too busy to notice, anyway.”

Ron grimaced. Even though he and Hermione called it quits years ago, he wasn’t certain he approved of her seeing that Slytherin or any Slytherin for that matter.

“See if he wants to come along, if you want.” said Harry.

“We’ll see,” said Hermione. “Tell me where you want to go and I’ll make the arrangements.”

Harry met Ginny back at his flat. “Ginn” he began. “I want to talk to you about something. Ron, Hermione and I are thinking of going on holiday…”

“Oh, Harry, honey,” she moaned. “I can’t possibly go anywhere now. I’ve just started my job at Madam Malkins. I don’t dare.”

“Oh.” Harry muttered. He hadn’t thought of bringing her. “That’s alright. It would be hard to keep us a secret if we were together all the time anyway.”

“You haven’t told them about us?” Ginny asked.

“No. Should I have? I thought we were going to keep this between us.” he explained.

“From everyone, yes, but it is common knowledge that you three have no secrets between you. You should tell them at least.” Ginny looked as if she was explaining a very simple connection, although it didn’t really make sense to Harry.

“I thought you wouldn’t want me to. And there are things that I don’t tell them. Loads of things. Anyway, Hermione is making the plans and we’ll be gone from Thursday until a week from Saturday. Then hopefully I can get back to my job”

“My hero!” Ginny teased. She wrapped her arms around him.

“Yes, Ma’am,” kidded Harry in a low voice. “Got to keep the streets safe for women and children everywhere.”

“I’ll miss you.” She breathed.

“Me, too” he responded and leaned down to kiss her.

“Harry,” she started hesitantly. “Want me to stay over?”

“You don’t know how much I want that, Ginn. It’s just not right yet. Not with all of this secrecy.

“That’s so sweet” she said. “Just know that I’m ready whenever you feel the time is right. It has to be right for both of us.”

The Trio left on Thursday morning and arrived in the Virgin Islands. After checking in, they lounged about on the beach, went for a swim, and then made their way to the bar for drinks.

“This place is great, Hermione. You can make my travel plans anytime.” gushed Ron.

“Thanks, Hermione,” Harry added. “This is brilliant.”

Hermione smiled at the praise. She sipped her wine slowly while appraising Harry. “What’s new, Harry?” she asked, sharing a glance with Ron. “You’ve supposedly been on the injured list at the Ministry, however you’re hardly ever home.”

“Oh, you know, the usual, running errands” Harry lied uncomfortably. “Taking care of things a person never has time for while working, that sort of thing.”

Hermione wasn’t convinced, neither was Ron, come to that, but after a shared glance with Ron, she let the subject drop.

The next morning Harry had his head in the fireplace, talking by floo to Ginny when Ron came into his room. Harry bumped his head in his haste to end the floo call. While Ron couldn’t have known who he was talking to, Harry was sure Ron had detected he was talking to a girl.

“So…”Ron began. “Who’re you talking to so early?”

“A friend” lied Harry. “Er…a friend from work.”

“Spill it, mate” Ron demanded as Hermione also entered. “Who is she? What’s her name? Has she helped you out with that little problem?”

“RON!” shrieked Hermione. “That’s none of our business.”

“He was talking to someone by floo, Hermione.” Ron teased. “He was using his mushy voice.”

Harry wished he could disappear. “Wait” he thought hopefully. “I’m a wizard. I can disappear.” Ron knowingly grabbed him by the arm.

Hermione replied expectantly “Well, if he doesn’t want to tell us, he doesn’t have..”

“It’s nothing” Harry insisted. “Just drop it, okay?”

Ron and Hermione shared a smirk and let it go. They had their suspicions about who Harry was seeing. They knew Harry kept secrets with the best of them, but always told them eventually. They would have to be patient. It was not exactly Ron’s strong suit to have patience, but he knew pushing Harry made him clam up even more.

4. Alterations

Alterations

Chapter 4

Alterations

Summer faded into autumn as a routine was established for Harry. He had decided he’d had enough of hiding his relationship with Ginny. Knowing he wasn’t in love with her and never would be, he enjoyed most of the time he spent with her. She was fun. He invited Ginny to his flat for supper and subsequently invited his two best friends, one of which was Ginny’s brother.

“I met the delivery owl at the door, hon,” said Ginny as she swept into the room. “You owe me seven Galleons. What on earth did you order? This is a lot for the two of us.”

“I invited Ron and Hermione. I wanted to tell them about us.” Harry replied. “I don’t want to hide anymore. You were right, of course. It’s been horrible keeping it from them.”

Ginny slid into his arms and rested her head against his chest.

“Oi, Harry,” called Ron. “Are you here yet?”

Harry and Ginny sprang apart, as Harry responded, “In here.”

“Ginny, what are you doing here?” Ron asked.

“Harry invited me for dinner, but I really can’t stay. I was just…”

“Please stay,” Harry begged.

Ron smirked.

Hermione arrived as Harry was putting the meal on the table. She greeted them each with a hug.

Harry went into the kitchen to get the wine from the fridge. Ginny was already there piling up the plates. He grabbed her around the waist and pulled her tight against him.

“Where were we before interruption?” she asked turning around.

“Right about here,” he said with a kiss.

She melted into his embrace. They heard a gasp from the door and again sprung apart.

“Hermione! Sorry,” stammered Harry as he followed her back to the dining area.

“Honestly, Harry,” Hermione said. “It’s fine. I was just surprised, that’s all.”

Ginny was nowhere to be seen. Ron perked up at the exchange.

“What’s happening?” Ron asked.

Harry examined his shoes at great length. “You see…er…well…ummm…”

“What Harry is trying to say is that he and I have been seeing each other for a few weeks now.”

“I knew that,” smirked Ron.

“I also knew that,” stated Hermione.

It was Harry’s turn to gasp. “What? How did you know?” he spluttered.

“It was easy, mate.” Ron explained. “You have ‘errands’ always at the same time Ginny is ‘working late’. You’re less tense than I’ve ever seen you. You were even relaxed on the islands. It wasn’t hard. Well...plus, did you think I wouldn’t recognize my own sister’s voice on that floo call I walked in on? I didn’t recognize it right away, but I worked it out.”

Harry grinned. “So you’re not furious at me for not telling you?” he asked.

“No. It’s great!” said Ron.

Hermione added, “What did you think we’d say?”

“Well, when we decided to keep it a secret,” offered Ginny. ”Harry, the prat, thought I meant to keep it secret from everyone. I thought he’d told you.”

Hermione looked pensive and said nothing.

Ron said, “That’s Harry for you. You have to be specific. Instead of saying ‘it’s a secret,’ say ‘Let’s not tell the Daily Prophet’ otherwise he won’t tell a soul.”

“Can we change the subject, please?” asked Harry.

“Oh, no, Harry!” teased Hermione. “Ron doesn’t yet know exactly what I walked in on…”

“What were they doing?” Ron ribbed. “Let’s think. Was there fully clothed body contact, Hermione?’

“Yes.”

Harry thought he was going to be ill. “Enough,” he said.

“Was there tongue involved?”

“Yes,” Hermione said.

“Anyone’s hands in improper places?” Ron went on.

“NO!” said Harry, scandalized.

Ron, Hermione and Ginny laughed. Harry didn’t find it a bit funny.

They finished their supper and went to the living room to talk over pudding. Ginny sat very close to Harry and absentmindedly rubbed his thigh.

“How is Blaise?” Harry asked Hermione.

“He’s fine,” Hermione responded.

“Well,” said Ron. “Since we are playing ‘who’s got the Veritaserum” here tonight, I’d better come clean as well.” They all looked over at Ron. “I’ve also been seeing someone. I think she may be the one.”

“Well done, mate,” replied Harry. “Anyone we know?

Ron examined his fingernails closely. “Lnvgd,” he muttered.

“What was that?” prodded Ginny. “You and Luna?”

“Yes,” Ron retorted. “I’m in love with Loony Lovegood and from now on I don’t care who knows it.”

“Might I add,” said Hermione, “I also knew that. Luna told me last month when she came into St Mungos to pick up a certain potion…”

Ron blushed a deep red then hurried to change the subject off that. “How is it that you know everything?”

“I pay attention, Ron,” Hermione gloated. “Anyway, I need to run. I’ll see you later, then.”

She tidied her glass and plate from their pastry and said her goodbyes. “I just want you to be happy,” she whispered in Harry’s ear. “Above all else, that’s what’s important.”

He hugged her tightly, even though a bit confused by her words, and said, “I’m working on it.”

Ron said he should get going as well. Luna was expecting him to drop by. “Say, since we are all seeing someone, we should all get together. See what happens. Who knows, say, if any one of us gets married or something, the other person would feel better if they were part of the group.”

Harry smiled. He knew which one of them was most likely to marry. It clearly wasn’t him.

“Alone, at last,” breathed Ginny as she approached Harry.

“I bought you something,” Harry stated softly.

Ginny giggled. “I love it when you buy me things. It means you were thinking of me when we weren’t together.”

Harry smiled and held out the small box. He watched as she opened it.

Her eyes got huge as she looked at the bracelet contained in the box.

“Harry!” she exclaimed. “I was saving up for this. How did you know?”

“In the words of the great Hermione Granger, ‘I pay attention.’” He chuckled.

She flung herself at him. He staggered in surprise as she wrapped her legs around him. He carried her over to the couch and sat down with her in his lap.

“Harry,” she sighed between kisses.

“Can you stay?” he asked hesitantly.

“Let me send Mum a note”

Harry called his beloved owl as Ginny quickly scribbled a few lines. They retreated to a room that only Harry had been in since moving in. He was adamant that his bedroom was off limits to everyone and now he was carrying Ginny into his private domain. He was more than a little nervous. He had always been prone to nightmares. What if he had a particularly bad one? Would Ginny be afraid of him? He wished he’d been more prepared for this. ‘Too late for a Calming Draught now,’ he thought. He then wondered as he laid Ginny across his bed if a Calming Draught would be a help or hindrance. Snape never exactly gave them the side effects of the potions. What if it made ‘things’ not work properly? He groaned at that thought. Since Ginny was kissing his neck, she hadn’t noticed his distraction. ‘Ok, no more thinking about Snape right now,’ he told himself and relaxed into her embrace.

The next morning Harry was in his office looking over his schedule. “Not bad,” he said aloud. “Three days out of town in the next week.” He felt tired mentally from the escapades of the previous evening. He smiled to himself. He didn’t feel physically tired despite getting very little sleep. ‘I suppose nightmares weren’t a problem,’ he told himself. ‘Maybe I’ve found an interesting treatment for them,’ and chuckled. He definitely felt mentally drained. He didn’t think he’d ever talked so much in his life. He wasn’t sure why he’d said the things he did; it just felt right at the time.

That night at dinner he compared schedules with Ginny. “Barring any new attacks, I’ve got only three days in the field,” he said. “What days do you have off at the shop?”

“I think I want to quit there,” Ginny responded. “It’s dead boring most of the time. Maybe I’ll try something else. Maybe I’ll try at the Ministry again.”

Harry was puzzled. She’d only been at the shop for two months and was already bored. “At the Ministry, we can see each other almost every day,” Harry offered with a smile he didn’t really feel.

As they left the restaurant, Ginny noticed, with a frown, several witches staring at her boyfriend. This happened every time they went out. Harry didn’t notice at all. He didn’t even notice when their hostess or waitress flirted with him. He’d been approached for an autograph, which he’d politely signed. He had detected a decline in her mood.

“Are you alright?” he asked.

“I will be,” she responded.

He kissed her at the corner and watched her head toward the Burrow from behind a tree. He couldn’t wait until he could proudly walk her to her door.

“Damn!” cursed Harry, a week later, as he struggled through the door with his crutches. The last raid he gone on hadn’t gone very smoothly, as he’d known it wouldn’t. Thankfully his damaged leg was the worst injury of his squad. He threw the crutches in a fit of anger, knocking several knickknacks off his desk. He swore more viciously at the damage.

“Reparo!” he shouted and the statues mended themselves as he hobbled to the couch.

“Harry!” called Hermione as she rushed into his open door. “Are you okay? What happened? I heard you all the way downstairs.”

“Come on in the living room room, Hermione.” he called back. “Fair warning, I’m in a lousy mood and not good company for anyone.”

“Oh, Harry,” she gushed running over to assist him when she saw his bandaged leg and various cuts and bruises.

“It’s fine,” he said. “I should have dodged left rather than right. Seeker reflexes mean nothing when you go the wrong bloody way.”

Harry let out a string of curses that would have made Ron proud, but Hermione didn’t dare reprimand him.

“What can I do for you?” she asked.

“Nothing,” he grumbled. “I just need to park myself on the sofa and work out what went wrong.”

Hermione knew Harry was no stranger to pain and a master at covering it. She tried to surreptitiously remove her wand to scan him to see what injuries he was hiding.

“Don’t even think about it,” he protested. “I was close to Hogwarts, so I visited Madam Pomfrey. I swear that woman misses me. She was trying to get me to stay overnight! As if by this time I wouldn’t recognize an effing Dreamless Sleep Potion!”

Hermione knew Harry detested hospitals or any other medical facility. She was also certain that he’d still be at St. Mungos if he’d been checked there, especially if she were the one to examine him. From her quick scan, she’d identified several curse wounds, including the Cruciatus Curse. He needed someone to stay with him, not that she’d tell Harry that. He would go ballistic at the mere mention, especially in his current mood. Maybe she should ask Ginny to see if she’d stay with him. That might even lighten his mood. Then again maybe not. She’d noticed that Ginny seemed to irritate Harry rather quickly.

“Harry,” she started hesitantly. “Is Ginny coming over tonight, as well?”

“No,” Harry snarled. “She’s washing her hair or some such. I wasn’t sure if I’d be back yet, so we made no plans.” Harry rose carefully and struggled into the bathroom and closed the door.

Hermione made a floo call to Ginny and found she wasn’t home. She couldn’t reach Ron at home or at Luna’s either, so she decided she would stay, at least until he fell asleep.

Although Harry was trying to be quiet, when he knocked his injured knee on the door, he let out another loud stream of swearing before he caught himself and bowed his head in shame. He normally didn’t swear because didn’t want to show any weakness to anyone, ever. He wondered if Hermione would ever leave, however in his current condition, while knowing she wouldn’t unless someone else was there. It wasn’t as if he minded her being there exactly, he just wanted to be able to scream, swear, get sloppy drunk, or whatever else was necessary to deal with the pain.

Harry made his way back into the living room. Hermione rushed over to assist him. He grudgingly accepted her help. He was exhausted, hurting and he was furious. He just wanted to be alone to get piss drunk and forget everything for a while.

“I’m fine, Hermione,” Harry once again complained. “You can go. I’ll be fine, I swear. I just want to get plastered, and then collapse. That’s the extent of it.”

“I’m staying for sure, then. I know you’ve taken several potions. You shouldn’t drink while on them.”

“Look,” Harry said curtly, “I don’t want or need a minder. If you want to stay as a friend, go ahead, I really need to take the edge off of this pain. I’m going mad here.” He could not believe he just said that, especially to Hermione, soon-to-be Healer Extraordinaire.

“Please let me check you, Harry. I trust Madam Pomfrey implicitly, but being the resident ‘Know-It-All’ I’d prefer to make sure she didn’t miss anything.”

“She didn’t,” Harry shot back. “But go ahead if it makes you feel better. After you bring me the firewhiskey that is.” he smirked at her.

Hermione fetched him the smallest bottle she could find. Harry stretched out on the soft leather couch. He took a long swallow straight from the bottle and closed his eyes.

Harry could feel the magic evaluating him. Although he didn’t like the vulnerable feeling, he allowed her the assessment. He didn’t dare open his eyes to see the shock and pity he knew would be in her eyes. He was just doing his job. Things like this happen and he was used to it. He’d think about the mission’s failure later, he decided groggily.

Harry awoke with his head in a soft lap. He smiled without opening his eyes wondering how he had gotten so lucky. She smelled so good. He’d always loved the fragrance of her perfume. She smelled just like….

“Hermione?” he gasped as his eyes flew open.

“Good morning,” Hermione responded with a smile. “How are you feeling?”

“I’m fine,” Harry answered automatically. He did a quick check on himself. Knee still ached, expected; headache from hangover, no, didn’t drink much; facial cuts, healed; body cuts and bruises, healed; remnants from painful curses, gone.

“You’ve been busy,” he stated.

“Yes, well, you’ve a bad habit of getting yourself into trouble. One of the reasons I became a Healer was to be able to fix you up to my own satisfaction.”

Harry ducked his head so that she couldn’t see the eye-roll he couldn’t prevent.

“You can’t keep doing this, Harry,” she said. “You need to find something else…”

“Don’t start, Hermione,” Harry interrupted. “I know about the limitations of magical healing. I know about scars, possibly more than anyone. I also know about many other things that you don’t. Things I can’t talk about so please just drop it, alright?”

“You were already asleep when Ginny came over last night,” she stated, hoping to calm him.

“Oh? I’m sorry I missed her,” he said.

“She started at the Ministry today. She was eager to tell you about it. She’ll be by after work today.”

“I hope she likes this one,” he offered.

“Well, you know Ginny,” Hermione responded. “What’s her average, three months before she gets bored?”

Harry smiled at that. “That’s fairly close. Like a butterfly, she is, in a never ending pursuit for the perfect flower.”

5. Parental Approval

Parental Approval

Chapter 5

Parental Approval

“Are you sure you’re ready for this?” Ginny asked.

“No, definitely not.” responded Harry. “I mean, they are your parents, no matter how much they mean to me. Their support means something. What if they’re against the idea?”

“They won’t be. Don’t be silly. Mum has hinted at just this thing for years. ‘Ginny dear, why don’t you find a nice boy like Harry?’ Or ‘Ginny, love, I’m sure Harry could take you.’ You’re seriously worried about this? They’ll be just happy to know who I’ve been seeing. They’ve been asking around trying to find out. Fred and George told Dad it was some wizard that’s married with 4 squib children. Ron said it was a Muggle.”

Harry chuckled as he apparated to the Burrow. He and Ginny arrived in the orchard and walked up to the ramshackle house.

“You know,” she said. “I told them I was bringing my boyfriend by tonight and when they see you walk in, they’ll know. You won’t have to say anything outright.”

They walked into the kitchen and learned that Ginny was correct. Mrs. Weasley grabbed Harry in a tight hug.

“Oh, Harry dear, I’m so happy for the two of you! This calls for a celebration! Arthur! Get out the best wine! The boys will be here in a bit. Oh, Ginny!” said Molly as she then grabbed her daughter.

“We aren’t getting married, Mum, we’re just dating!” Ginny protested.

“Oh posh.” said her mum. “Everyone has to start somewhere…”

“Mu-u-um!” Ginny warned.

“Harry? Can I show you something in the shed?” asked Mr. Weasley.

“Yeah. Okay” Harry replied with his face red and his eyes fearful.

“Harry” Mr. Weasley began. “As a father figure to you, I can’t be more pleased with the relationship between you and Ginny.” Harry visibly relaxed.

“She could certainly benefit from your influence on her life. You are a grounded responsible young man. That being said, as Ginny’s father, I have to worry about it. You still have a target on your back and I don’t want my only daughter getting caught in the crossfire. I know your record; however I also know what’s going on at the Ministry. Until the spy is caught, you will still be in direct danger. Have you thought through all of this?”

“Yes, sir, I have.” Harry replied. “The only ones who know about Ginny and me are close friends and family. That’s the way I’d like to keep it, if I can. We haven’t done anything publicly that we haven’t done for many years. We remain strictly platonic as far as any outsiders can see.”

“And privately?” Mr. Weasley asked. “Are you being as careful there?”

“Yes, sir” Harry replied confidently, his face flaming. “No one can see her arrive or leave since she has clearance to apparate directly into my flat. I keep the windows shuttered when I have any guests. I take every precaution available.”

Mr. Weasley acquiesced. “Take good care of her, Harry. I know you wouldn’t hurt her voluntarily.”

“Thanks, Mr. Weasley. Yours and your wife’s support mean a lot to me.” Harry let out the breath he hadn’t realized he’d been holding. The two men went back into the house, where Harry caught Ginny’s eye and winked to let her know that he’d succeeded.

Dinner was a loud boisterous affair. Fred, George, Ron and Charlie had all arrived. Harry recieved lots of teasing, which he returned with enthusiasm. After the massive quantities of stews, bread, sausages, roasted potatoes, and many more bits and pieces were consumed, the group wandered into the living room to relax and visit. While Harry was sitting with Ginny at his side, he never took her hand or made any movement that could be construed as romantic.

“Say, Harry,” Charlie began. ”Are you any closer to rounding up the remaining Death Eaters?”

“We’ve made progress, but we’re not close enough in my book.” Harry responded. “We’ve kept them from organizing, so just small pockets flare up from time to time. It’s only a matter of time before we get them all.”

Ginny smiled at him proudly.

“Awww, isn’t that sweet,” said Fred.

“Ickle Ginny is in hero-worshiping mode,” said George.

“My idol!” said Fred in a falsetto voice as he leaned his head against Harry’s chest, fluttering his lashes.

“Shut it!” replied Ginny, “or I’ll jinx you to London and back!”

“Fred! George!” warned Mrs. Weasley. “Leave them alone this instant! I swear you two could try the patience of Merlin. Harry, dear, can I get you something, another glass of wine, perhaps? ”

“No, thanks though.” Harry said. “I’m on call tonight.” He stood up with a groan. “Which means I should really be going. Thanks for everything.” Harry hugged Mrs. Weasley, shook Mr. Weasley’s hand, pulled Ginny into a hug and whispered softly. “Will I see you later?”

Ginny nodded enthusiastically to which Fred and George guffawed.

“Oi, Potter, that’s our baby sister you are scheming with.”

Ginny glared at them, daring them to say any more.

Harry sniggered and said, “Well, goodbye, then.” and disapparated back to his home.

Upon arriving, he heard a tap at the window and found Hedwig with a large frog in her beak.

“Nice hunt?” he asked her as she flew inside. She dropped the frog to the bottom of her cage and clicked her beak at him.

“Good, good.” he said taking her clicks as affirmative. He heard a pop in the kitchen and went to see if his guest was who he was expecting.

“Ron, what are you doing here?’ he asked.

“Needed to get away for a bit, though I wouldn’t say ‘No’ to a pint, if offered.” Ron replied.

“Help yourself.” said Harry waving his hand nonchalantly towards his fridge. “Is Hermione still working?”

“Yep,” Ron answered. “She’s off at eleven. I’ve two more hours to kill. Mind if I stay here until then?”

“Suits me.” Harry responded. “I may have to go, though. I really am on call.”

“Fancy a game of chess?” Ron asked hopefully. He enjoyed beating Harry at the game over and over.

“Nah.” Harry said. “I’d rather talk to you about something. It stays between us, though. You can’t even tell Hermione, alright?”

“Sounds ominous.” said Ron.

“It is,” replied Harry. “Have you noticed that, for me, work has been, shall we say, dodgier, lately?

“Yes, now you mention it. Hermione even noticed how often you’ve been patched up. She’s worried, mate.”

“I think there’s a reason for it. I don’t have any proof, mind, but it seems as if the raids are expected. They know where we are hitting from, where and how we are arriving, and most of all, who is coming. We’ve changed our strategy in the field, we’ve done everything we can think of. It’s like they are listening to our meetings…”

“Like Rita Skeeter?” Ron offered.

“Exactly! Don’t think that hasn’t come to mind.” Harry replied.

“Extendable Ears?” Ron asked.

“Can’t get through the Imperturbable Charm.” Harry said. “I learned that from your mother.”

“What about Fred and George? Can’t they come up with, I dunno, a scrambler and decoder thing?

“Brilliant, Ron! That’s what I’m looking for. ‘Will it work well enough to protect my men?’ is what I’m struggling with. I’ve taken the brunt of the hits, but there have been others injured and I can’t allow that.”

“Let me call up Fred and George right now and see what they think. They’re still at the Burrow.”

Ron grabbed the Floo powder and stuck his head in the fire. He took his head out and turned to Harry. “They’ll be on their way over, unless you want to charm them in for apparating.”

“Not in this lifetime.” said Harry with a smirk. “They’ll prank the whole place next time I’m gone. Just add their names to the book on the mantle, under ‘Limited Access” then the Floo will be open for them.

“Ah, he’s ready for more, I see,” said Fred, stepping out of the fire, “without Mum around,”

“to censor our sentiments.” said George.

“Yes, I feel the need for a rousing chorus of...”

The twins jumped around in circles, singing loudly, “The-Boy –Who-Lived got…”

“That’s enough, guys!” Ron shouted over the twins. “This is serious.”

“It’d better be serious.” said George.

“Yeah, that’s our sister…” said Fred.

“Quit taking the mickey for a minute, would you? Harry needs your help.” said Ron pleadingly.

Harry just hung his head. This was exactly why he went to Ron and not the other two.

“Here’s the deal,” explained Harry and he proceeded to tell them what was happening at the Ministry.

“No problem, Harry.” said Fred.

“We can have test models to you by the end of the week.” said George.

“Thanks, guys, I really appreciate it.” replied Harry feeling he could finally make some progress.

The next day, Harry explained his theory to Shacklebolt. Even though Harry was on the day’s roster, he wanted to make sure his superior knew he was onto a possible solution.

“So, ” Kingsley Shacklebolt began. “With these whatsits from the Weasley’s, we can give orders and we’ll hear the correct orders and outsiders will hear something different?”

“That’s the gist of it,” said Harry. “For instance, you say ‘Meet at the Three Broomsticks’ and the Aurors involved will hear just that, however those not involved will hear, oh I don’t know, The Leaky Cauldron or something. If we’re being overheard, we can have another squad in waiting at the fake location and round them up. The rest of us will be at the actual location for the intended raid.”

“Excellent work, Potter.” Shacklebolt said proudly.

“I can’t take all of the credit, Ron and I came up with the idea. Fred and George are inventing it. They can be trusted.”

“I know all about your school cohorts, Potter. That wasn’t in question.”

“Thank you, sir” Harry responded.

“If this works, said Shacklebolt, “you’ll be the one to thank.”

Harry nodded and went back to his desk. The filing and paperwork he’d been neglecting had finally reached a point of desperation. Harry spent the remainder of the afternoon filling out forms and filing.

Upon arriving home, he noticed that his door was ajar. He balled his fist around the end of his wand and went inside. He couldn’t believe his eyes. There was Ginny, sitting on his couch, wearing a black leather…something. He wasn’t sure what this get up was called, but he knew he liked it.

“Ginny? What are you doing here?”

“Waiting for you.” she answered in an almost feral tone.

Harry smirked at her. “And what if I’d been late or maybe had to work all night?” he asked playfully.

“I’m sure I would find something to occupy my time and you would have missed out.” Ginny responded. “Anyway, there’s a new club opening in Hogsmeade and I want to go. Get dressed and…”

“Ginny” Harry warned. “We’ve talked about this. We can’t go out together like that. It wouldn’t be safe.”

“I don’t care about ‘safe’. I want to dance with my boyfriend. I want the whole world to know that we are together. I want…”

“To get yourself hurt.” Harry finished for her. “Have you talked to Ron or anyone? Maybe we can make a group thing, and then no one will know…”

“NO” Ginny ranted. “What part of ‘I want the world to know’ slipped by you?”

“I want that, too, eventually,” pleaded Harry wrapping his arms around her waist, “just not yet. Please? Just a while longer…”

Ginny pouted prettily, then laid her head on his shoulder.

“I’ll make it up to you. I promise.” Harry said softly.

“You’d better” she responded. “Do you mind if I go? It sounds really exciting.”

“Not at all.” he said. “Just, please be careful.” At her frown, he added, “I know you’re a strong witch and your Bat-Bogey Hex is tops. You can take care of yourself. Just be on your guard, okay? Promise you won’t freeze up next time?”

With a quick kiss, she promised to be safe and left. Harry made himself some supper from the leftovers he’d saved.

“Just you and me, girl.” he said lovingly to his snowy white owl. She nipped at his ear and settled in to be stroked.

6. The Real Me

The Real Me

Chapter 6

The Real Me

Harry was dead tired. He’d worked a twenty-hour shift, complete with three raids. The only thought keeping him going was crawling into his bed. He arrived at his flat via floo, as he didn’t dare apparate. His jaw dropped with the realization that there had to be at least twenty people there.

“Harry!” a familiar voice called. “You’re late!”

Harry looked at Ginny in confusion. “I’m sorry. Was I aware we were to be entertaining?” he asked his girlfriend.

“Well, no. It was a spur of the moment thing, kind of a Gryffindor Reunion…”

“Are Ron and Hermione here?” he asked, wondering if he’d be expected to stay.

“No, they couldn’t make it. They had other plans.”

“I see.” Harry answered, hiding his relief. “I’m really knackered. I’m going to head upstairs.”

“Harry, wait!” Ginny called. “Can’t you stay with us just a little while?”

“I really can’t.” he responded. “It’s been a long day.”

“Then you need a drink! Colin, fetch Harry some ale!” Ginny called across the room.

“Colin Creevey?” Harry thought. “Since when did little Colin Creevey become a drinking mate?”

“Thanks.” Harry called as he snagged the bottle out of the air. He sat down, took a few sips and felt his eyes getting heavy.

“Harry…Harry…” His eyes snapped open. “Why don’t you just go to bed?” Ginny pouted. “Everyone was excited to see your flat, but if all you are going to do is sleep, then just go to bed. Look everyone! The-Boy-who-defeated-Voldemort has become the Boy-who can’t-keep-his-eyes-open-long-enough-to-party!”

“Can we talk about this later, Ginny? I’d really like to get some sleep.”

“Okay, we’ll clear out.” She lowered her voice to a whisper. “Did you want me to come back later? I can owl Mum and say I’m staying at Luna’s…”

“Do what you want,” he replied in an equally soft tone. “I probably won’t wake until noon anyway.”

“Okay. I’ll just come back at noon. I can take off from the shop and bring you lunch.”

Harry didn’t know which ‘shop’ she referred to. The last he’d heard she was going to work at the Ministry. He decided it didn’t matter. “That sounds great. Be careful.” Harry decided the steps were too much to handle and lay down on the sofa while Ginny took the party elsewhere.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

“Hey, sleepyhead” Ginny said as she sat down beside him. “Are you ill? You were really out of it last night.”

“I worked twenty hours straight. I was out of it and not expecting to play host.”

“Oh, Harry! Why didn’t you say something? If I’d known you were that tired, I wouldn’t have had people over.” she responded.

“I told you I was tired and wanted to go to bed. What else could I have said that would have made a difference?”

“Loads of people say they’re tired, and then wake up once they’re around other people. You should have said that you were really tired.”

“I did.” he replied.

“Then you should have told me you’d worked a long shift.”

“I did.”

“Maybe I should wait and ask you before I invite people over to a flat that isn’t mine.”

While Harry agreed with her, he believed it would be a bad idea to do so aloud. “I don’t mind if you have people over. You’re here more than I am lately, anyway. I would, however like to know in advance, so we don’t have a replay of last night.”

“You are so good to me.” she said sliding into his arms. “I promise to check with you next time.”

“And my bedroom stays locked?”

She nodded her assent and promised, “And your bedroom stays locked.”

Harry threw together some sandwiches for lunch, before he remembered Ginny was bringing something. He tried to hide them to save her feelings.

“That’s okay,” she said when she caught him. “I brought soup, so the sandwiches will be fine. Twenty hours is too long a shift. What did you do?”

“I don’t like to talk about my work,” he said. “Tell me what’s happening at the Burrow.”

“Well, Mum caught Ron sneaking Luna in. He said she was coming to borrow something, but I don’t think she bought it. Luna has a flat by the Quibbler. Why would she want to sneak around?”

“Maybe the thrill of trying not to get caught,” Harry suggested. “Have you seen Hermione? I haven’t seen anyone in days.”

“You work too hard. You should slack off. Don’t you have holiday time coming?”

“About 15 days is all I’ve got left. I’ve used some time for injuries and such.”

“Why won’t you tell me about your work? It must be very exciting, chasing bad wizards all over, getting into duels…”

“When I’m home I want to forget about all of that.”

“There’s a party at the Ministry tonight. Want to go?” she asked.

“I’ll be there anyway. My team is providing security.”

“Who is Force Leader in your group?”

“Does it matter?” he challenged.

“Well, I’m going. Is it possible that you’ll have an opportunity for a dance?”

“I can’t make any promises, but I’ll try.” he replied.

“I’ll count on it, Mr. Potter.” she said with a smirk.

“I’ve got to get cleaned up. I’ll see you there then?”

“Count on that, too.” she purred. He gave her a quick kiss and took the stairs two at a time.

Attired in his dress uniform, Harry stood watch for anything out of the ordinary. He walked around the ballroom, outside the perimeter of the building, as well as the hallways leading to the feast. He was the most visible of the Auror team assigned for security. The only Death Eater not afraid to challenge him was Bellatrix Lestrange. Harry hated that she had escaped his grasp. He had an axe to grind with her. He had already killed at least one person before, so what was one more.

Harry saw Ginny from across the room. She looked like she was having loads of fun. He lost count of the people she’d danced with. He shouldn’t be jealous, but he was. He wanted to be the one dancing with her, holding hands with her, introducing her as his girlfriend. He caught her smile and returned it. He knew he would always be a target for Dark Wizards, yet he hoped that soon the remainder of Voldemort’s cronies would be rounded up and he could live a normal life. Then again, maybe ‘normal’ was too much to ask for.

Harry took a break from his duties and approached his girlfriend. He dared not dance too closely, unfortunately, but he hoped she planned to come to his place when he was relieved. He could wait until then.

Draco Malfoy approached attired in the finest blue and gold robes. “Are you the hired help tonight, Potter?” Malfoy sneered. “I’d watch my back if I were you.”

“We are all very glad you aren’t me,” Harry responded.

“Jealous much?” Malfoy taunted.

“Jealous? Jealous of what, Malfoy? Your money? I’ve got my own, thanks, and I know mine didn’t come from Dark means. Maybe I should be jealous of your fighting ability. No,” Harry laughed. “I know.” He said snapping his fingers. “I should be jealous of the fact that you were able to run from the Final Battle, rather than fight. Of course we were never sure which side you were on anyway, were we? So why don’t you skip on off to the party and leave the security to the real men.”

Malfoy scowled and stomped off. Harry knew he hadn’t heard the last of him tonight. He was correct in that assumption. Malfoy had made a beeline to Ginny. As the two were dancing, Harry tried desperately to temper his reaction. Malfoy had his filthy hands on Ginny. Harry wished he could walk right over and claim Ginny as his own, but he knew he couldn’t.

With a heavy sigh, Harry went to patrol the perimeter of the building. On his way back in, he found Ron with Luna and Hermione with Blaise.

“Nice uniform, Harry.” Hermione beamed. “You should wear your dress grays more often. You look very handsome.”

“Hey, guys” he responded. “You ladies look exquisite.”

“What are you doing out here, Harry?” asked Blaise.

“Just checking the perimeter. That and avoiding the lovely sight of seeing Ginny dance with Malfoy.” Harry replied.

Ron’s ears turned dark red. Luna put a hand on his arm to calm him. “Let’s get a drink, Blaise.” she said leading him away from the others knowing the three friends needed some time. The trio closed into a tight circle.

“She’s your girlfriend,” Ron whispered. “How can you let her dance with that…that…that… Malfoy!”

“I can’t exactly march over there and stop it, now can I? But I swear to you I will nail that bastard to the wall.”

“You’ve got something on him?” asked Hermione.

“I can’t give details, but yes. We are very close...” Harry broke off. He watched Malfoy’s approach with narrowed eyes.

“Ah, the dream team meets.” Malfoy sneered.

“Sod off, Malfoy,” said Ron, his voice low and dangerous.

“Or what?” asked Malfoy, “You want to start something with me, so Scarhead here can step in? That’s what he was hired for, you know, to protect us Ministry personnel…”

“I don’t want you anywhere near my sister. Leave her be and we’ll have no trouble.” Ron growled.

“Isn’t that for Ginny to decide?” replied Malfoy. “Surely she’d rather be with a real man, rather than the…” he cast a hard glance at Harry, ”…riffraff she’s been associating with of late.”

“Oh yeah?” asked Ron. “Who’s she been associating with that I wouldn’t approve of, besides you?”

Malfoy snickered. Just then Kingsley Shacklebolt joined the group. “Potter,” he said. “I’ve come to relieve you. Your team can take off or enjoy the festivities.”

“Thank you, sir.” said Harry with a salute. Malfoy snickered.

“If you stay, either remain in full uniform or change entirely. Maintain the integrity of the corps.”

“Yes, sir.” Harry answered restraining himself from loosening his tie. He told his friends, “Let me go change. I’ll meet you inside.”

Harry returned wearing navy dress robes. He quickly found his friends and noticed that his girlfriend was well on her way to being pissed. She was dancing with her father. When the song was over, Ginny ambled over to Harry’s group.

“Harry, baby, when can I have my dance?” she said with a slight slur.

“We danced earlier, remember? Want to go again?” Harry took the arm she offered and led her to the dance floor. She laid her head against his shoulder and pulled him very close. While he enjoyed the feel of her body against his, he was cognizant of Malfoy’s words and backed off slightly.

“What’s wrong?” she asked with a pretty pout. “Is there someone else you’d rather be dancing with?”

“No.” answered Harry. “I just don’t want you in any more danger because of me.”

“You think I can’t protect myself, Harry? I don’t need another father or any more brothers.”

“I know,” he replied. “I’d just like to keep us private. I thought we agreed on that.”

“You don’t think I can handle myself, do you, Harry Potter!” she said, her voice rising.

“Potter doesn’t think anyone can handle themselves…” Malfoy snarled. “I know you can, sweet. May I cut in?”

“That would be lovely, Draco.” she said with a glare at Harry.

Harry had no choice but to relinquish her. He grabbed a butterbeer and returned to his friends.

“You just handed her over to him?” Ron asked in disbelief.

“What choice did I have? She was just short of shouting at me. Do I want to announce to the world that I’m seeing her? Do I want a larger target on her back?” Harry snarled. “I don’t like it any more than you do.”

“But Malfoy…she’s dancing with Malfoy!” Ron roared back.

“I know.” Harry said with a heavy sigh. “Believe me, I know.”

Harry’s discomfort increased with the diminishing distance between Ginny and Malfoy. He could see her laugh at the things that were being whispered in her ear. He rededicated himself to gathering evidence against the blonde. Harry ran his hand through his hair, making it even more unruly.

“Having a good time?” Ginny asked Harry upon her return. Apparently she had forgotten their almost row. He wasn’t going to remind her.

“Loads.” he said with sarcasm. He restrained the urge to question her about her behavior while dancing. “I’d like to go home.”

“Do we dare leave together?” she asked. “I mean, I don’t know which way to choose, a helpless girl like me leaving all by myself or someone noticing that I have a famous yet attractive Force Leader on my arm. Why couldn’t I know you were Force Leader?”

“Does it matter?” he asked.

“Of course it matters!” she retorted. “That’s quite an achievement! But I can’t tell anyone, can I? I can’t even tell my closest friends that we are dating…”

Harry inwardly groaned realizing the argument wasn’t over. “Are you coming over?” he requested in an attempt to appease her. She nodded with a spark of determination in her eye.

He said his farewells and left for the apparition point. Once back at his flat, he hung up his uniform and dress robes then went into the kitchen to wait for Ginny and her famous Weasley temper. He hoped his luck held in that she had forgotten she was angry with him.

Ginny popped into the kitchen, flung herself at Harry and kissed him soundly. “I can’t resist a man in uniform,” she breathed. “Especially a Force Leader’s uniform…”

She pressed him up against the cabinet as he said, “I’m not in uniform anymore,” very glad that the row had been postponed.

“Details…details.” she responded while she began working on the buttons of his shirt. He pushed her hands away. “What?” she asked.

“I’m just tired,” he responded. “We can talk tomorrow.”

7. The Breakup

The Breakup

Chapter 7

The Breakup

“Harry,” Ginny started. “You need to get ready. We’re supposed to be at Seamus’ pub at half seven. “

“I wasn’t planning on going to Seamus’ tonight, Gin.” Harry replied. “I was planning on listening to the Harpies game on the wireless. Remember what we talked about?”

“Please go with me, Harry,” begged Ginny. “Everyone will be there. It won’t appear that we’re together. Seamus will have the game on there. It’s been a dreadful day. I just need to get out.”

“Alright, alright,” Harry smiled. “I’ll be ready. Just let me get cleaned up.”

While Harry was showering, he wondered what the night would bring. The Dark Wizards had been laying low for too long. He hoped that they’d be content with that for one more night.

“Ready?” Ginny asked as he came from the bedroom.

“Can we talk about this some more?” he asked. “I’m nervous about people seeing us together and risking your safety.”

“Harry, please don’t start this again. If you are nervous, stay home. I’ll be going and I’ll be fine.”

“Just let me check in at the office, first. I can meet you there. That’ll give more of an impression that we aren’t together.” Harry offered.

“Whatever.” Ginny sighed. She allowed him to kiss her cheek and then disapparated.

An hour later, Harry arrived at the pub. The match was just starting on the wireless.

“Harry!” shouted Seamus over the din in the pub. “What’re you doing here?”

“I’m meeting…er…some friends.” He screamed back. He couldn’t believe what he’d almost said, in a loud voice, in a crowded pub. THIS was why he didn’t want to go out with her. THIS was what he was afraid of happening and it almost had, because of him. He didn’t know what he’d do if he slipped and she was hurt because of a stupid mistake.

He found Ginny in the back in a group of people, most of whom he didn’t know very well.

“Harry!” Ginny called as she launched herself at him.

“Er…Hey, Ginny” Harry said as he backed off from what would surely be a public display. He could smell the alcohol on her breath already.

You’re sposed t’be here a loooooong time ago.” Ginny slurred.

“Sorry,” he answered. “I got held up.”

“Well, you’re here now.”

“That I am.” he responded.

“Ginny, baby, come sit back down” a young wizard leered at Ginny.

“Maybe I’d better not be here.” said Harry as he forced down his anger.

“Pish posh!” exclaimed Ginny, leading Harry back to the table. “Everyone, Harry’s decided to join us.”

The group gasped when they realized who was joining them. A cacophony of voices made excuses and made their way from the table, leaving Ginny and Harry alone in the back of the pub.

Ginny giggled drunkenly. “You sure know how to clear a room sweetie.” she said.

By now whispers were all over the pub the Famous Harry Potter, Defeater of Dark Wizards was in their midst. Faces were staring at him unashamedly. Harry tried to pay it no heed. He found it difficult.

“Oi! Harry! What’s your poison?” shouted Seamus from across the bar.

“Just a butterbeer,” replied Harry.

Seamus came over with the beverage and sat down with Harry. Ginny got up and went back over to her friends.

“Sorry about that, Harry. They mean no disrespect.”

“I know. I just wish…I don’t know what I wish, come to that.” he responded sadly. “I think I’ll just finish this,” indicating the butterbeer, “and head back home.”

With that Seamus picked up the empty glasses off the table and carried them back to the bar. Harry found Ginny. It wasn’t difficult. The crowd seemed to part whichever way he walked. He felt annoyed about it. It didn’t help his mood to see a wizard draped over his girlfriend.

“I’m leaving.” he said sharply.

“You just got here! You can’t go yet!” Ginny shot back.

“You seem to be well in hand.” he said to her.

“You’re jealous!” Ginny laughed.

“This is not the time or the place.” Harry growled. “Come by if you want.” he added more gently. “I think we need to talk.”

Ginny shrugged and wobbled back to her group. Harry left.

Around half past one, Harry heard a knock on the door. With wand raised, he opened it.

“Hiya, Harry.” Ron said, entering and carrying an inebriated Ginny over his shoulder.

“Can’t you put a lead on your girlfriend?” he asked dumping his sister unceremoniously on the bed in the guest bedroom off the living room. “This is getting to be a habit of hers. I can’t take her home like this. Mum would go spare!”

Harry groaned.

Ron went on, “I thought you were going with her tonight. What happened?”

At that, Harry lost his barely controlled temper. “What happened? I’ll tell you what happened. I get to the pub, right? I find her and she’s already pissed. This bloke is all over her. I can’t react, can I? I can’t tell him to take his filthy hands off of her because no one is to know we are together. I know she’s just trying to draw attention away from us, but I can’t just watch that. I can’t! Everyone at the pub stares at me like I’m some kind of freak, watching to see if some new Dark Lord is going to challenge me to a duel or maybe I’m going to lose it and start A-K’ing everyone in the place. I just can’t take it, Ron. I just…” He picked up a vase and threw it hard against the fireplace. He heard a satisfying shatter of glass.

“Easy, mate.” Ron said as he laid a comforting hand on Harry’s shoulder. Just then a Floo call came into the fireplace.

“Potter! Are you there?” asked Kingsley Shacklebolt loudly.

“I’m here.” said a resigned Harry. He knew he was being called for a raid. In his present state of mind, he knew he shouldn’t trust himself on a raid.

“Roll call is in forty-five minutes. Can I count on you?” Shacklebolt asked.

Harry sighed audibly. “I’ll be there.” he said in a resigned tone. “Listen, Ron. I’ve got to go. Did you want to stay here and keep an eye on her?”

“I would, mate,” Ron explained, “but I’ve got to…er…do stuff. Let me see if Hermione is out with Blaise. Maybe they can do it.”

Harry was just leaving when Hermione apparated into the kitchen. “Hey, thanks for this. I owe you.”

She gave him a quick friendly hug. “Just be careful, Harry, please. And hurry back. I hear Ginny gets grumpy with a hangover.”

“You don’t even know.” Harry sighed then he apparated away.

Harry arrived home early the next morning exhausted and disconsolate. The raid went well. Several Dark Wizards had been apprehended; however it seemed to Harry that whenever they locked one up, another was ready to fill his place.

“Oh. You’re home,” Ginny yawned. “What happened to you last night? You said you’d come.”

“Please let’s not get into this right now.” Harry pleaded. “I’ve been up all night and I’m not in the mood for a row.”

“What are you in the mood for?” Ginny teased.

Harry sighed. “Just sleep.”

Ginny frowned. She wrapped her arms around Harry’s neck. “I missed you last night. I hate sleeping in your guest room all alone. It makes me feel so…unwelcome.”

“You are welcome anytime, Ginny. You know that. I’m not sure you knew you were alone, though. You were pretty pissed.”

“I was not drunk!” Ginny exclaimed.

“If you say so.” Harry said with an almost sad chuckle.

“What’s wrong, Harry? Have I made you angry?”

“Not angry, no.” replied Harry. “You really want to talk about this now, do you?”

“I’d like to clear the air before I leave. I need to look for a position. You’re so lucky. You’ve always known what you wanted to do. Your life is so perfect. I wish…”

“PERFECT?” Harry sputtered. “What do you know about it?”

“I know plenty!” Ginny shot back. “You never have to worry about how much you spend. You never worry about what to wear, what you look like. You were offered a stack of jobs after school. You could take your pick! You don’t care what people think about you. You are above all this. It’s actually freakish. ‘The Great Harry Potter’ and all of that rubbish. People bend over backwards for you and you can’t trouble yourself to even show up.”

“If you are meaning yourself, then I’d be careful, if I were you. I knew you were ‘bending over’, the part I question is if it was for me.” Harry said angrily.

“Don’t be crude, Harry. What are you on about?”

“I stopped by work, and then went to Seamus’. You were in the back with your friends. They left when I joined in. You went with them. Who was the bloke with his hand on your arse, anyway?”

“What bloke? With his what? Oh. That must have been Ian. I only pretend to be interested in him, for your sake. You don’t want anyone to know we’re going out, so he pretends to be interested,” said Ginny accusingly.

“I don’t like it. I don’t like it at all.” Harry replied.

“I want to go out. I want adventures. I want to make a name for myself. I can’t do that sitting here all of the time. It’s the same as sitting at the Burrow. It’s dead boring.”

“I think I’ve earned my share of boredom, thank you very much.” Harry retorted.

“I know you have. You’ve had an exciting life. You still have an exciting job. I want that for myself. I want to be more than the Assistant Minister’s daughter.”

“Maybe we want different things.” said Harry.

“Are we breaking up?” asked Ginny plaintively.

“It appears so.” said Harry. “Can you see an alternative? We’re only making each other miserable.”

He tried talking to her for an hour more, attempting to make her see his point of view, as well as see hers. Every thing he had came with a terrible price. He wasn’t sure if it was all worth it.

“I wish it could’ve been different,” offered Ginny.

“See?” Harry said with a small smile. “I don’t get everything I want.”

Ginny smiled back sadly. “I’ll let you get to bed. I’ll see you around, Harry.”

Ginny left and Harry trudged up to bed. When he awoke it was nearly noon. He took his tea out to the balcony, as was his habit. He looked out over the city and pondered his broken relationship. “Maybe I am boring,” he thought. “Maybe I’m better off alone.” He heard a Floo call in the other room and ignored it. He never let anything disturb his morning tea. He reserved this time for introspection and decision-making. The newspaper could wait. Floo calls could wait. Voldemort, himself, would have had to wait, if he were still alive.

Harry heard a *pop* of a guest apparating into his kitchen. He ignored that, too.

“Harry? Are you here?” It was Hermione. If she found him, he’d talk to her, but he didn’t make his presence known.

“There you are.” she said at last. “I knew I’d find you out here. So, what major tribulations are we solving today?”

Harry snorted in reply.

“Ginny came by to see me. Are you okay?” she asked softly.

“I’m fine.” he said in reply.

“Do you want to talk about it?” she asked.

“Nothing to talk about, really.” he replied.

“Don’t give me that rubbish.” Hermione said. “I know you’re hurting. What can I do?”

“It’s no big deal.” Harry stated. “Relationships fail everyday. I am no different.”

“It is a big deal. What you are feeling is entirely normal. I’ve been there.”

“I don’t want to talk about this, Hermione. Please, just let it go.”

“Can I ask what happened?” she asked laying a hand on his shoulder.

“According to Miss Weasley, I am a boring freak. She’s called me that twice now, you know. That seems to be a general consensus. She wants excitement and I can’t provide her that. I only wanted to keep her safe. I only wanted to protect her.”

“I’m sure she knows that. And I’m also sure she doesn’t fully know your childhood history. If she did, I’m sure she never would have said those things.”

“The words don’t matter. The meaning behind them does.” he said sadly.

“Do you have work today?” Hermione asked.

“No, I worked until six this morning. I’m not on again until my trip to Romania on Friday.”

“Oooh, Romania in the winter sounds exciting, in a frigid sort of way.”

Harry laughed quietly. “Really! Why can’t the Death Eaters just wait until it’s nice outside? And why Romania? At least I can drop in on Charlie while I’m there.”

“How long are you gone?”

“Ten days. It couldn’t have come at a better time, though. It’s a good time to get away.”

“Want me to watch Hedwig while you’re gone?”

“That’d be great. She likes staying with you better than Ron. Pig seems to annoy her.”

“Who doesn’t Pigwidgeon annoy?” laughed Hermione.

“How is Blaise?” Harry asked.

“He’s fine.” she responded. “He makes me content.”

Harry pulled her into a soft hug. “I’m glad,” he said. “You deserve it.”

A guilty look fleetingly crossed Hermione’s face. Harry wondered what that was about, but kept silent. “Are you sure you’re okay?” she asked him.

“I’ll be fine.” he answered.

8. Notoriety

Notoriety

Chapter 8

Notoriety

Harry sat with Ron in the living room. He was very glad to be home. The trip was a success and his visit with Charlie was a relaxing break. Charlie knew of a pub that, like the one he and Ron went to in London, even Harry Potter could go unnoticed. If he was recognized, it was with a wave rather than open stares.

“How’s Charlie,” Ron asked, “and the kids?

“They’re great,” replied Harry. “Marina is as beautiful as ever. The kids are getting so big. They loved the presents we sent.”

“Have you talked to Ginny since…you know?”

“No. Should I have?”

“Dunno,” said Ron defensively. “It’s weird, you know?”

“What’s weird?” asked Harry.

“She’s got another new job, right?”

“That’s not weird, Ron. That’s normal.” Harry chuckled.

“That’s the thing, though. It’s not the type of job I’d expect from her. She’s a columnist at ‘Witch Weekly’. I never knew she could write. It makes me wonder how well I know my sister.”

“Don’t worry about it. I hope she finds what she wants. She can’t be happy flitting from job to job.”

A small Scops owl came zooming in the room, fluttering precariously with a note in its beak. Harry couldn’t help but laugh at the little bird’s antics.

“Come here, you idiot!” Ron shouted as he struggled to catch the bird. “Pigwidgeon, come back here!” Harry reached and grabbed the owl out of the air easily.

Ron took the letter and began to read. All of the color drained from his face.

“Bad news?” asked Harry.

“No, no” Ron said rapidly. “It’s fine. It’s just…I’m going to KILL my sister.”

“What did she do?” Harry prodded with a smirk. He couldn’t help but be entertained by the dynamics of sibling relationships.

Ron poured two large glasses of firewhiskey and handed one to Harry.

“It’s a bit early for this, isn’t it?” Harry asked. “What did Ginny do that’s got you in a state?”

“Harry, mate…” Ron began. “You’d better sit down.”

Harry did as he was told and looked at Ron expectantly.

“Harry, mate…” he began again, and then sighed heavily. “Harry…”

“Just spit it out, Ron. We’ve established that I’m Harry,” he said as he pointed to himself, “and we’re mates.” He gestured between the two of them. “What’s the rest?”

“Let’s just say I know now how Ginny got the job at Witch Weekly.” Ron said resignedly.

“What does that have to do with me?” Harry was confused.

Ron sighed again. Harry could tell his friend did not want to say what was bothering him.

“Ron? What is it? Just tell me, mate.”

“She…” Ron started again. “She…” Ron took a deep breath and exhaled loudly. “Harry, it seems my sister has given an exposé to ‘Witch Weekly.”

Harry looked at Ron dumbly.

“She gave an interview about your relationship.”

Ron called Hedwig over and asked her nicely if she would go and get them a copy. He tied a small pouch to her leg with the money inside.

Hedwig was back in just a very short time. Harry hadn’t moved from his chair by the fireplace. He seemed to be frozen in place.

Ron took the package from Hedwig, who seeing her master’s distress, landed on his shoulder and rubbed her head against his cheek affectionately. Harry mindlessly petted her, his face white with dread. Ron handed Harry the drink he’d put down. Harry drained it in one large swallow.

Ron looked at the front cover and sighed again.

“Let me see.” said Harry dully.

It was Harry’s turn to sigh as he looked at the front cover and saw his own picture staring back at him. The headline read:

NOT A BOY ANYMORE

An exclusive look at Harry Potter by the girl who stole his heart.

Harry groaned aloud. “It couldn’t be that bad.” he thought aloud. “Just get it over with.” he told Ron and his friend found the page.

Not A BOY ANYMORE

An exclusive look at Harry Potter by the girl who stole his heart

We’ve all read and heard about the Boy-Who-Lived. Join us now for an exclusive interview with Ginny Weasley. Ginny has been the steady girlfriend of the most powerful wizard of our time for the past nine months. She shows us the real boy-who-lived, behind the scenes and between the sheets.

WW: Thank you for talking to us. The entire wizarding community is captivated by Harry. What are we not seeing?

Ginny: Harry is complicated. He comes with a truckload of excess emotional baggage and in spite of everything he’s been through; he’s really just an ordinary man.

WW: Ordinary? You’ve got to be joking! Give examples, please.

GW: He’s the biggest neat-freak. His dirty clothes are folded in the hamper! You can’t get his attention away from any quidditch match. I could parade around naked. If he’s listening to a match, he’d never know! Much less watching one!

WW: I take it him seeing you naked is not a new thing…

GW: Hardly. I was his first, you know. Who’d have thought Harry Potter would still be “Untouched” at his age! However, I feel it is my duty, here, to tell you we are no longer seeing each other.

WW: Really? What happened?

GW: It was a mutual decision. Harry is a great guy, don’t get me wrong. He’s just not the one for me.

WW: Why is that?

GW: You won’t believe this, but Harry Potter has to be the most boring person on the planet. I grew up hearing of all of these adventures he’s been on and wanted a piece of the action. Since “THE DEFEAT”, mostly all Harry does is go to work and come home. I’d have to drag him out anywhere.

WW: There must be something keeping him home. What’s that like…you know…?

GW: Actually, that part was amazing. Harry is the most considerate lover. He jokes that ‘sex is like an oriental meal. It’s not over till you both get your biscuits.’ I finally understand the term spontaneous combustion.

WW: Tell us something, he wouldn’t want us to know, just between us girls.

GW: He has the most amazing tongue. With his lack of experience when we first got together, I would have never guessed. He’s a natural…

WW: So….does he prefer to give or receive?

GW: Funny you asked that! Both, actually.

WW: Why is that funny?

GW: Well, I wasn’t going to tell you this…but…(giggles) it is strange. I’ve always heard how shy he is and that it is almost impossible to get him to open up. Let’s just say where there’s a will there’s a way…

WW: What’s the secret? And while we’re at it, what does it have to do with what we were talking about?

GW: What we were talking about IS the secret. How do I phrase this? Let’s see…when he is on the receiving end and it after reaches its natural conclusion, he truly talks! He’ll tell me anything, his hopes, his fears…

WW: Wait just a minute. The-boy-who-lived, He who defeated You-know-who has fears?

GW: Of course he does. We all do. He is afraid of being alone, of being, I don’t know, unloved, maybe. But, don’t let him catch you saying You-know-who. He hates that.

WW: One last question, any regrets?

GW: Maybe. I don’t know. He’s not going to be pleased that I spoke to you, that’s for sure. I won’t say that it was a dead-end relationship. It wasn’t. We were just both wanting different things at this time in our lives. I don’t regret dating him. I guess no one lives up to their press clippings.

There you have it, straight from the mouth of the woman who shagged, and nearly bagged the Boy-Who-Lived.

“How could she do this???” Ron exclaimed. “She just…she just…Oh.Bloody Hell!”

Harry sat there quietly. His face felt on fire. He wasn’t sure if it were anger or embarrassment.

“I’m sorry, mate.” Ron offered.

“I think I need to be alone.” Harry responded dully.

“Do you need anything?” Ron asked.

Harry shook his head and headed out toward his balcony. As he opened the glass doors, he heard shrieks of dozens of women standing below his balcony. He closed the doors quickly.

“There’s people! Out there!” he stammered. Then it hit him that he’d lost his sanctuary and he groaned.

Ron raced to the balcony and looked out. “WOW!” Ron exclaimed. “Got your omnioculars? The twins won’t believe this!”

Harry glared at his friend. “I’m going to work.” he said. Lock up, will you?” and he apparated to his Ministry office.

“Potter!!!” he heard upon his arrival. He winced. “This can’t be good.” he thought.

His superior stuck his head in the doorway. “Come with me, please.” said Shacklebolt politely. Harry hated it when his boss went all polite on him. It meant that he had a tentative hold on his temper. He followed Shacklebolt down the hall to the atrium. They hid behind a large plant. “Tell me what you see, Potter.” ordered Shackelbolt.

“People, sir.” Harry responded.

“What are they holding, Potter?”

“They are holding a magazine, sir.”

“Why would there be people crowding into the atrium holding a magazine?”

“I expect they are waiting for me, sir.”

“And why would all of the ‘people’ be waiting for you?”

“That would be because my ex-girlfriend gave an interview, sir.”

“My office, Potter, NOW!” he ordered. Harry followed him to the office.

“Sit down, Potter,” he said calmly. “I need to get this straight.” Harry nodded.

“Okay, your ex-girlfriend gave an interview. Did you know about this?”

“No, sir.” Harry said equally as coolly. “I found out about it just this morning. I’d never have let this happen if I’d known!”

“How many days do you have coming?”

“About fifteen left” Harry responded.

“Take them immediately. I want you out of here and take your fan club with you.”

“I’m suspended?” Harry asked.

“No, not suspended. I’m putting you on emergency leave as of right now. If that isn’t enough time, then I’ll see what I can do about getting you a temporary transfer on the continent. I hate to lose you, Potter, but my hands are tied. The Minister is raving mad over this and he wants action. I’m sorry, Harry,” he continued softly. “I wish there were another way.”

“I understand, sir.” Harry said as he bowed his head in shame and walked back to his office to clean out his desk.

His squad was waiting on him to return. They all had copies of the magazine, ready to tease Harry about it. His colleagues took one look at him and backed off immediately.

Harry left without saying a word to anyone.

Harry apparated back to his flat. He threw himself down on the couch with a groan. His best friends popped into his kitchen.

“Harry! Are you alright?” asked Hermione gently. Harry didn’t respond. Ron handed him a pint. Harry sipped it slowly.

“Want to try the pub, mate?” Ron offered. “Toss back a few?” Harry just glowered at him.

Ron and Hermione departed, after trying fruitlessly to cheer him up, leaving him to stare aimlessly at the fire. Ginny arrived shortly after they left.

“Hello, Harry,” she said tentatively.

“What are you doing here, Ginny?”

“I wanted to explain…”

“There’s no explanation necessary. Now if you’d excuse me, please?” he said as he headed toward the stairs.

“Harry!” she shouted at him. “Wait!”

He paused on the steps. “I’ve had a really bad day. I don’t want to talk about it. And I specifically don’t want to talk to you.” he stated, and then continued up the stairs. Ginny followed.

“Harry, don’t be angry with me. They said if I would give the interview, I’d have a leg up on getting the post. This is it, Harry. This is my dream, to write and be published, to see my name without ‘daughter of Assistant Minster Arthur Weasley’ attached to it. Can’t you understand that? I got the job, if you care.”

“For how long this time?” he asked, not bothering to hide the scorn in his voice.

“What’s that supposed to mean?”

“Ginny, in the 9 months we’ve been dating, you’ve had 12 jobs. Forgive me if I don’t jump for joy that you’ve landed another one.”

“That’s not fair and you know it!” she shouted.

“Not fair? Oh please. What’s not fair is that my life has been turned upside down. There are people outside my window, I can’t go to work, I can’t go anywhere!”

“Why can’t you go to work?” she asked.

“I’m on emergency leave. There were too many people waiting for me at the Ministry, so to get rid of them, they got rid of me.” Ginny gasped. “If the fifteen days I’ve been saving isn’t enough, I get shipped off to the continent. So congratulations, Ginny. I hope your new job is worth it.”

“I am so sorry, Harry. When I agreed, I didn’t think…”

“No, you didn’t.” he retorted sharply.

“Let me finish, please. I didn’t think it would lead to all of this.” She waved toward the window. “I thought men liked to be praised for their prowess. I mean, I know you are a very private person, and are more than a little angry. I knew you would be to a certain extent. But if the right girl read the article and wanted to get to know what a wonderful man you are, then it was worth it.”

“Good night, Ginny.” Harry stated.

“May I come up?” she asked hesitantly.

“Why?” Harry asked. “Planning on a follow up story? I don’t think so. Good night.”

The next morning, Harry got up and made his tea. He took the cup to the balcony and went out. Immediately he heard shrieks and screams of “There he is!” He quickly retreated back inside.

He spotted the cupboard under his stairs and stared at the door. With a heavy sigh, he crawled inside, closing it behind him. He sipped his tea without a sound and calmed himself in the familiar setting, undisturbed.

9. Fallout

The Fallout

Chapter 9

The Fallout

“I don’t want to go, Ron.” Harry stated as he paced across the room of his flat.

“Why not?” asked his friend. “Because Ginny will be there?”

“It’s not that,” replied Harry replied. “It’s just…” Harry lowered his voice to a whisper, “they know I slept with her. Merlin! The whole world knows I slept with her!”

“So what?” replied Ron with a snicker, “At least you got passing marks…”

“You don’t understand. It’s your parents. It’s your brothers. Oh Merlin, I can’t do this. What do I say to them?”

Ron smirked and said, “You’ve known us for years. I’m sure your ‘amazing tongue’ will find the perfect words. Let’s just go.” With that, Ron apparated to the Burrow.

Harry groaned loudly and followed.

“Hello, Ronald, dear,” Mrs. Weasley said warmly. There was a distinct chill in her voice when she said “Oh, hello, Harry.”

“Where is she?” Ron asked his mother, who was getting dinner ready.

“She is at a party for her new job. Maybe she’ll find a nice boy there to go out with.”

Harry wanted to protest, but he let it go. Mr. Weasley entered the room, gave Harry a glower, and went out to his shed.

“Maybe I’d better just go, Ron,” Harry whispered.

“No, you stay. They’ll come around. You’ll see.” replied Ron

Harry suppressed another sigh and went into the next room.

Fred and George arrived in time to eat. Seeing Harry, they couldn’t even take the mickey. “How’s it going, Harry?” George asked solemnly.

“Fine. Couldn’t be better,” said Harry with heavy sarcasm.

Mrs. Weasley harrumphed. Mr. Weasley had walked in and said in response, “You reap what you sow.”

“Come off it, Dad,” said Ron. “Leave him be.”

Harry was glad his friend understood, however he didn’t want to cause friction between Ron and his parents. Fred and George, deciding that it was much too somber for them, slipped Ron a candy from their shop. Ron immediately sprouted bright pink feathers.

“Fred! George! Change him back this instant! We have enough to worry about without your shenanigans! Turn him back this instant!”

“The spell is temporary, Mum. He’ll be as ugly as ever in no time.” said Fred.

Harry’s face never broke a smile. He just looked at Ron as if in awe.

Dinner was the normal loud boisterous event. Harry remained quiet, however. It was as if he was waiting for the other shoe to drop.

Finally, Mr. Weasley spoke to Harry, “I wasn’t sure if you’d come this evening or not.”

“I wasn’t certain myself,” Harry responded.

“Dad, please…” Ron started.

“Stay out of it, Ron,” he said. “I can’t tell you how disappointed I am.”

Harry examined his shoes. He wished he were somewhere else, anywhere else.

“We trusted you to protect Ginny, not take advantage of her.”

“I didn’t.” Harry said flatly.

“You mean to tell me that the ‘things’…’” He said it like it was a disgusting swear word, “in that article are lies?”

“No, sir, I didn’t say that.” Harry felt his anger building like a spark that ignites into a raging inferno.

At that instant, Ginny walked in. The Burrow erupted into a hurricane of accusations, denials and fury. Harry held his tongue and watched in horror as the row spiraled to deafening levels. Harry could see why Mr. and Mrs. Weasley were disappointed in him. He’d had an affair with their only daughter. He couldn’t understand why they were acting as it were entirely his fault. He had wanted to keep it quiet. Then again, he could understand their attitude toward him. No matter how much he wished otherwise, Harry was not a Weasley and never would be. He knew that her parent’s were a bit blind when it came to their daughter.

Harry left to apparate back to his place. After the commotion of the Burrow, he always appreciated the stillness of his own home. #4 Privet Drive was relatively quiet, except when he was being reprimanded, to use a polite term. He’d promised his Uncle Vernon as he left the last time that he wouldn’t come back. He’d kept that promise so far. Harry couldn’t help but wonder how his relatives were getting on. It wasn’t that he especially cared about them or they; him. You just don’t write off a blood relative without thought.

Hedwig flew over and landed on Harry’s shoulder as soon as he arrived. It was eerie the way his pet owl could read his moods. He was her master, yes, but which of them did the scolding? The snowy owl nipped his ear affectionately. Harry smiled despondently and ruffled her neck feathers in return.

He saw there was still a crowd outside his balcony and went upstairs to his room. He couldn’t find solace there, so he went back to his cupboard. The small dark space comforted him almost as well as his sunrise tea on the terrace. It wasn’t the same though. On the balcony, in the early hours of the morning, he felt free, alive. In the dark cramped space under the steps, he felt protected and alone. It suited him. He even no longer had spiders to keep him company. He was home.

The next morning he awoke stiff from his night in seclusion. He’d heard Ron, Hermione, even Ginny stop by. He had ignored them. He’d come to some realizations overnight. He’d lost, again, the closest thing he had to a family. He couldn’t handle being followed and gawped at anymore. He would see if he could make it in the muggle world again. He had plenty of gold in his family’s vault. He’d take just enough to get a start. He’d find a muggle job and leave the wizarding world, maybe forever and maybe not. He wouldn’t make long-term plans. He just knew this was the right thing for him at the moment.

With a firm plan in mind, he opened the door and crept out of his retreat. He found Ron and Hermione asleep on opposite ends of his sofa. He made coffee, tea and muffins for when they awoke.

“Where have you been?” screamed Hermione upon seeing him. “We were worried sick!”

“I was here the whole time.” said Harry. He didn’t elaborate.

He didn’t need to. His friends glanced over at the cupboard and knew where he’d been hiding.

Hermione gave him a tight hug. Ron patted him on his back.

“I’m really sorry about all of that, mate,” Ron said. “I can’t believe they stuck up for her after what she did.”

“She’s their daughter. I’d expect no less.”

“How many times have they said you were as good as their son?” Hermione asked, tears rolling down her face at Harry’s dilemma.

“It’s not the same,” Harry replied sadly. “Not nearly the same.”

“They’ll come around, mate. I know they will.”

Harry shrugged. It didn’t matter anymore. He had a plan. Until he figured out the details, he’d just go along with his friends to keep them from obsessing over him.

“I’ll be fine. It’s no big deal.”

“You always say that.” sniffed Hermione with a smile.

“And when haven’t I meant it?” Harry asked.

“I say, let’s lose the crowd outside and hit the town. We can go to muggle London, do some shopping, and have lunch, then hit a pub. It’ll be great!”

“That sounds like fun, Harry. Say you’ll come. Please?” Hermione begged.

“Yeah. Okay.” Harry responded, surprising his friends. He could test out his plan right away. The trio left Harry’s building at a run. Screaming women with ages spanning several decades shrieked and gave chase.

It was a bit of a lark trying to lose the admirers. It felt somewhat like their school days, running through the castle after curfew. Harry found himself laughing at their exploits. It felt really good to laugh. As they ran throughout Diagon Alley, ducking into shops and hiding behind corners, they seemed to pick up more followers than they were losing. Luckily, even the most ambitious of them tired after awhile and the crowd thinned out enough for them to make way to the archway separating the muggle world from the magical one.

As they meandered about in muggle London, Harry mentally checked out areas to live, possible jobs and places he’d like to visit. He’d get himself a television, a stereo, maybe even a computer… a car? He quickly vetoed himself on the car. He wouldn’t need one. If he couldn’t take the train or the Underground, He could always apparate wherever he wanted to go. Harry was pleased to find his plan might actually work. The hard part would be to tell his friends about it. He’s talk to Hermione first. She was the most sensible and as a muggleborn had extensive knowledge of the world he would soon re-enter. Once she was convinced of the brilliance of the plan, she could help tell Ron.

Hermione left them for her date with Blaise after only one drink at the pub. “I’ll stop by later to make sure you’re alright.” she’d told Harry before she left. He would talk to her then, he decided. Ron was ready to leave a short time later. He was very secretive about his plans, however Harry didn’t press. He had enough secrets that he didn’t begrudge his friend for having them.

“I need to talk to you about something.” Ron told Harry as they arrived back at his flat.

“What is it?” Harry asked.

“Luna and I got married a couple of weeks ago.”

“What?” Harry exclaimed. “When?”

“It was right before you and Ginny broke up. We eloped. Hermione’s known since a couple of weeks ago. I couldn’t tell you right after you and Ginny, you know.”

“Did you tell your parents yet?” asked Harry.

“I told them last night after you left. I was trying to say it earlier to get them off you.”

“Well I think it is brilliant, mate. Congratulations.” Harry said sincerely.

“Thanks, mate.” Ron returned.

A few hours later, Hermione stopped by as promised. Harry was again staring into the fire, planning his new life.

“Are you alright?” she asked him softly.

“Fine. Fine.” he said a bit too quickly.

“No you’re not,” she replied. “I know you’re not.”

“Did you read the article she wrote?” asked Harry.

“No,” Hermione answered simply. “I don’t care what she has to say about your relationship. It’s over. She hurt you. Nothing else matters to me.”

“I’m not hurt,” Harry protested.

“Yes, I know,” Hermione responded in an exasperated voice. “You are strong and brave and all the rest of that tripe.”

“Hermione…” Harry began.

“It’s true,” she said. “You won’t admit to even having feelings, much less what you are feeling. You think you are so mysterious and aloof, but that’s a lie. Your eyes give you away. One look in your eyes will tell me what I need to know.”

“You think so, do you?” Harry slightly amused.

“Yes,” she responded.

“In that case come over and have a good look, if you want. You’ll see that I am fine.”

Hermione went over to sit close beside him. She took his face in her hands and stared deeply into his eyes. A small gasp escaped her.

“See,” he said. “I am fine.”

“You’re feeling ashamed,” she started, “and exposed. Betrayed. You want to hide like you did after Voldemort died.”

“You saw all that, did you?” Harry asked.

“Yes,” said Hermione. “Do you deny it now?” Her eyes were full of concern.

Harry heaved a huge sigh. “No, I don’t,” he responded. “I’m going away, Hermione. I can’t take this. I…I…need to get away. I’m going to give the muggle world a try for a bit. You know, get a flat...”

“You have a flat.”

“…maybe a muggle job.”

“You have a job — one that you love.”

“Hermione, please listen to me. She told them about the two of us… alone… together… complete with a critique. She told the world about my innermost thoughts. Who does that to someone? I mean, you and Ron know all this stuff and have done for years. I can’t deal with it. I can’t. Ron’s parents think I’m some sort of cad. I just…” Harry broke off unable to continue.

“I understand, Harry,” Hermione said finally. “I don’t agree with it, but I do understand your reasoning.”

“Thanks, Hermione. That means a lot.”

After Hermione left, Harry went out on his balcony, trying to ignore the rowdy horde below on the street. He felt like he was on stage. He went back in with a groan and headed for the shower.

10. I Solemnly Swear I Am Up to No Good

I Solemnly Swear I Am Up to No Good

Chapter 10

I Solemnly Swear I Am Up to No Good

“You’re leaving, mate?” asked Ron in a panicked voice.

“Thinking about it….” replied Harry, who was packing his trunk.

“Hermione is in quite a state. She sent me to ‘talk sense into you’, what’s up?”

“I’m making more sense than ever before. I should thank Ginny for making the choice easy for me.”

“You can’t be serious!” Ron said loudly in surprise.

“Dead serious. I saw a few places for lease in the city today, a few places that want help that might overlook my lack of muggle identification. I was hoping Hermione might help me out with the memory charm, but no matter. Lupin would if I asked, or Tonks…”

“You’ve thought this through completely, have you?”

“Yes, I’ve been amazingly thorough. I’ve been kidding myself that the wizarding world is where I ‘fit in’ or ‘belong’. If I were an intelligent bloke, I’d have done it the first time Voldemort came after me, or when Hagrid told me my past before I ever started Hogwarts.”

“Bloody hell, Harry, you can’t do this!” Ron said.

Harry let out a calming breath. “I can and I am.” he said.

“We should have a drink to toast your new life, then.”

“Ron, what’re you up to?” asked Harry in a skeptical tone.

“Nothing!” Ron insisted. “I’ll get the bottle, you get the glasses.”

A short time later, Harry was carefree. Ron had been sipping his drinks slowly and carefully and was not even tipsy. Harry didn’t notice.

“We should see what Fred and George are up to.” Ron suggested.

“Okay,” agreed Harry. At this point, Harry would agree to anything.

Ron pushed Harry into the fireplace.

Weasley’s Waz…wuz…where t’hell are we goin’, Ron?” Harry slurred. “Wuzzly’s wazzle. No, ‘at’s not it. I can’t do this.” stated Harry and he started to step out of the fire.

Ron threw in some floo powder and said “Weasley’s Wizard Wheezes” distinctly.

“Yeah, that’s it!” acknowledged Harry as he spun out of sight.

Harry landed in a pile on the floor of the joke shop. He rolled out of the way for Ron, who was following.

“Harry, old chap!” said Fred. “Corking good to see you!”

“How are you and all of your ‘amazing’ body parts?” said George.

Harry looked at his left hand intently and stated, “I think th’re all here.”

“Ron told us…” said Fred.

“…That you are planning on leaving,” said George.

“That can’t be!” said Fred.

“You can’t leave now!” said George.

“You can’t do this to us!” said Fred.

“If you stay, you’ll be forever in our debt.” said George

“What? Why?” asked Harry. Ron just sat back and hid a smirk.

“Dark lords and all that are beside the point.” said Fred.

“You, sir, are a bird magnet.” said George.

Harry looked at the twins in an inebriated confusion.

“You have a girl that stated publicly,” said Fred

“That you are the best shag of her life,” said George.

“You have them chasing you so…” said Fred.

“Maybe you need to stop running,” said George.

“And maybe we could all benefit from it,” said Fred.

“I don’t want another girlfriend,” pouted Harry.

“Then keep it simple,” said George.

“No strings,” said Fred.

“No strings?” asked Harry.

“No strings.” said the twins in unison.

“This isn’t necessarily a bad thing, Harry,” said George.

“Mum and Dad will come around,” said Fred.

“We’ll help you with that. Until then…” said George.

“…We can enjoy the fruits of your distress,” said Fred.

“By getting shagged often,” said George.

“And repeatedly,” said Fred.

“You’ll see,” said Ron at last. “Staying is the best thing for you.”

“Yeah, okay,” said Harry. “But m’keeping m’options op’n.”

“Let’s go,” said Fred.

“What? Now?” asked Harry.

“No time like the present,” said George.


”You should make some ground rules,” suggested Ron.

“Tha’ sounds best,” replied Harry. “The first one is no one goes into my room. If we go back t’my place, take a spare room.”

“Done,” said Fred. “If we come back here, you can have the guest room.”

“Right,” said George. “We’ll go to Seamus’, Harry gets first pick and we suffer with the rest.”

“Done,” said George. “Now, let’s be on with it.”

The four men walked into Seamus’ pub and the room went silent. Every eye was looking at the black haired man at the door. A hopeful smile graced many feminine faces, while a scowl appeared on several masculine ones.

“I’ll get the first round, and then I’d best be running off home.” said Ron.

“Okay, run home to the missus before you get into trouble, Ickle Ronnikins.” said Fred with a laugh.

Ron came back with 3 pints and a butterbeer. He handed the butterbeer to Harry saying, “He had enough at his place. We don’t want him to pass out before the party begins.”

Harry just smiled hugely and ignored all of the other gawping patrons

Soon a few of the more daring ladies were coming up to their table, expectantly. Harry remained quiet while the twins chatted up the girls. Harry would give a small nod or subtle shake of his head to indicate whether or not he was interested.

After Ron left, the firewhiskey flowed like a river. Seamus had stopped over for a bit and expressed his gratitude to Harry. His pub had never been busier. Seamus being Harry’s schoolmate, women were packing in to see if Harry would stop by ever since the article was released.

“Why don’t we head back to our place,” Fred offered, sipping his firewhiskey. “And continue this party in a more private setting.”

Harry agreed and grabbed the hand of the girl sitting next to him. They apparated back to the flat above the twins’ shop.

The next morning, Harry awoke disconcerted. When he found his glasses, he noticed he was in the living room floor of Fred and George’s flat. He nervously looked around.

“Good afternoon. Glad you could join us in the land of the living,” said George chucking Harry a dressing gown.

Harry caught it and started to put it on. He wondered what had happened and why he was still there rather than at his own home. Fred was still sleeping on the sofa above him.

“It was the party of the century,” said George. “Just 3 blokes and 9 girls, it was brilliant”

Harry began to remember the previous evening. “Did we really do that?” he asked. His face flamed and his head was buzzing with the remnants of his overindulgence.

“Yep. And we can do it again whenever you’d like.”

“Merlin’s beard!” Harry exclaimed in awe. Harry mentally tallied his actions and was flabbergasted. “I…er… I remembered to...er..”

“Your covered, mate,” Fred said sleepily from the couch. “All protection charms were in place before every encounter.”

“Now, since we are all awake, we can tidy up a bit and plan the next festivity.” said George. “Silk boxers, Harry, nice touch” and he tossed them over to Harry.

Harry arrived home still in shock over his behavior, as well as the thought that he planned to do it again that very night. He showered and went to the kitchen to prepare his lunch. Ron popped in and peppered Harry with questions about the night.

“So,” started Ron “do you still want that memory charm?”

Harry gave Ron a wicked grin and replied, “Not just yet...”

Ron whooped with glee and said, “I’ve got to tell Hermione.” and ran over to the fireplace.

Hermione arrived shortly. “Harry, I’m so glad you changed your mind!” she exclaimed as she pulled him into a tight hug. She glared at Ron over his shoulder as if to say ‘This was not what I had in mind when I asked you to convince him to stay!’

“I wish I could have been there.” said Ron with envy.

“You are married, Ron!” shouted Hermione. “You’ll see, Harry, things will die down and you can get back to your normal life. You can even go back to work soon.”

“Yeah, if I’m not shipped off to the continent” Harry grumbled. Being on leave from the work he loved was still a sore point for him.

The next few days flew by in a blur for Harry. He had definitely perfected his Pepper Up Potion making skills, which he had found was an excellent cure for a hangover, if he could stand the steam coming out of his ears.

He arrived back at the Ministry on the appointed day and discovered that the furor had not died down; it had, in fact, increased. Witch Weekly had been reporting Harry’s dalliances with vim and vigor. His smiling picture with whomever he had selected as his date embellished the front of every issue. Kingsley Shacklebolt had not been pleased, however he allowed Harry to maintain a three-day off/four-day on work schedule. He worked out of town, mostly, and rarely spent a minute in his office.

He had curtailed his imbibing since returning to work, however not the other activities. He never allowed anyone other than his good friends to stay over. He was starting to find a ‘new normal’. He gave up on his life’s unattainable goals and replaced them with less stringent pleasures.

11. Answers to Questions Unasked

Author’s note: Thank you to all who have read and responded to my story. I appreciate your faith in my sanity, as well as your patience. I promise your wait is almost over. I have re-evaluated my posting schedule and noticed that more frequent updates are necessary in order to meet my goals (done and posted before HPB). I’d, also, like to take this opportunity to thank my betas, Sara (I’m sorry I killed you off in the other story. Thank you for talking me into posting this. Reviews are very addicting), Kaia (your reassurance means everything to me, especially at the beginning) and most of all, Izzie. Our late night chats have encouraged and helped me immensely, especially when I’ve wanted to just hit the delete key. Now, that that’s out of the way, in the words of the Shrunken Head: “Fasten your safety belts, clinch your buttocks, It’s gonna be a bumpy ride!”

Answers to Questions Unasked

Chapter 11

Answers to Questions Unasked

“Cho and Hilary stopped by earlier,” Hermione continued. “They said to tell you that they’ll bring supper and you are to rest up for some more ‘diversions.’” Hermione moved her fingers through the air to indicate quote marks. “Do you want to talk about … anything?”

“Definitely not.” Harry scowled.

“May I ask you something?” she inquired.

Harry groaned softly and nodded.

“Why are you doing this? Not that I don’t think seeing you smile is great. These girls are so different from you. You’re so serious. They’re so…not. What do you find to talk about?”

Thinking back on those late night…er…activities, Harry smiled widely and said, “We’ve talked about loads of things.”

“I’m not referring to pillow talk, you idiot. I’m talking about regular discussions about important things.”

“Who says I don’t?” Harry snapped.

Hermione snickered. “Honestly, Harry. Think about it. I’ve known you a long time. This ‘New Harry’ isn’t you. I just want you to be happy, Harry. That’s all. If this provides you with the support system you need…”

“I don’t need a….” Harry argued.

“Everyone needs a support system, someone to bounce ideas off, someone to share dreams and help make them into realities…”

“What’s up with all of this, Hermione? If you have something to say, then say it.”

Hermione looked panicked. “All I want for you to be happy, Harry. You’re my best friend, so, of course, I want that for you.”

“And you think this isn’t it.”

“No, I didn’t say that. Only you can determine that.” Hermione softly responded.

“I like this,” he responded. “I’m having loads of fun. We have a blast when we’re out. That’s enough for me. I don’t believe in hearts and flowers and all that nonsense. It’s a myth…”

“You don’t truly believe that.”

“Don’t I?” he questioned. “Maybe I’m just tired. Maybe I’ve got a lot on my mind from work. Maybe I’ve seen and been through too much to see the glass as half full, but at this point in my so-called life, this is what works. This keeps me sane. THIS is what allows me to sleep at night.”

“I understand that, Harry, really I do, but don’t you miss having that one special person to wake up next to? I know you still have nightmares. Wouldn’t you want someone to talk about them to, someone who can try to help make them vanish forever?”

“That’s not going to happen. ‘Keep it simple” is my motto these days. What about you and Blaise? Are you two going to follow Ron’s lead?

Hermione snorted. “Not bloody likely,” she said. “Stop trying to change the subject. We were talking about you.”

“I don’t like to talk about me. There’s too much ‘talk’ about me already. I have been dissected, analyzed, praised and scorned, all within the pages of ‘Witch Weekly’. There is nothing left about me that is private. You used to know me better than anyone. You are the researcher. Do your research.”

“Maybe I will.” said Hermione. “I avoided it out of respect for your privacy. However, if you are giving permission…” Hermione stormed out of the flat.

“Hermione, wait…” Harry called after her. She never looked back.

Ron stopped by with Luna later that afternoon. “What’s Hermione in such a snit over?”

Harry groaned. “She wants to talk about me and my lifestyle. She seems to be disappointed in my behavior. She says I don’t have a ‘support system’ ” Harry ran his hand through his raven hair. “I can’t keep up with it all. ‘You need to get out, Harry. You need to socialize.’ ‘You go out too much, Harry. It’s not healthy.’ Frankly it’s bizarre.”

“Well, it’s like you are having all ice cream and no real food.” said Luna dreamily.

Harry stared at her as if she had sprouted another head. “And the problem with that is…” he asked. “I mean if the ice cream is really good, well…There’s milk and cream, that’s healthy.”

“Harry, mate, while I can’t deny sleeping with four women at once doesn’t have a certain appeal to any man, it can’t compare to having a soul mate, some one who knows your mood by looking at your face, someone who…” Ron broke off.

“That’s rubbish. It doesn’t exist. It’s...”

“Is it really?” asked Luna. “Your aura seems to say otherwise. Each person’s aura is on a silent search for its other half, whether or not that person is looking.”

Harry again looked at Luna in disbelief.

“You gave this speech to Fred and George, too, did you?” Harry returned. “They seem to think we are doing just fine.”

“As a matter of fact, we did.” said Ron.

“And what was their reaction?” queried Harry.

“They agreed that this was a great time until they were ready to settle down and look for their soul mate.” said Luna.

Harry moaned in frustration. “I don’t have a soul mate. I don’t want to settle down. And my ‘aura’ can mind its own business, thank you very much.”

“You can’t lie with your eyes, Harry. Only your mouth is convinced.” said Luna.

Harry tried desperately not to roll his eyes at her. “I am finished with this conversation,” he said sternly. “If there’s nothing else you wanted …”

After failing to reach Harry, the couple left and Harry dressed for work. He had an evening of paperwork to look forward to, if there weren’t any raids or disturbances. He placed a strong spell for security on his room in case Cho and Hilary arrived before he returned. His room had always been off limits to guests, now it was his only remaining sanctuary, other than his cupboard. He felt a little foolish climbing into his cupboard, so he saved that for his really bad stretches. Thankfully, those didn’t happen that often anymore. “Stop thinking about that” he told himself silently “or you’ll bring one on.” There was no one else alive who knew what had transpired at the Final Battle. His headmaster was dead, Hagrid, Professor Snape, all dead. No one else knew what a coward he’d been. They’d guessed that he’d killed Voldemort, but he’d never told anyone what had happened. He was too ashamed. He vehemently forced the memories to the back of his mind. “Later.” he told himself “Sort it out later.

“Wotcher, Harry” said Tonks as he came into Auror Headquarters. “How’s tricks?”

“Tricks are my specialty, Tonks.” Harry teased in return.

“You’re looking peaky, luv. Are you feeling alright?”

“I’m fine” Harry responded. “Just a headache. It’s alright.”

“Ask Kingsley to let you off. He’ll do it. You need to lie down with a Dreamless Sleep Potion.”

“That’s the last thing I need.” Harry said. “That will just postpone the inevitable.”

“Oh” said Tonks with understanding. “One of those headaches”

“You make it sound like I’ve got ‘that time of the month’ headache’ or something.” Harry said with a snigger. He enjoyed his relationship with Tonks. She was older than him, yet still close enough in age to understand what he had been through. She didn’t know the whole story, but she knew enough to understand a good bit.

As the youngest ranking Auror in history, the stress he placed upon himself was fierce. He felt the need to prove he was deserving of his many promotions. He knew that he’d been accepted into the program due to his defeat of Voldemort. He’d earned his place in training, yet he always wondered if nepotism played a role in his advancement. He hoped not. He dared not ask for time off. Usually he was ordered home when he was ill. He’d taken so much time off lately due to that damned article.

The signal came about three quarters of an hour before Harry was scheduled to go home. A cache of illegal potion supplies had been discovered. The squad that was checking it out hadn’t returned and was late making contact with headquarters. Harry’s team was selected to investigate. Invisibility cloaks would be useless. Harry and his Auror crew were dressed in full battle attire and ready for the signal to go.

“We’re trained for this,” Harry stated firmly. “I want everyone to do the job they were trained for and meet back here safe and sound. When we arrive Group One does recon, Group Two wait for my signal” and after a few tense, silent minutes he said “Lets go.”

The group apparated to the mouth of a cave. He found the mark left by Tonks showing that her squad had arrived. The recon patrol took off on their racing brooms. Harry’s experienced eyes took in his surroundings, planning for escape routes and cover, should those be necessary. His wand at the ready, he listened for anything that might give away the location of the stranded squadron. He saw red sparks in the air at the top of the hill. His first instinct was to head that way. He’d learned the hard way that first instincts can be trouble. He waited for the recon team to return.

“Sir…” the recon leader spoke in a whisper, “we found the squad. They are at the top of the hill. There are about fifteen Darks,” giving the vernacular for Dark wizards and Death Eaters, “holding them captive. No men down, only minor injuries. We can make it to about fifty metres without being seen.”

Harry gave the proper hand signals to the rest of the squad. They were slightly outnumbered, however any Auror freed was another fighting on their side and they had no casualties to slow them down, so far. He’d like to keep it that way. He gave the signal to move out and the troop mounted their brooms and moved on.

Harry reached the clearing first and gave the signal to stop. His men gathered behind him. Harry used his omnioculars to discern their position. His main goal was to retrieve his fellow Aurors; however any Darks apprehended would be a bonus. Knowing an anti-apparition jinx was in place, Harry felt for his portkey. His squad was going through the same procedures.

Harry raised three fingers and pointed to the left. Five Aurors moved off that way. He did the same to the right. He and three other of the more experienced Aurors went straight in.

He was in luck. They’d caught the criminals off guard and quickly surrounded them. The battle was over very quickly. Harry had been disarmed briefly, however as he was qualified in wandless magic, it made little difference.

Harry grabbed two of the bound prisoners and activated the portkey. He arrived back at Auror headquarters and handed the prisoners off to be processed. He then went to find Tonks. He was supposed to debrief after the mission, however they could wait for him. He needed to make sure his friend was okay.

He found her in the infirmary. “Hey.” he said softly to her.

“We’ve got to stop meeting like this, Potter, people will talk.” she teased.

Harry smiled. “What is the damage?”

“Not much, just a busted wrist.” she replied.

“Good” he replied. “I wanted to check on you first, but I’d better see Kingsley before he decides to ship me out again.” He gave the Auror a friendly squeeze on the arm and gave her a, “See you,” before heading out.

The meeting with Kingsley was brief to Harry’s delight. His headache had become progressively worse throughout the course of the evening. He knew he was in for a bad night. On a scale from one to ten, he anticipated his nightmare to rank about a twelve. He knew the only way was to get through it was to remind himself that these were only flashbacks. It had happened in the past.

He made for the apparition point and saw Tonks leaving as well.

“Need some company tonight?” she asked with concern.

“I’ll be alright.” he responded. “Anyway, I’ve got tomorrow off...”

“Tonight made things worse, didn’t it? I’m sorry Harry. It didn’t go as planned…”

“It isn’t your fault. If certain people would live and let live rather than these insipid ‘Purebloods Rule the World’ schemes, it would make our jobs easier.”

“I’d feel better if you weren’t alone.”

“I’ll be fine.” he reiterated.

“I’ll come. It’ll be like old times. What do you say?”

The pain was getting so intense his eyes began to stream. Soon he’d be in no shape to apparate and he knew it. “Come on then.” he said and apparated into his kitchen.

Tonks arrived a few minutes later. “I sent an owl to Remus. He wanted to come as well, but I convinced him to wait until morning.”

“Thanks,” Harry said as he threw himself into his chair by the fire.

“Can’t anything be done about them?” asked Tonks.

“No. They talked about a memory charm, but decided that would cause too much confusion. Can’t you just see it? The-Boy-Who-Lived locked in the Spell Damage Ward, with Gilderoy Lockhart teaching me ‘joined-up writing’…” Harry said with a pained grin.

Harry locked his wand in a special box and transfigured a shirt into a straightjacket type of garment. He didn’t trust himself when the nightmares came. “Want to charm this for me?” he asked.

Tonks had tears in her eyes as she bound his magic inside the garment. She knew he didn’t want anyone to see him like this and that he was a skillful liar when covering his pain. Without the use of his arms, she held a glass of the strongest firewhiskey available to his lips. He drank greedily from the smoking glass.

He maneuvered down into the floor in front of the fire and prepared himself for sleep. He didn’t know which was worse, the nightmares themselves or the dreaded anticipation. His eyes were heavy as Tonks slipped a pillow under his head and covered him with a blanket.

“Kill the spare!”

“Not Harry, please no, take me, kill me instead-“

“You’ve no one left. I’ve taken them all. Are you ready to join them in death?”

“Bow to death, Harry”

“Better save your own life and join me:

“If death is nothing, Dumbledore, kill the boy”

”You can’t kill me, Harry Potter. You aren’t even strong enough to hurt me very much.”

Harry crept silently through the Forbidden Forest. He knew this was it. He knew only he or Voldemort would come out alive. He saw a green light issue from Bellatrix Lestrange’s wand and Hagrid fell to the earth. Harry gasped. He felt anger beyond imagine. He started to run toward the scene playing out in front of him. Bill Weasley was dueling with Wormtail. Professor Dumbledore was locked in battle with Voldemort. Remus Lupin was fighting Bellatrix Lestrange. Surprising himself, Harry didn’t feel fear. Professor Snape was nowhere to be seen. Harry had to remind himself that Dumbledore trusted Snape.

“Harry Potter, we meet again.” snarled Voldemort, his snakelike eyes flashing menacingly.

“Sorry to keep you waiting,” replied Harry. “Duties at school, you know.” Harry saw Dumbledore look over the top of his glasses at his cheekiness.

“I find your sarcasm irritating, Potter.”

“Good.” said Harry. “Now that you’ve pulled me away from my studies, we can both be irritated.”

“You’ve no need for studies, boy. Only death awaits you”

“You keep saying that. I must say that line is getting rather tired…”

“Crucio!” shouted Voldemort. Harry felt the now familiar pain of every nerve aflame.

“That was for your cheek. When I have finished with you, my next step will be to level that school you love so dearly and extinguish everyone left in it.” Voldemort continued.

“Stupify!” countered Harry

“Diffindo!”

“There won’t be anyone left in it. You’ve already failed. My friends have evacuated the school. There’s nothing left but the castle. Castles can be rebuilt. Even the paintings, ghosts and Peeves have been relocated.” replied Harry casually.

Professor Dumbledore was gaping at Harry. He wasn’t aware that Harry had made provisions if the event that the Dark Lord was victorious. Voldemort screamed in anger.

“Are you going to stamp your feet, as well? Go on. Let’s see a good tantrum then. I haven’t seen a really good one since I left Privet Drive.” said Harry.

“Avada Kadavra!” called Voldemort and Harry flattened himself to the ground. He heard the telltale sound that the curse had reached its target. He looked back and saw Bill lying on the ground with cold lifeless eyes. Harry felt guilt pressing in on him and forced it back. “Later.” he told himself. “Think about it later”

“Reducto!” shouted Voldemort aiming his wand at Harry’s legs. Harry went down.

Dumbledore cast a binding curse at Voldemort. The Dark Lord flicked it away as if it were a pesky fly and retaliated with another killing curse. Dumbledore winked at Harry and took the curse to the chest. With Voldemort’s back to him, Harry raised up the best he could, then cast his own curse, this one of ancient origin, striking Voldemort in the back. The Dark Wizards body fell immediately. With a whoosh, the vapor and shadow Harry remembered from his first school year encounter. Harry immediately grabbed the orb he’d brought, held it in the approaching vapor trail. The vapor was trapped in the orb. Harry pointed his wand at the orb and softly intoned “Laqueus animus. Luguolo vita vis.” The vapor seemed to disintegrate before the orb exploded with a loud rumble.

It was over. Harry had fulfilled the prophecy. Voldemort was gone.

Harry awoke to find Tonks running her hands through his hair in the daylight. He soaked with sweat and ached all over. His throat felt as if he had been screaming all night long. He probably had. He was glad he’d cast silencing charms before Tonks had arrived.

“That was a bad one” Tonks said softly. “How often are they happening?”

“A couple per month.” Harry croaked, his voice gone. “Usually bad ones are only twice a year.”

“You’ve beaten yourself up pretty badly.” she pointed out to him. “Let me see if I can get you out of this contraption, and then about healing you up.”

Harry was grateful. Released from his bindings, he fell back to sleep.

12. MatchMaker

Matchmaker

Chapter 12

Matchmaker

When Harry awoke next, he was alone. He saw that Tonks had made him scones. He hoped they were better than Hagrid’s. Although still sore, he felt quite a bit better.

“Harry?” he heard from the fireplace. It was Mrs. Weasley. He knew he wasn’t up for more chastising from her and thought about ignoring her call. In the end, he decided to answer.

“Yes, Mrs. Weasley?’ he responded.

“Harry, dear, can I pop in for just a moment? I’d like to speak with you.”

Harry reluctantly agreed and stepped back to allow her to pass. Upon her arrival, she scooped Harry into a huge embrace, kissing the top of his head.

“I am so sorry I misjudged you, dear. Will you ever forgive me?”

“What changed your mind?” he asked with skepticism.

“Arthur and I were talking and we realized we’re wrong. We know you and we know Ginny. We aren’t as blind to her ways as we seem to be.”

“You mean Ginny talked to you and spilled the whole story…”

“She did talk to us about it, yes; however we had already determined what she’d done. However, in light of your more recent behavior…” she scolded.

“That is my business and not up for discussion. I’m not discussing any of this with you.” Harry curtly replied.

“Harry, you’re as good as a son to us. I only have your best…”

“I believed that at one time, Mrs. Weasley. I truly did.” Harry interrupted.

“You can believe it now, in spite of what happened.”

“No I can’t. I was deluding myself. I don’t have a family nor do I want one. Your children will always hold first place in your heart, as they should, even though they are all of age. I’m a grown man. I can take care of myself as I have done all of my life.”

“Harry, please don’t be angry with us. We didn’t mean…”

“I know, Mrs. Weasley. I’m not angry. I’m not. There’s no reason why we can’t go on as we have done. Just because I’m not your family doesn’t mean I can’t be your friend.”

Tears were rolling down her face as she hugged Harry tightly. “We’ll make this up to you, Harry. I give you my word. Now that that’s settled, how about some nice stew and treacle tart?”

“There’s nothing to make up to me, as I said. I am starving, though.” Harry said with a wink.

After Mrs. Weasley left, Harry was drowsy from his large meal. He lay down on the sofa and closed his eyes.

Ron and Luna popped in and Harry awoke with a start. His wand raised, he looked toward the kitchen to see who was there.

“Hiya, Harry!” said Ron. Harry lowered his wand. “Nervous much?”

“Ron! How are you, Luna?” Harry inquired.

“Hello, Harry.” Luna said in her breezy tone. “Feeling better today?”

“Yeah, I…hang on, how did you know that I was ill?” he asked.

“I can see it in your eyes.” she responded simply.

“Yeah, mate, the bags under your eyes are large enough for an around the world trip!” Ron added.

Luna started laughing uncontrollably muttering “around the world trip.” Ron watched her affectionately.

Harry rolled his eyes at the two of them. “I’m fine,” he answered. “What brings you by?”

“Hermione said we should come,” said Luna. “She wanted to know if you were still angry with her. She didn’t know if she’d be welcome. Sometimes when you hold someone in a special place in your heart, you feel a little oversensitive to their feelings.”

Harry looked at Luna with a mixture of confusion and wonder. “Why would she be unwelcome?” he asked. “I’ve been upset with her loads of times. She’ll always be my best friend, same as you, Ron.”

“You know how she worries about you. She always has done. Maybe the four of us should go out to dinner together.” Ron offered. “That way she can see you are okay for herself. Does tomorrow night work for you? We haven’t done that in the longest time.”

“We’ve never gone out all four of us,” Luna corrected. “We’ve always eaten in or the three of you go out. We should try it, though. You never know. There might a few secrets finding their way out. I mean there’s nothing sexier than revelations.”

Harry found it a bit disconcerting hearing Luna talk about things that are sexy. He examined his shoes with great interest.

“What do you say, mate? Are we on for tomorrow then?” Ron added, unperturbed by Luna’s comments

.

“Yeah, okay” Harry replied. “It would have to be an early night. I work on Saturday.”

Harry arrived at the “Charmed Cherub” at seven to meet his friends. He found Hermione already seated. Ron and Luna were late at usual.

“Harry!” Hermione called upon seeing him and stood to embrace him.

“How’ve you been, Hermione?” he asked her.

“Good. Work has been busy.” she responded.

“How’s Blaise?” he asked. “Why didn’t he come tonight?”

“Well…” she started. “I’m not really seeing Blaise anymore.”

“I’m sorry,” Harry said. “I thought you and he were doing better.”

Hermione laughed, shaking her head at him, her hair flying. “That’s what I wanted you to think. Let’s just say Blaise is no longer interested in hiding behind me.”

Harry was brought out of his confusion by the arrival of Ron and Luna. Harry welcomed Ron and kissed Luna’s cheek in greeting.

“Sorry we’re late.” Ron said. “We got held up.” Ron ducked his head to hide the coloring of his cheeks.

“Yes, Ronald looked so delicious that I couldn’t control myself. Now I know why the broom cupboards at school were always occupied.” explained Luna.

“Loony, honey! Don’t tell them that! We’re going to eat soon!” Ron exclaimed.

“There is more than one type of appetite we are stimulating this evening, Ronald.” she answered.

Harry did not wish to approach that topic in the least. “Hermione says that she and Blaise broke up.” he said to change the subject.

“That poof?” Ron condemned. “Imagine him hiding his true nature behind our Hermione. I ought to bash him one, the wanker.”

“Ron” Hermione explained. “I was fully aware of his…leanings…when I agreed to go out with him. The arrangement suited both of our purposes.”

“Still, it’s a bit weird, a gay Slytherin.” Ron laughed. “I would have thought the sorting hat would put that type in Hufflepuff!”

Harry couldn’t help but laugh.

“How is Ginny? Still liking her job at Witch Weekly?” Harry asked, more to change than any real interest on his part.

“Oh yes,” answered Luna. “She’s going to parties, Ministry events and meeting loads of new people.”

“She’s getting a flat near her office. Mum is going spare.” Ron added. “Maybe the right person is before her very eyes, if she’d only look.” Ron said pointedly.

“Don’t start that again, Ron. We tried it. It didn’t work. We’ve both moved on.” Harry complained.

“I wasn’t referring to the two of you.” Ron said. ”There is someone else who should open their eyes to what’s in front of them.” Ron yelped as Hermione glared at him. Harry was yet again confused.

The meal was delicious. Afterward Ron suggested they all go back to Hermione’s flat. Everyone agreed. Upon arriving, Hermione got out her best wine and glasses.

After a bit of catching up and small talk, Ron and Luna said they should be leaving.

“I should go as well,” said Harry. “You’ve probably got an early day tomorrow.”

“Please stay,” said Hermione with concurrence from Ron and Luna.

“For a bit,” said Harry. “Then I’ll let you get to bed.”

Ron and Luna left the room in a gale of chuckles, which baffled Harry for the third time that evening.

“What’s up with them?” he asked. “They’ve been saying strange things all night. Of course, that’s normal for Luna. I could never figure her out.”

Hermione smiled. “Let’s not talk about them. I don’t even want to try to figure them out tonight.”

Harry chuckled and said, “You wanted to talk to me? That’s what Ron said, anyway.”

“Yes, I did. I wanted to say I’m sorry…”

“You don’t have to say that. I know what you meant. While I don’t agree with your take on things, I respect your opinion. I mean, how can I fault you for wanting me to be happy?”

“It’s more than that and you know it. Harry…”

“Let me guess…please.” Harry interrupted, his temper rising. “I think I see where this is going.” Harry cleared his throat dramatically. “’Harry, I just want what’s best for you.’ Or ‘Your capacity to love is your greatest strength.’ Or possibly, ‘I can’t tell you how disappointed in you I am.’ It’s your choice. It won’t be the first time I’ve heard any of them.”

“Then show me,” she said in a soft voice.

“Show you what?”

“Show me how that makes you sane. Show me how happy casual sex makes you, ‘Mr. No Strings Attached’. Show me the ‘New Harry Potter.’”

“You’re joking, right?” Harry asked looking around for Fred and George. They had to have put her up to this.

“I’m dead serious.” she responded walking toward him.

Harry frantically looked for an escape route. He ticked off the possibilities in his head. “Apparition no that would hurt her feelings if she were truly serious; sneak out the door, no same reason; Think, Potter!”

By this time Hermione was right in front of him. She wrapped her arms around his neck and pulled him into a fiery kiss. Harry felt the flame all the way down to his toes, something he’d never experienced before. He relaxed into the embrace and wrapped his arms around her. Then it hit him like a ton of bricks: He was kissing Hermione, his best friend, his resource for all things female. This just wasn’t right!

As Harry realized what was happening, he started to pull away and found he couldn’t. Just then Ron and Luna came back into the room smiling. Hermione released him and took her place in the chair, grinning like an idiot.

“Well?” Ron asked. “Did you accomplish anything while we were gone?”

Harry was now even surer that he’d been set up. He felt an odd disappointment course through him and quickly crushed it.

“I thought you guys had left. What’s going on?” he earnestly asked.

“Harry, you are my best mate, and I only want you to be happy.” Harry groaned. “Wait for it…” Ron continued. “Luna and I think that you and Hermione might have something special, if you’d give it a chance. Hermione says…”

“RON!” Hermione admonished. Luna patted Hermione’s shoulder and remained silent.

“Let me finish, Hermione,” said Ron. “He needs to know all of the facts before making a decision. Hermione has been in love with you for ages. The only reason she went out with Blaise was to hide her feelings from you.”

Harry resisted the urge to stare at Hermione for confirmation. He continued to look at Ron. His face felt on fire. The disappointment he’d been fighting and a ray of something he couldn’t name fought for control.

“I won’t be a notch on your bedpost though, Harry, and I won’t be a party to yours and the twin’s soirees.”

“I think you should give it a try, Harry,” said Luna, “explore the wonders of a new relationship, one-on-one, and see if this is what you want. I also think that Ronald and I should really take our leave and let the two of you talk.”

After the happy couple left, Harry continued to stare at his shoes. He was quite familiar with them by now.

“Harry, say something.” said Hermione. “I’m feeling a bit exposed here.”

Harry smiled at her. “I know that feeling well lately. Is what they said true?”

“Yes,” she responded in a whisper.

“Why didn’t you tell me? Why didn’t I notice? Am I that self-involved?”

She walked over and sat on the floor by his feet. “No. You only saw what I wanted you to see. You aren’t the only one who hides their feelings well.”

“What happens if it doesn’t work? I can’t lose my best friend like that. I mean, Ginny and I were friends once, before she hated me, anyway. Now we avoid each other.”

“If we are honest with each other and talk about things, we’ll be fine. If what I hear is correct, then we could be friends with benefits should the relationship not work for us,” she said with a wink.

“I’m not very good at talking about feelings and… stuff.” he admitted.

“All I ask is that you try. You’ll mess up; we both will, but if our hearts are in the right place, we can overlook minor grievances.”

“I think, first, we should sleep on it.”

“Why, Harry, whatever do you mean?” she said in a falsely innocent tone.

“I should be off work by seven. You could come by…”

“I’d love to, Harry.”

“I still think true love and that soul mate rubbish is a myth.”

“Then it seems to be my place to convince you otherwise. Get some sleep. I’ll see you tomorrow.”

13. Decisions

Decisions

Chapter 13

Decisions

Harry awoke at daybreak. He missed his early morning balcony musings. He looked over at his tiny cupboard and dismissed that idea. Smiling to himself he took his tea back up to his room and climbed back into bed. “This is great! Almost as good as the balcony.” he thought.

He pictured his Aunt Petunia catching him drinking tea in bed and laughed. He hadn’t seen his blood relatives in ages. When he stopped by upon leaving St Mungos after 7th year, they not so politely asked him not to return. He didn’t miss them really, not as people anyway. What he missed was that tiny connection to his mother. He wondered what it would have been like to hear stories about his mum’s youth. He learned early not to ask questions, however. All he knew of his parents had been found out from friends.

He decided he’d had enough of gloomy thoughts for the time being and that he needed to think about his predicament with Hermione. That kiss was amazing, but was it worth the risk? “What if it doesn’t work? What if I lose her friendship?” Trusting people had always been hard for him. He’d relied upon only himself most of his life. Ron and Hermione were the best friends anyone could ask for. They’d been by his side for 12 years, through good times and bad. He was rubbish at apologies, giving or receiving. He knew that. Ron and Hermione knew that. They’d had disagreements over the years and worked them out. What if it was all different? What if he messed up badly? She’d tell Ron and he’d lose them both. Nope, he decided. It wasn’t worth it. With that determined, he prepared himself for work.

It was the day he’d been waiting for. Draco Malfoy was going down. In their morning raid on Malfoy Manor, they found all of the evidence they needed in Lucius Malfoy’s dungeon. His crew uncovered log books, journals, lists of every kind, cursed Muggle objects, and to top it all off, pictures, unaltered glorious pictures. Draco Malfoy would spend his remaining days in Azkaban, if he avoided “The Kiss”. Draco was arrested at the Ministry without incident and jailed to await trial. Harry spent the afternoon at his desk filing the proper paperwork and sorting Dark Objects. Some he tagged as evidence, others he sent to the Misuse of Muggle Artifacts office, and the more dangerous, he sent down to the Unspeakable’s department.

He was late getting home and found that Hermione had already arrived.

“How was your day?” she asked.

“Fine,” he said. “And yours?”

“Interesting,” she gushed. “We think we are onto a better solution for werewolves than Wolfsbane potion. I do hope it works.”

“Wow!” Harry exclaimed. “That’s almost as good as my news.”

“Really? What exciting things did our resident hero accomplish?” she teased.

“Would you believe me if I said that the wizarding community is missing one ferret?”

“You got him?” Hermione squealed. “What can you put him away for? How long? Oh, Harry, that is terrific news!” She leaped into his arms laughing.

Harry gathered her into a hug and snickered along with her. He picked her up and spun her around in glee. Her long bushy hair was flying as she twirled. He’d never seen anything as lovely.

“This calls for a celebration!” she exclaimed. “Let’s invite Ron and Luna over.”

“Great!” he answered. “I can’t say anything more, though, but soon it will be public knowledge.” he said.

Ron and Luna arrived with meat pies and stews from Ron’s mum. Harry brought out his finest liquor to honor the occasion. The foursome drank to Draco. They drank to Azkaban, to Aurors, and anything else they could think of.

After a while of loud and raucous merriment, they settled into an easy conversation.

“What did you get him for?” Ron asked.

“I can’t go into details, but it seems our pointy-faced friend deems himself the next Dark Lord. With Wormtail, Voldemort and Lucius gone, it seems he was eager to rise to power with his faithful sidekicks. We got them, too, by the way.”

Draco Malfoy had been a thorn in their side since their first year at Hogwarts. His behavior after ‘The Defeat” had been worse than before. Harry was used to Malfoy’s rantings and predictions of Harry’s demise. He’d known that Malfoy had been following in his father’s evil footsteps. He’d just never had the proof…until now.

It was getting late. Ron and Luna had left. Hermione was watching Harry with a look of satisfaction on her face. “You did it,” she said softly. “I know how much this means to you.”

Harry smiled sadly. “Can you think of how different things might have been if I’d handled things better back in first year?”

“It wouldn’t have been that much different” she responded. “There’s no way you would be like him. You are too good, too honorable.” Harry blushed a bright red. “I mean it” she continued. “That’s one of the things I admire most about you. It’s your integrity.”

“If you knew half of the things I’ve done, you wouldn’t feel that way” he answered. “I don’t deserve your admiration…”

“Yes” she said. “Yes, you do. Did you want to talk about it? I’m a really good listener where you’re concerned.”

“No” he responded. “I really don’t want to get into all of that stuff.”

“Did you want to talk about our conversation last night?” she asked hesitantly.

“Not really, but if you want to…” he replied.

“Harry” she interrupted. “I know you don’t like to talk about feelings. You never have. If we don’t talk about it, it will always be between us. I don’t want that. Do you?”

“No, I don’t, but then you know me. ‘If I don’t think about it, it doesn’t exist.’ That plan has always worked for me.” he said with a grin.

“I remember. “Harry ‘Keep it simple’ Potter.”

“Yeah, that pretty well covers it.” he agreed.

“Doesn’t that get lonely?” she inquired.

“So…”Harry said changing the subject. “About that werewolf potion, how does it work?”

“Harry!” Hermione laughed. “You are so obvious!”

“It works on occasion,” Harry chuckled. “No complications, a reduction in uncomfortable conversations. Is it my fault you are easily distracted?”

“Honestly, Harry!” she groaned. “We need to talk about this. I’ll even make it easy for you. I know you love me…as a friend.” Hermione went on when he tried to cut her short. “Do you agree with me, so far?”

“Yes,” he replied. “I’ll give you that, but…”

“And,” she countered. “You’ve never been in love with anyone. Am I correct?”

“Yes, but…”

“So how do you know true love doesn’t exist? How do you know that your heart isn’t searching for another person to make it whole?”

“I just know,” he argued. “I mean look at the examples of love in my life. Sirius loved me, as did Dumbledore, Hagrid…”

“So you are saying only men are allowed to love you?” she responded.

“No, I didn’t…NO!!!” he shouted with a look of disgust at her insinuation.

Hermione laughed out loud at his reaction. “So,” she said softly “I am allowed to love you.”

“Well, I can’t stop you, but…”

“And if I’m already allowed to love you and you love me, what is the matter with seeing if there isn’t something more, a different kind of love?”

“I told you,” he retorted with waning patience. “The type of love you are describing doesn’t exist. People just fancy themselves being in love. That’s all.”

“So Ron’s parents have only been fooling themselves for the last 30 or 40 years, is that right?”

“That’s different,” Harry replied. “They’re parents. It’s appropriate for them to fancy themselves in love. They’ve been married for ages.”

“And your parents?” she asked. “Was your parents’ love a myth as well, then?”

“Well, I don’t know, do I? I don’t remember actually living with them.”

“Then how do you know it is a myth? Just because you’ve never experienced something doesn’t mean it doesn’t exist. Won’t you at least give it a try?”

“No,” he stated firmly. “It’s not worth it. Yes, we get along, we’ve been best friends for years, and that kiss was bloody fantastic…”

“Yes, it was, wasn’t it?” she agreed.

“But,” he said cutting her off. “I’m not willing to risk this friendship in a gamble like that. Period. End of discussion.”

Hermione got a wicked grin on her face, not unlike when she was plotting against Dolores Umbridge back in 5th year. Harry felt nervous.

Without warning, Hermione jumped into Harry’s lap and started tickling him mercilessly.

“Stop!” he shouted at her. Between bouts of laughter he cried out “This is not fair” and “You are cheating”. Finally, he conceded and she ceased her attack. He wasn’t pleased.

“Do you always pounce on people to get them to date you?” he asked.

“Only as a last resort. I always get what I want.” she purred smoothly. “Harry, I’m not trying to force you into anything. What I think is that with your upbringing, you’ve never experienced true love, therefore it intimidates you. If I’ve learned anything after knowing you all these years it’s that you avoid things that are intimidating. I think that’s the reason you stayed innocent for so long…”

“Innocent?” Harry questioned in a bristling manner. “That would be the last word I’d use to describe myself.”

“Innocent as in chaste, a virgin, Harry.”

“Not that again. As you are well aware, that word no longer applies to me.”

Hermione snorted. “Yes, I’m aware of that. Your ‘escapades’ with Fred and George are legendary. I’m talking about real intimacy. Not ‘that was great. What was your name again?’”

“I’m not that bad,” denied Harry. “I only slept with girls I knew or knew of…kinda”

“Girls who only wanted a piece of The-Boy-Who-Lived…”

“Oh, come on!” Harry interjected. “The ladies who aren’t interested in my…to use Ginny’s terms…’press clippings’ are few and far between. Besides, let the Death Eaters target whoever I’m seeing at the moment. They’ll be so busy trying to keep up, they’ll have little time for attacks.”

“I knew it!” Hermione exclaimed as if she’d found that one last word to finish a crossword puzzle. “That’s what I’m talking about, Harry. Once again you are sacrificing yourself to protect other people!”

“And that’s so wrong?” shouted Harry.

“No, it’s just so you!” she answered. “You and your nobility complex. You ignore your own wants and needs to protect everyone else. You even went out with Ginny because it was expected.”

Harry knew he’d been found out. “I tried to make it work with her. I tried…”

“I know” Hermione said softly. “You knew it was doomed for failure from the start, right?”

“I guess I did,” he whispered. “I think I was so glad she was no longer cross at me that I figured, since she wanted it, it was a good way to stay in her esteem. Making Ron and the rest of her family happy was just a bonus.”

“I’ll share a secret with you. Ron knew your relationship was hopeless. He just went along with it because he thought it was what you needed.” Hermione acknowledged. “What went wrong in the end?”

“What didn’t go wrong? She was…well…Ginny, and I was too… me. She wanted parties and social events and I wanted to protect her. She wanted everyone to see The-Boy-Who-Lived on her arm. I wanted us to stay out of the public eye. We just wanted different things.”

“Did it hurt when you broke up? Were you upset?” Hermione asked.

“Not really” he replied. “It was a relief, actually. Nothing I did was right. Let’s just say I’m lousy at this stuff and let it go at that.”

“No you’re not. I was at the Ministry Ball, remember? I saw how she gets when she’s drinking, the way she was dancing with Malfoy...What’s with that anyway?”

“Who knows” Harry responded. “That’s the reason she was angry with me in the first place, over something Malfoy said to her.”

“What did he say?”

“According to her, he blames me for Bill’s death. He doesn’t know. He wasn’t even there. He ran like a niffler that night.”

“How did Bill die?” Hermione asked gently.

“I can’t talk about that.” Harry retorted, his face full of anguish.

“Can’t or won’t?” she asked. With a long pause, then a deep breath she whispered “I understand” as she pulled him from his chair and into her arms.

Harry allowed himself to be comforted by her embrace.

“Show me your room” she said softly. “I want to know about your safe haven.”

Harry held her close and headed for the stairs. He removed the locking charms from the door and led her in.

“This is exactly how I pictured it” she declared. “It’s a cross between the boy’s dormitory and the Gryffindor common room at Hogwarts. The bed is bigger, of course, but it has the same feeling. So, how many girls have seen this bed now?”

“Just one” he responded. “Only Ginny has been in here.”

“Why do you hide it? It’s a lovely room.”

“Dunno” he said. “I guess I needed a spot that I didn’t have to share if I didn’t want to. I wanted a place that was unquestionably mine that I could arrange as I please and fill with all my own belongings”

“That makes sense” she concurred. “You feel safe here, just as you felt safe at school.”

“I reckon” he said as he sat down in the huge squashy chair. Hermione sat across from him watching him closely.

“What?” he asked slightly annoyed.

“Nothing…just…”

“What?” he repeated with less irritation in his voice.

“Harry…” she began carefully. “We’re not children. I’m not going to say I know how you feel because I know you hate that, but I will say I understand your feelings. Why do you think I’ve kept this to myself for so long? I’ve plenty of documented evidence that true love does exist. I won’t show it to you, though, you’ll scoff. But, Harry think about it, please. I think that you and I could have something really special together. I think together we have a chance at finding the happiness you’ve been missing out on your entire life.”

“I hear what you are saying, Hermione. Really I do. And I won’t say that I’m not attracted to the idea. I am. I’m just not sure I want to risk it. Do you know how much danger you’d be putting yourself in? Have you thought about that part of it? I conquered Voldemort. I had help, of course, but every Dark Wizard in the world wants my head for a trophy. I can live with that, can you? Could I live with myself if something happened to you because of me? Ask yourself, ‘Is it worth all of that?’”

“I have asked myself that question, many times, and the answer is still the same…’yes’ an emphatic yes, an unquestionable yes. I won’t hide our relationship, should there be one. I won’t give them the satisfaction. Just think about it. That’s all I ask, think about it.”

Harry nodded. “It’s getting late” he said after a time. “We don’t have to make any decisions tonight.”

Hermione smiled. “No we don’t, however I notice that you are no longer rejecting the idea outright. I’ll take that as a point in my favor.”

“Insufferable know-it-all” he grumbled.

She chuckled and made her way down to the kitchen to apparate to her own home.

Harry climbed into his bed with his thoughts whirling around his brain. He laid awake a long time before sleep finally overtook him.

14. Old Courtroom Ten

Old Courtroom Ten

Chapter 14

Old Courtroom Ten

Harry awoke with a sense of apprehension. Draco Malfoy’s trial was to start today. It seemed like an open and shut case. Those, however, had a tendency to go awry. He’d never trusted Malfoy. There were enough Death Eaters still around to make this a dangerous hearing. As the apprehending officer, he’d be required to testify. It would be a pleasure. Harry smiled to himself as he dressed. He put on his standard uniform. He normally wore jeans and robes to work, however since he would be at the Ministry in an official capacity, he was stuck in uniform. “Maybe Hermione will be there. We can have lunch together.” he thought as he donned his shiny shoes. With a quick check in the mirror, which nagged him about his hair yet again, he was off.

He arrived at the Ministry with plenty of time to spare. He met his boss in the atrium.

“Potter,” Shacklebolt ordered, “Since you are testifying, you won’t be in the courtroom. I want the hallway outside it secure. You’ve got your scrambler?”

“Yes,” Harry responded.

“Good. No heroics. I want you in one piece to testify. Call for backup before you think you need it.” Shacklebolt charged.

“I will,” Harry promised. “Nothing can keep me from testifying against that smarmy git. I’ve been looking forward to this for too long.”

Harry patrolled the halls on constant alert. So far he’d only had to clear the hall of reporters and autograph seekers twice, stop late comers from entering when court was in session, and greet the Wizengamot as they arrived. He was glad of the duty, boring as it was, rather than sitting in a stuffy room with other witnesses.

He was glad the rest of his team were there patrolling the upper floors and screening the people who had no reason to be down on this floor. It made his job easier, more tedious, but easier. He had enough to be going on with than playing referee.

Harry heard a noise around the corner. He felt his nerves go on alert; however he dismissed it as the presence of the many Death Eaters there on trial. He peered around the corner, felt a blow to the back of his head and dropped as his world faded to black.

As he slowly regained consciousness, Harry went through his mental checklist. He carefully moved his arms, then legs fractionally to verify their strength. “Arms, bound but ok; legs, also bound and shaky, but uninjured; head, painful yet clear.” He opened his eyes a slit as he observed his surroundings through his lashes. He didn’t recognize where he was.

“Decided to wake up, did you?” sneered a familiar voice from across the darkened room. “You didn’t really think that your band of miscreants could send me to Azkaban, did you?”

Harry opened his eyes fully to glare fully into the face of Draco Malfoy. He futilely searched his memory to determine what had happened. He remembered he was patrolling the corridor outside the courtroom and that was all.

“We’re the miscreants, are we?” Harry rasped. “Funny you should see it that way, Malfoy.”

“Don’t say my name, you dolt! Do you want to get us killed?”

“What is this?” Harry inquired. “No honor among thieves? You should pick your friends more carefully, MALFOY.”

“If we make it out of here alive, I am going to personally kill you, Potter.” Malfoy scoffed.

“Let me see if I have this story correct. You were on trial. Your merry band of Death Eaters break you out. The other division of criminals, seeing the ultimate opportunity, attacked your group at the Ministry, so you and I are hiding. So, tell me, who thumped me?”

“That was me,” Draco said with pride. “You really shouldn’t turn your back on people in your line of work. It could prove to be…deadly.”

Harry snorted his disgust and began to take in his surroundings, cataloging every detail should the chance to escape arise. He’d determined he was still at the Ministry from the sounds he could hear. Then it hit him. He was in Old Courtroom 10. He was quite familiar with this room, even though it was seldom used. He’d been in a hearing here at the age of 15. He’d seen a Death Eater trial here in Dumbledore’s Pensieve, when he was 14. He’d just be patient and wait for a chance to escape. No mere conjured ropes had held him yet. He watched Malfoy closely. He slipped his hand carefully to feel for his wand.

“Do you think I’m stupid, Scarhead?” Malfoy snarled as he twirled a wand in each hand. “That I would bind your hands and feet, but leave you with your wand? What type of idiot do you take me for?”

“You just answered your own question, Malfoy,” argued Harry, which earned him a hard blow to his stomach. Harry spat out blood as he ran several possible scenarios through his brain and rejected each one in turn. He decided to wait a bit to see what would transpire.

The door crashed open, momentarily blinding Harry in light. “Is he ready?” called a gruff voice.

“Almost,” answered Malfoy. “Give me another five minutes to prepare him for transfer.”

That statement gave Harry all the information he needed. He would have five more minutes alone with Malfoy and if he left here, he was a dead man. When the unknown Death Eater closed the door, Malfoy immediately took a swing at Harry. Harry ducked and centered himself for a hefty amount of wandless magic. It only took a moment. When he was ready, he immediately freed himself from the bindings and set the strongest shield around himself he could manage. As Malfoy’s spells bounced off the shield with a clang, Harry gathered his strength for the fight he knew was imminent. He detected Malfoy’s fury rising and prepared for the attack.

Malfoy lunged at Harry in an attempt to knock him from his feet. Harry held the shield charm and felt Malfoy collide into it with a satisfying thud. Harry released the charm and dove at Malfoy. He told himself that since he’s been denied the chance to testify against the ferret, he’d console himself with beating the stuffing out of him.

“Accio!” Harry called and his wand flew toward him. He caught it in midair and immediately fired off spell after spell. He dueled viciously with Malfoy for several minutes before the door blasted open and several more Death Eaters joined the battle. Harry, perceiving the escalation, went immediately on defense. He knew he had erred by not attempting to escape earlier, however he couldn’t have passed on this opportunity to capture more Death Eaters. He stealthily reached for his scrambler and activated it. His superiors and team would hear and record every word that was said. He wished he’d thought of this before now.

As Harry dueled, he shouted out clues for his fellow Aurors to follow. To his surprise more Death Eaters joined the fray and the divisions were battling each other as well as him. He was greatly outnumbered and tiring quickly. The last thing he remembered was the distant sound of the Aurors arriving.

Harry opened his eyes minutely to survey his surroundings. Feeling like he’d been run over by the Hogwarts Express, he swore violently to himself. He saw a group in Death Eater robes across the way. He was in the same graveyard as when Voldemort returned nine years ago. “Well” he consoled himself. “At least I’m familiar with the territory.” He raised his aching head a fraction to check his surroundings. He was bound like a mummy. His captors were unaware that he’d regained consciousness. He gathered all the strength he could muster and attempted to apparate to the Burrow.

When Harry again opened his eyes, he immediately knew that he wasn’t at his desired destination.

“Mr. Potter!” shrieked his former Professor. “Whatever are you doing here? Come for a refresher in Charms?” The students snickered at their desks and watched the exchange attentively.

“Sorry, Professor Flitwick,” Harry replied weakly. “Seeing as I’m a bit tied up at the moment, could I trouble you for a hand?”

The Professor dismissed his class and levitated Harry toward the hospital wing. “What fine mess have you gotten yourself into this time, Potter? There’s not an inch of you showing that isn’t encrusted in blood, your own, I presume?”

“Probably,” Harry responded confused. He had tried to apparate to the Burrow, where he’d apparated many times before and wound up in the Charms classroom, in Hogwarts, where apparition was impossible. “How did I get here? What’s happened?”

“I assure you I have no idea.” said the diminutive teacher. “Where were you going when you apparated?”

“The Burrow,” Harry groaned. “I was captured. I needed to get somewhere safe.”

“Did you specifically think of the Burrow or mainly getting to safety?” Flitwick asked.

“I don’t remember” Harry answered weakly.

They arrived at the hospital wing. Madam Pomfrey met them at the door and directed the floating bundle that contained Harry to his regular bed.

“I didn’t remove the bindings as I couldn’t ascertain the severity of his injuries,” the diminutive professor explained to the nurse. “I daresay he won’t be conscious much longer. I’ll contact Ministry headquarters to relay his arrival.”

“Thank you, Professor,” Harry sighed and closed his eyes.

The next time Harry awoke, he again didn’t immediately recognize his surroundings. He licked his dry lips and reached for his glasses. A straw appeared before his mouth and he drank deeply.

“Careful, mate. Not too much.” Ron pulled the glass slightly away from Harry’s mouth.

“Where am I?” Harry asked weakly.

“St Mungo’s” answered Ron. “You were in bad shape. Madam Pomfrey sent you here.”

“Am I in trouble?” asked Harry attempting to sit up. “Did any Death Eaters get caught?”

“Easy, mate.” Ron cautioned. “You were brilliant. Shacklebolt has been raving how you left the scrambler on for evidence. They got them, well, most of them, even Malfoy! They’ve been mostly squealing like schoolgirls to try and get lighter sentences. It’s over. You did it.” Ron beamed at his friend.

Harry tried to smile. His eyes felt heavy, but he didn’t want to sleep and fought futilely against it. He wanted to find out what had happened. He lost the struggle and allowed his eyes to drift closed again.

Harry was pleasantly surprised to find he’d awakened in the same place he was when he fell asleep. He didn’t like staying at St Mungo’s, quite the opposite. He was just glad to be able to recognize his surroundings, fuzzy though they may be.

“You’ve decided to join us again, have you?” Tonks pronounce as she handed him his glasses.

“Hey, Tonks” he returned feebly. Harry didn’t remember ever feeling this tired before. He attempted to run through his regular body check, however found he didn’t have the energy. “So how am I doing?” he asked.

“Let me just let the Healer know you are back with us. I’ll be right back and answer all of your questions,” and she fled the room.

The Healer checked him over and explained his injuries extensively. Harry took a myriad of potions and waited for someone to come and fill him in. He wasn’t a patient person and he was reaching the end of his limit.

Kingsley Shacklebolt strode through the door. “Potter, how are you feeling?” he asked.

“I’m fine,” Harry lied. “What happened? Is everyone okay? Did they all get back safely?”

Shacklebolt held up his hands to slow the rapid fire questions Harry was asking. “Harry…” his superior began. “First let me say that it has been honor to work with you. Your quick thinking saved a multitude of lives last week…”

Harry made a mental note that a week had passed and that Shacklebolt was speaking in past tense. He was getting fired or relieved of duty, he realized.

“Leaving your scrambler on was a stroke of genius,” Shacklebolt went on. “The clues you gave were impeccable. It is due to your hard work that most of both factions of Death Eaters have either been captured or surrendered. Mistakes were made…” Harry hung his head in shame. “…but the end result justified the means.” Shacklebolt looked at Harry’s expression. “I didn’t say you made mistakes, Harry. You performed flawlessly. I couldn’t ask for more than what you did.”

But, Sir…” Harry countered. “I should’ve gotten away quicker. I should’ve…”

“Harry, remember your training. Gut instinct is what saves your life in the field and you, Son, have the best instincts I’ve ever seen.”

Harry felt relieved. “Sir?” he started, although he didn’t really want to know the answer to his question. “Am I still an Auror? Do I still have a job?”

“I can’t answer that.” his boss replied. “The Healers are trying to determine the extent of the damage. I won’t lie to you. They don’t know why you are even still alive. A weaker man would have snuffed it long before you apparated. I won’t even go into how the hell you apparated to Hogwarts. Don’t worry on it now. Just concentrate on getting better.” With that Kingsley Shacklebolt strolled from the room.

15. The End of an Era

The End of an Era

Chapter 15

The End of an Era

Harry sat in his darkened hospital room, staring at the curtain. He thought back on what the Healer had said to him.

“Mr. Potter, I have to be honest with you. The curses your knees took were very powerful. Another Reducto curse to your knees and we won’t be able to heal them. Your bone structure isn’t meant to take blasting spells repeatedly. Your patella and femur are the worst; however the same applies to other major areas of your body. You need to think seriously about a change in vocation, Mr. Potter. I know your story…hell, with the Daily Prophet and Witch Weekly around, everyone knows your story. You have done more for our world than anyone else alive. Don’t you think it is time to sit back and relax for a bit and let someone else handle the bad guys?”

“Who knows about this?” Harry asked nervously.

“Only your superior. That is all I’m am required to tell.” Healer Strankford answered. “Who else knows will be up to who you tell personally.”

“So, what am I up against this time?” Harry inquired with a great deal of hesitation.

“You’ll be here at least another week. Then I’ll release you on your word of complete bed rest. I don’t mean ‘get up only when necessary’ bed rest. I mean ‘someone there at all times, pee in a cup’ bed rest. This will especially be important when you cut back on your potions. You’ll be awake more and probably antsy. However I must caution you, until you are completely healed, overdoing it will cause you to lose the use of your legs entirely.”

“So I’ve been dismissed from the corps…” sighed Harry.

“I didn’t say that. You are on the disabled list until I release you. I expect that will be in about six months. After that, the choice is yours.” explained the Healer. “Remember what we’ve talked about, Mr. Potter.” The Healer went on softly, “Harry, I know this is difficult for you, but I think you’ll make the right decisions. Just think, if there was another occupation that’s always interested you, you have the perfect opportunity to try it.

Harry was so deep in thought, he never heard anyone come in.

Harry?” Mrs. Weasley started. “Are you awake, dear?” He saw the Weasley parents at the door.

“Yes, Mr. and Mrs. Weasley. Come in, please.” he responded.

“How are you feeling, son?” Mr. Weasley asked him gently.

Harry shrugged indifferently.

“Want to talk about it?” she offered. Harry shrugged again. “It does no good to keep things bottled up, dear. What did the Healer say?”

“He said…he said…” Harry wasn’t able to continue.

“How about I ask easier questions, then? Did he say when you could leave?”

“Yeah” Harry replied. “I’ll be released in about a week.”

“Are you going to be okay?” Mr. Weasley asked.

Harry snorted indignantly and answered in a childish tone, “Yes, if I’m a good boy and follow all of the Healer’s orders, then I should be able to lead a productive life. Productive, he said. I just feel useless.”

“It can’t be that bad, Harry dear.” She scooped him into her arms. Harry felt his eyes prickle and burn. He relaxed into her maternal embrace and attempted to calm himself.

“You have no idea.” he said almost too softly for her to hear.

“Then tell me all about it.” she returned with false cheer in her voice. “Son…and I will call you ‘son’ because you are as good as my own son and NOTHING will ever change that, no matter what you say,” she said in a rush before he could object. “When you have something on your mind and you tell someone, one of the reasons you feel better is that now two people are searching for the answers, rather than one.”

Harry breathed deeply and relayed the Healers warnings. He could feel the woman’s tears drop on his arm. He didn’t want to look at Mr. Weasley. “What am I to do? I can’t even use the loo by myself for weeks yet. I’m an Auror. It’s all I’ve ever wanted to be. Just when I was almost able to prove to myself that I belong there, I get chucked out!”

Mr. Weasley looked taken by surprise. “You are not chucked out, Harry Potter! You gave that job everything you had. You are the best they’ve got. You’ve faced so much for so long that it’s no wonder your body has retaliated. You have given your entire life to protect our world. Let us protect you for a bit. You’ve taught everyone who comes in contact with you what it means to stay alive in the face of danger. You…”

“Mr. Weasley…” Harry interrupted. “Speaking of teaching, Hermione asked me once to skive off field work and help train other Aurors. Do you think I could do that?”

“You’d be brilliant at it, dear.” Mrs. Weasley replied proudly. She let him escape her grip and looked him straight in the eye. “You’d be brilliant.” Mr. Weasley nodded his agreement.

Harry felt his hopelessness ease slightly and gave her a feeble smile. “Thanks for the talk. It helped.”

“Anytime, Harry dear. That’s what parents are for.” she replied with a wink and left Harry to his thoughts.

The next afternoon, Harry was in a cross mood. He was scowling and cursing under his breath when Hermione and Ron came to visit.

“What’s up, mate?” Ron asked.

Harry mumbled some more but the words “effing bed pans” were distinguishable.

Ron and Hermione shared a secret smile and changed the subject before Harry got embarrassed.

“We’ve got news.” Hermione piped up. “We’ve permission to take you outside for some air! Tonks is bringing the chair and we can go up to the terrace straight away!”

Although Harry desperately wanted to see something beyond his bed, he wasn’t too chuffed about being toted about in a wheelchair. He tried to hide his displeasure behind a grin. His friends saw right through him.

“Colin stopped by to see you, mate, but you were sleeping, as did Pavarti, Padma, Lavender and Neville. They’ll all stop later.”

“Alright, Harry?” Hermione asked.

“I’m fine, just tired.” he lied. “I’ll be getting out of here next week.”

“A whole week yet?” asked Ron. “That’s going to be expensive. What are they keeping you for?”

Harry ignored the last question. “Since I was hurt in the line of duty, the Ministry covers it.” he explained. “It’s not a problem.”

“What aren’t you saying, Harry? It seems like there is loads you aren’t telling us. They won’t let me even look at your records on your orders. That hasn’t happened before.”

“Just drop it, Hermione, please?” Harry begged. “I need to get my mind around some things first, and then I’ll talk about it. I promise.”

“Yeah, Hermione, don’t pester the invalid,” Ron joked. They both noticed Harry wince at the term.

Tonks arrived with the wheelchair and levitated Harry into it. She whistled as Harry’s hospital gown gaped in the back, effectively flashing his visitors. Hermione put a blanket across his lap, her face red.

Ron started humming an old tune by Celestina Warbeck about a full moon and the group burst into giggles. Harry had no idea what was so funny and decided he didn’t care.

It felt amazing to be outside. Harry felt the mild spring wind on his face and couldn’t help but forget his troubles and enjoy his companions. They talked about nothing for over an hour before Harry was called back for his next examination.

After his ritual prodding session, Harry gave permission for Healer Granger to review his files once she was on duty that evening.

Hermione entered the hospital room late that evening with a thick file in her hand and tears rolling down her face. Harry saw her and bent his head unable to handle the pity he knew he’d find in her eyes.

“It’ll be okay, Harry,” she reassured him softly. “I’ll help you deal with this. It’s not the end of the world. I know it feels like it, but you are alive, Harry. You won. You played a major role in capturing most of the remaining Dark Wizards.” She held his face tenderly between her hands and looked deep into his tear filled eyes. “You will be fine, Auror or not. You’ll see.”

Harry sniffed. “It’s all I’ve ever wanted to do with my life and now it’s over. I’m not even 25 and I have to retire or quit or whatever. What am I going to do, Hermione?” He was no longer fighting the tears.

Ron came into the room. His jovial expression faded as he took in the scene. “What’s up? I leave for a couple of hours and dementors show up?”

Harry laughed feebly at Ron’s joke. Hermione just rolled her eyes. “Did you want me to tell him?”

“Yeah, okay” replied Harry. “Can you bring me something to drink? Pumpkin juice would be good,” he continued, letting his friends know that he didn’t want to hear that particular conversation.

Harry wished he could ask Sirius about what to do. He could owl Lupin, he supposed. He quickly vetoed that idea. Remus Lupin had gone on an ambassadorship to regain rights for dark creatures. Harry couldn’t and wouldn’t interrupt him. He trusted Ron and Hermione’s opinion, yet they could be somewhat biased in their views. He figured they’d seen him arrive home battered and bruised plenty in their lifetime.

Before long his friends returned to his bedside. “Listen, mate” Ron began. “We’ve got it all sorted out. When you get released, you’ll need someone with to help you while you recover. I’m off until the middle of April. I can help you during the day. Luna won’t care. She’ll probably help some, too. I mean, you don’t want to eat my cooking all day. Anyways, Hermione will be there when she’s off work and when she works the night shift; Tonks can help out, too. We’ll have you up and around in no time.”

“I’ll be fine,” Harry said. “You guys don’t need to go to all that trouble. I can get by on spells. I can summon anything I want. I’ll be fine.”

“Oh no you don’t, Harry Potter! You will accept our help whether you think you need it or not. How will you cook from your bed? And besides, you are not to do any magic. Healer Strankford put that in your instructions.” Hermione argued.

“I can just summon some fruit or something. I’ll be fine.” he charged back ignoring what Hermione had said.

“What about bathing?” smiled Hermione triumphantly.

“Er…” mumbled Harry. “No way. No effing way! I’ll hire someone before I allow that!”

Hermione smiled at him mischievously. “You’d rather some stranger wash you than your best friend? Harry, I’m a Healer. It’s not a big deal. Please let us help you.”

Harry felt beaten. He knew he’d never win against her. She knew him too well. His shoulders slumped in defeat.

“Here’s how it will work,” Hermione explained. “I’ve taken a leave of absence for three weeks. That’s how long you’ll probably need the most medical attention. For four more weeks after that, while you’re laid up, we’ll take it in turns helping you. Then for five more weeks we’ll stop in now and again to make sure you are alright. I’ve got schedules already made.” Hermione passed around little colorful calendars.

Harry shared an eye roll with Ron. He knew he was in for the most humiliating experience of his life. Ron couldn’t hide the humor he found at Harry’s apprehension. Harry had missed half of what Hermione was saying, but that was nothing new.

“Ron, your mum wants to help as well. She can send a couple of portions of whatever she makes for dinner on the evenings when I have to go back to work. Ginny will want to help, too, so she can…”

“NO!” Harry interjected. “Absolutely not.”

“What’s the matter?” Ron asked. “Don’t want to appear helpless in front of your ex-girlfriend?”

“It’s not that. It’s just…” Harry couldn’t explain why. He was sure Ginny would insist that she bring along a couple of friends to cheer him up and before long he would be hosting a party from his bed. He didn’t want anyone else seeing him like this.

Before long, everything had been arranged for Harry’s release the following day. Ron had hired a muggle taxi to take Harry back to his flat. As Harry was signing his release papers, a familiar face appeared at the door.

“Harry!” exclaimed Remus Lupin. “I came as soon as I heard. Are you alright?”

“I’m fine,” Harry fibbed. “I was just about to head home. How was your trip?”

“We can talk about my trip later. Let me see you home, and then we can talk.” Lupin stated.

Harry was wheeled out to the cab and assisted into the backseat. Lupin rode along with him, while Hermione and Ron apparated.

“It feels good to be in regular clothes,” Harry said. “I’ve had about enough of flashing my bum every time I move.”

Lupin chuckled. “Do you own any nightshirts? You’ll be needing several over the next weeks.”

“I’ve still got some of Dudley’s old t-shirts. They come to my knees after all.”

“I’ll still get you some and bring them by. Nothing gets one on the mend quicker than the feel of a new nightshirt.” Lupin described.

While Harry was happy to be going home, he was anxious of the ramifications of his injuries.

Ron and Hermione met the cab with a wheelchair. Lupin and Ron pretended to lift Harry into it; however they mainly just directed him while levitating. Hermione paid the driver and followed the men into the building.

“The door is open. Ron and I will watch for muggles, while you get him upstairs.” Hermione explained.

Harry breathed a sigh of relief when he was inside his flat. It was just like he left it nearly four weeks prior.

“Let’s get you into bed,” Hermione ordered. “Do you want the couch or up in the bedroom?”

“The couch is fine” Harry sighed.

“Harry…” Lupin started. “May I stay with you a bit? Just until the full moon, obviously. I want to help you.”

“That would be lovely, Remus,” Hermione beamed. “Harry has been a bit self-conscious at the thought me helping with certain things.”

Harry went red in the face and nodded, his head bent low. His friends chuckled at his discomfort. They got Harry settled on the soft sofa as he closed his eyes in exhaustion. He barely heard Hermione going over his prognosis with Lupin and pulled the blanket over his head.

16. Rest and Relaxation

Rest and Relaxation

Chapter 16

Rest and Relaxation

It was getting dark by the time Harry awoke. He nearly forgot his medical condition and decided to walk into the loo. He remembered when the pain and dizziness hit him upon sitting up. He waved a hand and summoned the urinal from the supplies he brought home. He looked at it curiously. He attempted to position it for use. His limbs were so weak that he ended up making a mess as the urinal slipped from his grasp.

“Damn!” he swore loudly and wandlessly summoned a towel. He heard footsteps rushing and threw the blanket over himself in modesty.

“Harry, why didn’t you call?” Hermione fussed at him. “What happened?”

Harry felt his face heat. He didn’t want to confess to the mess he’d made and how it came to be. He looked to Lupin for assistance. The older man understood immediately.

“Hermione” Lupin said. “Could you be a dear and ask Ron to purchase about a dozen nightshirts for Harry? They will make his convalescence easier.”

Comprehension dawned in her eyes and she fled from the room. Harry couldn’t decide which was worse, the mess he’d made or Hermione knowing about it.

“Now, let’s see about getting you sorted out.” Lupin offered.

“I know how it works” Harry clarified, his fingers white with the frustrated grip he had on the blanket. “I just couldn’t hang onto it.”

“I understand” Remus replied while removing Harry’s wet clothing. “I’ll be right back.”

Harry hung his head in shame. Remus returned with a wet cloth and handed it to Harry. “Just in case you were thinking of trying it, scourgify works well on objects, but it burns like hell when used on the skin.” Lupin explained. “Let me help you, Harry. That’s why I’m here.”

“I’m sure you have better things to do than hang around here,” disagreed Harry.

“Nothing is more important than getting you better. I have a bit of experience with life altering events. We’ll worry about getting you better, and then we’ll talk about what happens next.” Harry nodded, his head still lowered. “I know you’ve relied on no one but yourself, but now is the time to lie back and relax. Give yourself permission to be coddled for a bit. You’ve earned it.”

“It’s… difficult” Harry admitted.

Lupin agreed with a warm smile. “I know it is, especially for you. With the exception of your friends, you’ve had no one you could rely on since you were a baby. Of course this is difficult for you! You’ve stayed alive through many encounters that would destroy a lesser man by your self-reliance and strength. Now you feel weak and vulnerable, which is a totally foreign concept to you. It will definitely take some getting used to, but give it a try. It’s not as if the alternatives are a better option.”

“Everything alright in there?” Hermione called from the kitchen.

“Just fine” Lupin returned. “Come on in.”

Hermione and Ron entered carrying bags from Madam Malkin’s, with Ginny trailing behind.

“Oh, Harry, darling, are you alright?” Ginny cried as she rushed at him.

“I’m fine” he answered giving Ron a quizzical look.

“Don’t blame me. I told her not to come.” Ron declared. “You should have taken her off the list of people who can apparate right in.”

“Why would he do that?” Ginny asked.

“Well, considering that you are no longer dating, you humiliated him in the press, you…”

Ginny interrupted her brother. “I did no such thing! I gave a short interview, that’s all. I didn’t say anything bad about him.”

“I’m right here. Please don’t talk as if I’m not present.” Harry groaned.

“I’m sorry, darling. What can I do to make you feel better?” Ginny purred.

Harry glared at her. He didn’t want her there and wondered how she found out about his weakness. “Has anyone seen the Daily Prophet today?” he asked with hesitation. The way Ginny was acting, it seemed as if his entire story must have been published.

“H-H-Harry…a-a-about that…” Hermione stammered.

Harry closed his eyes, knowing what he was about to hear. “Just tell me…please.”

Ron began speaking. “The Daily Prophet has the complete story of your capture, serious Death Eater arse-kicking, and the injuries you suffered, complete with prognosis. My dear sister sweet talked her way to getting the information. Witch Weekly sold it over to them,” he said in derision.

“It’s big news! The public has a right to know that Harry may never walk again!” Ginny protested. “They are lining up outside as we speak to…”

“Get her out of here.” Lupin said in a slow cold voice, his eyes reflecting his fury.

No one had noticed Harry’s departure. He had apparated into his cupboard to escape and spelled the door. He leaned his head back against the wall and let the tranquility wash over him.

What seemed like hours later, Hermione opened the door to the cupboard and peered inside. “Want to talk about it?” she asked timidly.

“No” he answered.

“I’m sorry…” she offered.

“You didn’t do anything”

“Please come out. Remus got rid of her. You need to be resting.”

“I am resting. It’s not like there’s room to do much else in here.”

“You’re all squished up in there. I’ve got you a nice bed set up on the couch where you can kip for a bit. We’ll leave you alone and prepare for dinner. Please come out.”

Harry was torn. He wasn’t very comfortable where he was, but he wasn’t ready to face anyone yet.

“I can send Remus to help you, if you prefer…” she offered.

Harry nodded his consent. Lupin’s face appeared in the doorway. “So this is where you got off to.” he said warmly. “Let’s see about getting you out of there.” Lupin waved his wand and Harry felt weightless as he floated over to the sofa.

“You get some rest. Apparating is tiring even for those who aren’t under Healer’s orders to refrain from doing magic.” Lupin looked at Harry with concern.

Harry covered himself with the blanket and settled back into the supple couch. He felt his eyes close.

He was awakened by the most wonderful smells of his favorite foods. He opened his eyes to see Lupin with a tray.

“Are you hungry?” Lupin asked.

“Very” Harry answered as he accepted the tray.

“Mrs. Weasley sent along a treacle tart. Did you want me to arrange it so that she can apparate in as well during your recovery? That would make it easier for her to bring meals for you.”

Harry nodded his consent, not wanting to pause in his consumption of the meal.

Hermione appeared in the doorway. “How is he doing?” she asked.

“He’s eating like there’s no tomorrow” replied Lupin with a smile.

Hermione beamed and entered; his pudding in her hand.

“I thought I was going to have to bribe you to eat something

Harry smiled at her concern. “I was famished. Thank you for dinner. It was delicious.” he said to her.

“Can I bring you seconds?” she asked.

“No” he answered with a grin, “but you can hand over that dessert.”

Harry tucked into his tart without hesitation.

“You can sue St Mungo’s for releasing that information, the Daily Prophet for printing it, or Ginny for her intrusion...”

Harry shook his head. “That won’t change anything” he said quietly. “What’s done is done.”

After banishing his dirty plates to the kitchen, Hermione strode to the end of the couch and kneeled. She ran her fingers through his hair. He closed his eyes in satisfaction.

“Did you want to go up to bed or stay here?” she asked softly.

“Here is fine” he replied never opening his eyes. “Thank you for everything, Hermione. I never expected you to put your life on hold for me. Thank you.”

Lupin strolled in and sat in the armchair. He saw the peace on Harry’s face and shared a smile with Hermione. “Is he sleeping?” he inquired.

“No, he’s not” Harry answered for himself. “Thank you, Remus. I don’t know how I would have made it through today without you…both of you.”

“It’s my pleasure” Lupin answered. “If you needed me, thestrals couldn’t keep me away.”

“Remus, I was thinking earlier” Harry stated. “Can I hire you to play nursemaid for me?” Over Lupin’s objections, Harry continued. “I was planning on hiring someone anyway to help me. I will be laid up here for quite sometime. I’m going to need someone. I, also, think that this flat, being three floors isn’t going to make matters easier. I’d be hiring you to find me a house. Hermione can help if she wants.”

“Have you thought this through, Harry?” Lupin asked.

“I’ve had over a week to think about it. I was planning to talk to you when you returned anyway. You are giving up your life for me. It’s the least I can do see that you don’t give up your income as well. I’d pay you a fair wage for my care and to arrange for the move. In exchange, I am relieved of hiring a stranger to assist me and I can get my privacy back. The new house should be unplottable. When I’m better, I want to be able to enjoy my morning tea on my balcony without an audience. If I’m able to return to work, then it will be your choice whether or not you choose to stay on as my personal assistant. This flat is paid for, so as a bonus for seeing me through my recovery, I’ll sign it over to you, if you want it to keep, sell, whatever you want. I know you’ve got your own house, but please consider my offer. I’ve always known you liked this flat better than I do.”

“I never said that!” Lupin balked. “It’s a lovely flat, but it’s yours, Harry. You can’t just give it away.”

“I’m not just giving it away. I’m giving you the opportunity to earn it.” Harry countered.

“So what would be my duties, if I were to agree, which I haven’t yet, so get that smirk off your face?” Lupin teased.

“Just the usual invalid care stuff…”

“Harry…” Hermione warned.

“Face it, Hermione. For the time being I am an invalid. It may not be that way forever. Right now I have to face facts. I’d need you to pay my bills, which I’m sure are behind since I’ve been in St Mungo’s, make sure Hedwig has food and water, hire a house elf for cleaning, find me a house and arrange for the move, keep tabs on my apparition and floo lists, screen visitors that aren’t on my lists, levitate me about until I can fend for myself, and assist me with my personal care.”

“Are you sure you don’t need a nubile maid to assist with your personal care?” Lupin joked. “I’m sure I can find loads of applicants right outside your door.”

Harry groaned at the implication. “I don’t even know if that part is even functional at this point, so no, that is not what I need.”

“According to Healer Strankford…” Hermione explained. “You should regain sexual functionality in another two weeks. The curse that hit that area…”

“You got hit in the…..” exclaimed Lupin.

Harry reddened and bowed his head. “Among other places…” he replied in barely a whisper.

Lupin grimaced. “No wonder you had such trouble earlier. Merlin’s Beard!”

“Anyway, Harry, as I was saying…” Hermione continued with a glare at the other two,” “the curse that hit there damaged some nerves and muscles; however you should regain full functionality in another two weeks, barring no further complications.”

“Merlin’s Beard! Remind me not to get captured by rivaling Death Eaters! They hit below the belt, no pun intended.” Lupin exclaimed.

Harry felt weary to his very bones. He knew all about his injuries; yet he didn’t relish anyone else knowing the more personal stuff.

“We’ll let you get some rest” said Lupin as he took Hermione’s hand and led her back into the kitchen. Harry could hear them discussing him and again pulled the blanket over his head.

Harry awoke the next morning to the pungent odor of various potions. He wrinkled his face in disgust.

“Oh, don’t be a baby. Take your potions.” Hermione scolded.

Harry gulped down the doses of no less than nine potions quickly. When he was done he made a sour face,

Hermione laughed at him. “Surely it isn’t that bad” she chuckled.

“Have you tasted that third one recently?” he asked in defense of his reaction.

“No” she replied. “I can’t say that I’ve ever experienced testicular trauma. Sorry.” She got up from her kneeling position and kissed him on the forehead. “I’ll send Remus in to help you get ready for the day, and then I’ll be back for your check up.”

“Hermione” he began with extreme hesitation. “I will be fine again, won’t I? I mean everything will eventually get back to normal for me?”

Hermione looked at him with gentleness. “You’ll be fine. Just be patient and follow your instructions and there’s no reason you can’t be up and about in no time, fully functional…head to toe.” She knew how much it cost him to ask her this. She’d never before seen him with this new vulnerability. “You may have to find a new normal for yourself, though. I mean just because you’ve imprisoned the main Death Eaters doesn’t mean it is the end of Dark Wizards. You know that you can’t keep chasing them, right?”

“I know” Harry said sadly. “I talked to Mr. and Mrs. Weasley about becoming an Auror Trainer. They seemed to think it was a good idea.”

“I am so proud of the way you are handling this. I knew you were strong, but I’m amazed at the way you’ve carried on. Your idea of hiring Remus as your personal assistant was pure genius, by the way.”

Harry felt his face flame at her compliments. “I, also, want to talk to you later about your compensation, Hermione. You can’t take care of me free of charge. I’ll match your salary from St Mungo’s for as long as you are here.”

“Honestly, Harry, would I be anywhere else?” she answered on her way out the door.

A short time later, a clean, fresh and rested Harry was playing a game of chess with Ron, losing badly. His bishops were ready to revolt and were threatening him.

“Take pity on him!” Ron shouted at the tiny figures on the board. “He’s been through enough without you idiots on his case.”

Harry snickered. He felt as contented as he’d felt in the common room at school.

17. One Step Forward, Two Steps Back

Moving Day

Chapter 17

Moving Day

“Harry!” Lupin shouted entering the drawing room. “Take a look at these.” He held several pictures of houses for sale. The wizarding photographs gave a panoramic view of the homes and of each room.

Harry had been bed-ridden for over a month and was going stir-crazy. He took the pictures he was offered and flipped through them. He sorted them in stacks of no and maybe. Hermione followed Lupin in with another stack. “This has been great fun” she said. “I never knew choosing someone else’s home would be so difficult.”

She handed her stack to Harry for sorting. Lupin picked up the discarded pictures and tossed them into the rubbish bin.

“What did you think of this one?” Harry asked holding up a picture of a large two-story house.

“That one is very nice, Harry. It has a large fenced yard. It’s only the two levels so levitating you won’t be a problem, then when you are up and about you’ll still have plenty of room to move around.” Hermione explained. She nodded to Lupin to show the pictures he was hiding behind his back. “However this one…” Lupin handed the photographs to Harry. “…is perfect for you. I adore it. It is near Hogsmeade. It has a field included that is big enough for a quidditch pitch. It has a balcony for your morning tea. It’s just perfect. I would buy it if you didn’t and I wanted my own place.”

Harry looked at the pictures closely, peered up at his two friends, grinned and said, “Buy it.”

“Harry, are you sure you don’t want to see it first?” asked a shocked Lupin.

“No, I trust your judgment. Buy it.” he replied. “You wouldn’t have shown it to me if I couldn’t afford it. You know my financial situation better than I do.”

Harry’s vision went dark except for the very bushy hair that was threatening to smother him. He returned Hermione’s hug. She straightened up and went on in a rush, “You won’t be sorry, Harry. It is the perfect house. I thought we’d never find one as nice as this, but we did. Oh, Harry, you are going to so pleased when you see it.”

“Do you think she likes it, Remus?” Harry asked. Lupin smiled his agreement. Harry sat up gingerly and looked carefully at the pictures. His mind’s eye saw the house with his belongings inside. He pictured himself flying across the field and walking hand in hand with Hermione through Hogsmeade. He quickly rejected that vision and lay back down. It wouldn’t do to get his hopes up.

“Harry, I need to do your check up. Is now a good time?” Hermione asked.

“I’ll check my schedule. Is now a good time, Remus?” he joked.

“Yes, kind sir, you’re schedule is perfectly clear” Lupin joked. “I’ll leave you to it, then.”

Hermione moved her wand slowly along Harry’s body. The tip of her wand flashed different colors as she passed it over various areas. “Your ribs have healed nicely” she commented. “Your trachea looks better, as well.” She looked into his ears and down his throat before continuing with her wand. Harry noticed he wasn’t seeing as much red as he had in the past and wondered if that meant he was healing in those sites. He remained silent and let her get on with her task.

“You’re looking really good, Harry. We can begin some basic exercises next week to get you back on your feet. We don’t want to rush it, but in a fortnight, we should have you standing briefly.”

Harry smiled his gratitude. “I really appreciate all you’ve done for me, Hermione. Thank you.” She was examining his eyes at the time, so he looked into hers and gave her a brief kiss. She dropped her wand and sank into his embrace. He held her close as the kiss deepened.

“Harry, I…oh!” said Lupin as he stepped into the drawing room. He strode right back out. The couple never heard the interruption. Hermione sighed as she pulled away with reluctance.

“Where did that come from?” she asked.

“Hermione, I can’t tell you how much it’s meant to me having you here these last few weeks. You’ve been the rock I’ve clung to when everything was coming at me like hurricane winds. It felt like everything was going to be okay because you were here taking care of me. You, Remus and everyone have been so amazing. I don’t know how I’ll ever repay you…”

“Don’t think about that. After all you’ve done for us; the last thing we’d want is for you to feel indebted. Our main concerns are to get you better, get you set up in your new house, and get you back on your feet. The rest of the stuff doesn’t matter, not to me, not to Remus, Ron or anyone. Well, with the possible exception of Ginny. I cannot believe her!”

“Is there still a crowd of well-wishers outside?” Harry asked.

“More now than ever before” Hermione responded.

Harry sighed.

Lupin came back into the room with his hand over his eyes. “Am I interrupting?” he asked.

“No, not at all, Remus” replied Hermione. “Come in, please.”

“So, how is our patient?” he questioned.

“Our patient is tired of being talked about as if he weren’t here” grumbled Harry.

“He is doing well, Remus. He should be standing on his own in a couple of weeks. Not for long, but it will be an improvement.”

“Well, when I wasn’t needed in here” Lupin said with a wink. “I spoke to Minerva. She has an abundance of house elves looking for work. There are only two that are free house elves. The others are terrified by the thought. You may remember these two though, a Winky and a Dobby?”

“Merlin!” swore Harry. “Not those two! They are mental!”

“Harry!” admonished Hermione. “Winky is very loyal and Dobby is…Dobby is…I’m sure he’ll be fine. He loves you, Harry.”

“Fine. Fine!” Harry gave in. “Please ask Winky and Dobby if they’d please come to work for me.”

“I was just teasing you, Harry. Hermione would relish the opportunity of freeing more house elves. Minerva is going to speak with them and see who wants to help. She won’t mention your name. If Winky or Dobby volunteer, shall I discourage them?”

“No” Harry replied. “Whoever wants to is fine with me, but can’t you just see Dobby, if he knew I was laid up?” Harry continued with a chuckle.

“Well, I’d better start packing” stated Lupin. “We should be able to move in within the next couple of weeks.”

“Thank you, Remus” Harry said. “Thank you for everything.”

Remus raised his hand in acknowledgement and headed to the third floor.

“Hermione…” Harry began. She looked at him unable to read his mood. “Come here” he continued while holding out his arms. She kneeled by his head and relaxed into his arms.

“Just hold me…please?’ he finished with uncertainty. She nodded and laid her head on his chest.

“Anytime, Harry, anytime.” she replied.

Harry kissed her gently on the temple and said, “I could get used to this.”

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

“Finally!” Harry thought to himself. Today was the day he could get up off the couch. He wasn’t allowed to walk, but he could stand, unaided, for a few seconds. He’d been forbidden to hardly even sit up for the past six weeks and he was going mad. He’d been levitated all over his flat by Lupin. Harry was grateful for his help, yet eager to fend for himself.

Hermione completed her check of Harry’s injuries and smiled at his anticipation. “Don’t overdo” she cautioned him. “I don’t want any setbacks.”

“I won’t” he replied. “I promise to catch a kip after this, pass or fail.”

“And don’t worry if you can’t bear your weight. We are only testing today. It’s alright if you can’t do it. It means nothing other than you need more healing time, understand?”

Harry nodded eagerly. He’d been looking forward to this progression for weeks. He gently placed his feet on the floor and grabbed the arm of the sofa for support. He grimaced in pain as his legs took on more pressure.

“Harry! Maybe we should wait a bit longer…” Hermione frantically tried to stop him.

Harry was having none of it. He rose gingerly to a standing position. With a loud crack, he fell to the floor. His legs bent awkwardly the wrong direction. He cried out in agony.

“Lupin! Help me!” Hermione shouted. Remus Lupin came bounding down the stairs and took in the scene in front of him. Harry was howling in pain on the floor. Lupin levitated Harry back onto the couch. Hermione quickly forced a Calming Draught into Harry’s mouth before he could stop her. His eyes instantly went glazed as he relaxed. She gingerly straightened his legs and gave him several more potions to relieve his aches.

“I don’t know why it didn’t work” she cried, tears rolling down her face. “We need to get him to St Mungo’s. No, wait! Let him rest. I’ll go to St Mungo’s. I need to do some more research. He is going to be so devastated. Can you handle him if the draught wears off?”

“We’ll be fine. Just go.” Lupin responded.

Harry became aware of his surroundings again a short time later. “Where’s Hermione?” he asked almost silently.

“She went to St Mungos. She’ll be back soon.” Lupin responded. “Are you hungry?”

Harry shook his head. Lupin could see Harry retreating into himself and strived to keep him engaged. “Can I get you anything?” Harry shook his head again.

Lupin noticed blood on the lower portion of Harry’s nightshirt and went to get a clean one. He brought a bowl of water. He decided that there was nothing better to get Harry riled than to give him a bath. Frustration was better than the emotionless shell Harry had become. For once, Harry meekly accepted his friend bathing him without protest. Hedwig noticing Harry’s distress landed on Harry’s shoulder and cooed softly nipping his ear. Harry gave no reaction to his pet’s affection. He gave no reaction to anything at all.

Hermione popped back into Harry’s kitchen with an armload of books and potions. “How is he?” she asked breathlessly.

“Not good,” Remus answered. “The lights are on but there’s no one home.”

“That’s what I was afraid of. I’ve got Ron coming over, plus his mum. They’ve gotten him out of it before. Maybe it will help again.”

“What did you find out?” Lupin asked.

“Apparently” she relayed, “there wasn’t enough strong bone in his legs for the healing to help. This latest attack only sped up the inevitable. He would have faced this years from now, when he was older. Our only option is to remove the bones and grow them back. “

“Skele-Gro?” asked Lupin.

“Precisely,” said Hermione. “The tissues are so scarred even that may not be successful. We can grow the bone back, that isn’t the issue. The challenging part is two-fold. One, will the new bone be strong enough; and two, will his battered body accept it. I would hate to put him through that only to have it fail. There’s just no alternative.”

“Why can’t we wait until after the move?” asked Lupin. “He’s bound to feel better in the new house. He hasn’t even seen it. I can imagine he’s rather tired of looking at these four walls.”

“Excellent idea” grinned Hermione, her face showing optimism for the first time since her return. “We’ll go ahead with the move as planned. Harry can help. Healer Strankford agrees with me that Harry can start using simple magic again, as long as he takes it slow. Er…what’s up with Hedwig? She’s acting strangely.”

“She’s protecting him, she thinks.” Lupin responded drawing an indignant hoot from the snowy owl as she continued her march back and forth on the back of the couch. “She’s been on ‘guard duty’ since you left.”

“Hedwig” Hermione said as she approached the bird. “Would you like to see your new home? Hedwig turned her back on Hermione. “I won’t make you leave him just now. We’ll be moving tomorrow.” The bird peered back at Hermione hopefully. “We think Harry will get better quicker in his large new house. Don’t you think so?” The snowy owl chirped her approval. Hermione rewarded her with a pat on the head.

Ron entered the room trailed by his mum. “Where is he?” he asked.

Hermione pointed at the sofa. Harry hadn’t moved, as if he were sleeping though his eyes were open. Hermione exchanged a look with Remus as they stepped back and let Ron have a go at Harry.

“Harry…” Ron stated softly. “I know this is a bit disappointing…” Harry’s face formed a severe scowl. “…bit it isn’t that bad. So, you fell on your face again. Big deal. So your legs are a bit wonky, not the end of the world there.” Remus and Hermione stood with Mrs. Weasley and watched with interest as Harry’s eyes grew fiery with rage. They exchanged a look of awe as Ron continued. “You’ve got to snap out of it, mate. You should be happy, really. Who else gets to lay around for weeks on end, getting fussed over and served like some sort of royalty…?”

“I will have you know,” Harry ranted furiously, “this isn’t some lark for me. You don’t know how I feel. This…this…this ‘lark’ has cost me my job, my independence. You think I enjoy being tended like a baby? Merlin, I would give everything I own to just put on my trainers and stroll out the door, leave everything behind and just walk…”

Ron looked at the adults watching from the fireplace. “I believe my work here is done.”

Harry realized he’d been played and gave a half-hearted chuckle. “Thanks mate,” he said. “I think I needed a good row to get me going again.”

“All that’s left is to thrash you in a game of chess. Fancy a game?” Ron replied.

As Ron engaged Harry in the game, Lupin and Hermione filled in Mrs. Weasley of their plans. Lupin left to finish the security wards on the new house.

“Let me try to talk to him,” Mrs. Weasley offered. “I’ve brought a nice blueberry crumble,” she added as if it would solve all of life’s problems.

“Harry, dear,” she began. “Tell me about this new home of yours.”

Harry started in on everything he knew of the house. He pulled the pictures from under his pillow ands shared them with his friends. He ate two servings of blueberry crumble before Mrs. Weasley introduced the topic of his health. Harry closed off immediately and changed the subject. She tried several times to steer the conversation back to him to no avail.

At last, she conceded and went to the kitchen to start dinner. “Sorry about that,” Ron apologized. “Since I moved out, she’s been barmy for someone to look after.”

Remus returned in time for dinner and the group formed a circle of chairs around Harry to eat. Ron and Mrs. Weasley took their leave, promising to return the next day to help with the move.

Hermione tried with Lupin’s help to get Harry engaged in conversation regarding his recovery. Harry would have none of it. He basically retreated into himself whenever they attempted. Nothing could regain his attention.

Finally, Hermione resorted to extreme measures. She kneeled beside the sofa by Harry’s head and tried again to talk to him, while Lupin looked on.

“Excuse me a moment, please” she said with a sigh and retreated to the guest room she’d been using. She returned a few minutes later. “I’ll get him to talk one way or another. Desperate times call for desperate measures” she muttered as if she was trying to convince herself. Lupin stayed in the background puzzled at her statement.

“Harry look at me,” she said. “I want to talk to you…” There was no response. She kneeled again, grabbed the ring on her zipper and gave a hard tug. Harry’s eyes widened at the exposed breasts before his face. Remus gasped and covered his face with both hands, stifling the urge to laugh. Hermione zipped her top again, looked Harry in the eye and said firmly, “Talk to me if you want to see more.” Harry lifted his eyes to her face with an expression of awe.

“Er…er…what did you want to talk about? he asked timidly.

Lupin could not restrain himself anymore. “I’ll be just upstairs, if you need anything,” he said, laughing as he raced from the room.

“Honestly, Harry” she complained, “if I knew showing you my muffins would get your undivided attention like this, I’d have done it ages ago.”

“Such exceptional muffins they are…” Harry responded amazed.

Hermione explained what procedures he had to look forward to and why they were necessary. He was told of the inherent risks and the pain involved, which he was well aware of having had experience with Skele-Gro in his youth.

“In the meantime” she continued, “let’s just worry about getting you moved into that lovely house.”

The next morning, Harry awoke to a pair of green eyes the size of tennis balls right in front of his face. He startled back into the cushions.

“Harry Potter, sir” said the house elf. “Dobby is most pleased to be serving you. Dobby has seen Harry Potter’s new house, sir, and Dobby is happy to help Harry Potter get moved.”

“Thanks, Dobby” Harry said, still panting from his awakening. “What’s left to move?”

“Just Harry Potter, sir. Everything is in order, sir.” replied Dobby.

Harry looked around in astonishment. Dobby was correct. Nothing remained, as far as Harry could see, except for the sofa he’d been sleeping on.

“Ah, Harry” greeted Lupin. “Now that you are awake, we can get you ready to go. Would you like me to assist you or would it be more comfortable to have Dobby help?”

Harry gave Lupin a look that made it clear that Lupin was mad if he thought Dobby was coming anywhere near him with a razor. Lupin chuckled and levitated Harry into the loo for their morning routine.

Harry felt good to be wearing actual clothing again, even if he was stuck in a wheelchair under an disillusionment charm. He had on his trainers! He was tired of nightshirts. He would burn them all when he got better…if he got better. He peppered Lupin with questions about the new house and if he had checked this cubby hole or that hiding place. It felt odd to be moving into a house sight unseen, without helping with the move, but there was nothing to be done for that.

“So…” Lupin began. “Shall we stop for breakfast? I can pop in the tea shop and bring you a muffin or two. Hermione said you were partial to them.”

Harry reddened as they waited for the cab.

18. Moving Day

Author’s note: Thank you to everyone who has read or responded to my story. Tonight the inevitable occurred. I wrote “Finite” on this story. That’s half of my goal completed. I originally started writing this to see if I could finish it. I never intended to post it. I’m glad I did. I’ve met some really neat people (**Waves at Izzie**) and I now have a happy/sad feeling of accomplishment. Thank you for the reviews, they’ve made my day on more than one occasion. We are now almost to the half-way point, for those who have asked. In case anyone is wondering, the “dreaded Chapter 8” was the plot bunny for this whole thing. Thanks for the ride and I’ll see you at the finish line.

JayR

Moving Day

Chapter 18

Moving Day

The cab pulled up to a long driveway. Harry could see an enormous house in the distance, surrounded by trees. His breath caught when he realized that this was his new home. As the cab moved up the drive, Harry swiveled his head to see everything.

“What do you think?” Lupin asked.

“I think it is brilliant!” exclaimed Harry. He saw Hermione standing in the doorway. The cab pulled to a stop. Harry opened the door and smiled at her.

“Welcome home, Harry” she said as she stuck her head inside the car to hug him. Lupin came around with the wheelchair and discreetly levitated Harry into it. They waited until the cab pulled away before pushing him into the house.

“We made a few alterations. I hope you don’t mind.” said Lupin. He rolled Harry to a cupboard under the stairs. “I noticed that this seems to be your ‘safe zone’. I hope you like the changes I’ve made.” Lupin opened the door to the cupboard so Harry could peer inside. The interior was much larger than it appeared. Music was playing softly in the background from the WWN. A comfy chair stood in front of a small fireplace. A well stocked bar ran the length of the back. “There’s no rule that says a hidey-hole needs to be uncomfortable” Lupin explained as Hermione beamed. “However, if a true broom cupboard is the only thing that helps, I added one behind the bar. You can also reach it from the kitchen under the back stairway.

Harry’s eyes prickled as he realized what all had gone in to setting up the house for him. “Thank you, Remus…Hermione. You don’t know how much this means to me.”

“Yes, we do, Harry” Hermione countered. “Yes, we do” She engulfed him in another hug.

“Come see your balcony” Lupin said with more excitement Harry had ever heard from him before.

Lupin levitated Harry up the stairs and into the master bedroom. The room looked like Harry’s bedroom in his old flat, a cross between his former dormitory room and the common room at school. This room however was much larger. Off to the right was a double door leading out to a balcony overlooking a field. There was a small table and chair hidden behind the branches of a sizeable tree. A pair of chaises sat in the sun on the other corner with a table between.

“That table is charmed so that if, for some reason, your security is compromised, you can still enjoy your tea unfazed. Just cast a silencing charm and no one will know you are there, unless you want them to.”

“This is amazing!” Harry gushed as all of his previous challenges were systematically solved.

“There is an identical balcony on the other side, so you can enjoy sunsets as well.” Hermione added.

Harry was floated like a balloon as they toured the rest of the estate. Harry was astounded at the care that was taken into making this his home. There was nothing that he would have changed.

Upon conclusion of the tour, the small group wound up in the kitchen where Winky had left sandwiches, crisps and butterbeer waiting.

“Where is Winky?” Hermione asked. With small pop, the house elf appeared.

“Is everything alright, Miss? Winky is knowing Harry Potter, sir, is needing to eat, Miss. Winky is knowing Harry Potter is needing strength to get better.”

“Thank you, Winky” Harry said. “It looks wonderful.”

Winky blushed at the praise and left with a crack.

After lunch, Hermione floated Harry into the drawing room. The sofa was positioned so that Harry could be a part of whatever action was taking place.

“Lie down, Harry” she ordered him. “You need your rest before we try out your magic. Don’t be alarmed if minor spells are more difficult for you. As you get your strength back, your power will return, although that apparition that first day might have hindered you a bit. ”

Harry did as he was told and relaxed for a short kip. He knew they were going to begin the replacement of his leg bones this evening and he would be getting very little sleep. He also knew that he’d need strength to face facts if this failed.

When Harry awoke, he was startled to find himself in the vaguely familiar room. It looked like his belongings, but not his flat. Hedwig cooed at him, which reminded him that he was in the new house. He smiled to himself.

“Good, you are awake, then. Time to get to work…” chirped Hermione. “I believe Kingsley has your wand. He’ll be by tomorrow and you can ask him about it. For now, you have a choice of wandless, or use my wand. I envy you the ability to do wandless magic. There are very few people who can…”

“I’ll take wandless” Harry answered, relishing the thought of making his friend jealous.

“Alright, let’s start simple and see how it goes. Are you ready? No, don’t sit up. Just lie there and see if you can levitate…let’s see…this book.”

Harry waved his hand toward the book, which rose about a meter off the table.

“Very good!” praised Hermione. “Now try to summon it.”

Harry flipped his hand over and the book came toward him. He placed his hand palm out and the book stopped in front of him. He moved his hand forward and the book lowered itself to the table in front of him.

“Excellent!” Hermione gushed. “Let’s try some transfiguration. This will be a little more difficult…” Hermione wrote in his medical chart she was keeping. “Transfigure the book into a kitten.”

Harry made a complicated hand movement and the book began to meow. He grinned at Hermione and looked back at the kitten on the table.

“You are doing really good, Harry. I think your magic is quite recovered. For the last piece, apparate up to the West balcony. I’ll have Dobby bring dinner up there. Lupin can meet us. Would you like that?” Harry’s grin became wider as he nodded. “Be very careful, though, Harry. Apparate onto the chaise only. I want to see you lying down when I get there. If you miss, which you won’t, stay where you are. We’ll sort it out together. I don’t want you to put ANY weight on your legs.” She finished sternly.

“Yes, Healer Granger…” Harry said with the mock seriousness of a child answering a teacher. With barely a sound he was gone.

Remus and Hermione opened the double doors and were relieved to see Harry reclining on the chaise.

“I hear congratulations are in order” Lupin said to Harry. “I know you’ve had a rough time of it, Harry, but this is excellent. I know you are eager to take back some of your independence. Don’t be in too great of a hurry, though. We want to do this right.”

Harry agreed and sat up gingerly on the chaise, arranging his useless legs in front of him. Dinner arrived on the table and smelled wonderful. Harry stomach growled loudly in anticipation. Hermione and Remus shared a smirk. It had been a long while since Harry had actually been hungry. The only thing they hadn’t had to coax him to eat was pudding.

As the sun was setting and after the plates had been cleared and banished to the kitchen, Lupin asked, “Are you up for some company? Ron and Luna are anxious to see your house. I talked to him by floo earlier. I told him I’d let him know how you were feeling. I’m sure he’d love to see for himself.

“Of course. He can come by anytime” Harry answered.

“I’ll let him know, then”

“Harry…” Hermione began hesitantly. Harry tensed in nervousness at her tone. “I was wondering…the Skele-Gro procedure is uncomfortable” Harry scowled at her understatement. “You’ve always drank to dull pain in the past. I’ve researched it and alcohol has no effect on the procedure…I was wondering…”

“You want me to get pissed before you remove my leg bones…” Harry summarized.

“Well only if you want to” she returned. “I just thought since Ron and Luna will be here. I’m sure Remus wouldn’t argue if you invited him for a drink. What do you think?”

“I think it is a brilliant idea. Even if it hurts like hell, I’ll be beyond caring…Can we do it out here? I’ve been cooped up for too long.”

“It would be alright to drink out here. I’ll levitate you into your bed before I give you the potion.”

“Thanks, Hermione” he said earnestly. “You are the best.”

Lupin showed the others out onto the generously proportioned balcony. He conjured more chairs.

“How are you, Harry?” Luna asked.

“I’m fine, really I am” Harry answered.

“You’re looking better” offered Ron.

“Sorry about the other day” Harry said. “I wasn’t in a good place”

“Don’t blame you, mate” Ron replied.

“I hear a party is the order of the day” stated Lupin.

“Yeah, Hermione has this idea that if I’m piss drunk, the Skele-gro won’t hurt as bad. I’m up for tossing back a few…in the name of medical research only, of course.”

“I know it will be successful, Harry. The streelers were heading north.,” Luna replied.

“Thanks, Luna” he answered not bothering to ask what the hell she was talking about.

Hermione came back onto the balcony with glasses and a large bottle of Ogden’s Finest. She poured them all drinks and had a butterbeer for herself.

“I’d like to propose a toast…” Ron said, “…to Harry’s swift recovery. Long may he stand…er…walk…er…well, just get better, Harry.”

They group laughed as they clinked their glasses together.

“Thanks, Ron” said Harry.

“That was beautiful, Ronald” said Luna. Ron looked into her eyes and forgot the others existed for a few minutes.

With much laughter and teasing, the friends talked for hours. Ron kept Harry’s glass full. Before long Harry was feeling pleasantly numb. He had begun to slur a bit and once almost fell off his chaise.

Hermione surreptitiously asked Ron and Luna to stay over in case Harry needed them the next morning. The couple agreed and without the need to get home safely, got a bit squiffy themselves. She asked Remus, who had only sipped his drinks to assist her in getting Harry over to his room.

“Are you ready, Harry?” Hermione asked.

“You goin’ t’ show me your muffins again?” Harry grinned stupidly.

Hermione flushed and stated, “If you take your potion like a good boy”

Ron and Luna looked at each other in shock. “What exactly has been going on around here?” asked Ron with a smirk.

“I wouldn’t listen to her, so she flashed her chest at me” said Harry with a giggle. “It was great!” he added. “I’ve never seen a man move as fast as Lupin did. He nearly took a door off trying to get out o’ there.” Harry was laughing uproariously.

“Don’t blame you for that, Remus.” Ron stated. “When these two finally get together, and they will, mark my words, it’s going to be a sight to see.” Hermione’s face flamed again.

“Are you going to tuck me in, Hermione?” Harry teased.

“Come on, Loverboy, let’s get this over with” said Lupin, drawing his wand and levitating Harry inside.

“Need any help?” asked Ron.

“If you’d like” said Hermione. “Remus will get him into bed, and then we can take turns sitting with him until he falls asleep. He hasn’t complained once since he fell. If I didn’t know better, I’d swear he has an inhuman pain tolerance, but you can always tell by his eyes.”

“I think it has something to do with the muggles.” Ron suggested. “Harry told me once that his punishment was worse if he cried.”

Hermione snorted in contempt. “I won’t give up on him, Ron, even if he never walks again. I’ve got to find a way to make his legs stronger. He was devastated after he fell. He wants to walk so very badly. His bones just can’t handle his weight. If this doesn’t work, I don’t know what else to try.”

“What about a magical version of muggle leg braces…” offered Luna. “…that would add stability, so his skeleton wouldn’t need to take all of his weight. We could enchant them to be flexible, disillusion them so they aren’t noticeable. It wouldn’t be a permanent solution, but it would give him a sense of freedom.”

Hermione grabbed Luna in a tight squeeze. “That is brilliant! Ron, your dad would help us, wouldn’t he?”

“Try stopping him”

“I heard you guys talking out there” Harry mumbled as Hermione intoned the jinx to remove Harry’s femur.

“Really?” she asked handing him the potion. “What did you think?”

“I think I have the best friends in the entire world.” Harry made a face as he swallowed the foul dosage.

Hermione sat on the bed beside him and waited for the potion to take affect. Soon Harry legs began to feel as if they had large splinters embedded in them. Harry waved his hand and cast a silencing charm on his room, just in case.

“Did you want me to get Ron?” she asked. “He could try to distract you…”

To Hermione’s relief, Harry nodded his agreement. She couldn’t bear to see him suffer.

Ron entered with the bottle of firewhiskey. “Need another shot, mate?” he asked.

Harry nodded, not letting go his tight grasp on the bed frame. Ron brought the glass to Harry’s lips and he drank.

“Thanks, mate.” he said, attempting to hide his distress.

“What else are friends for?” Ron asked. “Hey, you invite me to your new house to help you get pissed. Am I going to say no to that?”

Harry tried to laugh. “I’ve got about four nights of this I estimate” he said.

“I can be here” Ron said. “We don’t have practice until afternoon. I just need to remember the sobrietus charm, so coach doesn’t find out. Of course, if I told him it was for you, he’d let it slide. He’d probably request a photograph of you in Cannons gear, though.”

They talked a bit longer before Harry fell asleep. Ron sat with him and finished off the bottle. Lupin entered to take over.

“Is he alright?” Lupin asked.

“He had a bad spell for awhile. I just kept talking to him and offering him shots. I’m not sure if he’s asleep or rat-arsed.”

“I’m not sure it matters, as long as he’s resting.” Lupin replied.

19. Too Much Too Soon

Too Much Too Soon

Chapter 19

Too Much Too Soon

Harry awoke alone with a raging headache. His tongue felt like he’d eaten his pillow. He opened his eyes to see Hedwig approaching with a mouse in her beak.

“A mouse?” he asked. “What are we celebrating?”

The owl dropped the mouse to the bottom of her cage and flew over to Harry and nipped his ear lovingly.

Lupin entered carrying the post. “Hedwig has been hiding your mail.” he said. “It seems there are two females in this house taking care of you. How are you feeling, son?”

“With the exception of a terrible hangover, not bad,” Harry stated.

“Hermione is bringing you a headache draught.” Lupin explained. “You didn’t sleep much.”

“It was….difficult to sleep.” Harry explained. “I’ll take a kip later.”

“Ron and Luna told me of her idea. What are your thoughts?” Lupin asked as he assisted Harry with his morning routine.

‘I’m not sure,” replied Harry honestly. “I mean, I’ll do anything to get better, to get moving again. Dear Merlin, I’d love to be able to take care of things by myself, and if this allows me to do that, I’m all for it. I just…” Harry hesitated. “I’m just not sure if I could handle it if it didn’t help. I’ve been trying to wrap my mind around the fact that I can’t be an Auror anymore. There’s nothing else I’ve ever wanted to do. I don’t know…”

“Talk to Kingsley and Tonks when they get here,” Lupin suggested. “Kingsley has been around the block a few times. He’ll be able to direct you. I’m sure they won’t care about what’s down here…” Lupin pointed towards Harry’s lower body. “When what you have here…” he pointed at Harry’s head, “is what allowed them the success the department is enjoying.”

Lupin broke off at the sound of a knock at the door. “Are you decent?” Ron asked before entering.

“Yeah, come on in,” Harry replied as Lupin pulled the blankets over him.

“I’ll let you two talk,” Lupin said. “I have a few things to take care of at my new flat.” Lupin smiled.

“Is it okay for you?” asked Harry.

“It is magnificent,” answered Lupin with a wink. “I set up a potions lab in one of the spare bedrooms and fortified that cupboard to lock myself into for full moon. One of the rooms is now a library. You’ll have to see what I’ve done with it.”

Harry nodded with a grin. Remus took his leave. Ron sat down on the edge of the bed.

“Ready to head down?” Ron asked. “Winky made all of your favorites for breakfast…”

“I’ve been given clearance from Healer Granger to use magic whenever I want, so I think I’ll apparate to the drawing room. Is it ready for me?”

“Actually, if you want to apparate to breakfast, then just pop over there,” Ron said waving a hand toward the double doors that led to Harry’s balcony.

Harry was gone. Ron laughed and opened the doors. “That didn’t take any convincing,” he joked.

Harry was reclining on the chaise enjoying the sun on his face, sipping his tea. “Can you smell that?” Harry asked.

“Smell what?”

“The flowers, the grass…” he answered. “I could stay here all day and just breathe.”

“I know your legs are a bit wonky yet, but what about the rest of you?”

“I’m fine, Ron,” Harry grumbled, his mood darkening at the inquiry.

“Good,” Ron responded. “I was thinking that if only your legs were acting up, then maybe a quick flight on a Firebolt could liven things up a bit.”

“I don’t thank that is a good idea at all,” complained Hermione. “What if he falls?”

“Has Harry ever fallen off his broom before?”

“YES!” shouted Hermione. Harry watched his friends argue, his head turning as if he were watching a tennis match.

“Has he ever fallen off without other influences, like dementors?”

“No, but…”

“Look at his face, Hermione,” Harry made the face of a denied toddler. “Can you tell me you would deny him this chance? I won’t let him go too fast or too high. He’s saved our bloody world twice…” Harry made a face normally found on a superhero in a comic book. “You’d think he’s earned a quick flight. Give him something that he can control, Hermione. Give him a chance to decide where he wants to go and get there under his own steam.”

“Honestly, Ron,” she muttered. “Alright, but please be careful”

“I will. I promise,” Harry swore.

“No dives or loops,” Hermione cautioned. “I’ll be watching.”

Ron assisted Harry in getting on his jeans and trainers. Harry tied his nightshirt up out of the way. Ron levitated Harry back to the balcony.

“I’ll get the brooms, Harry. You just stay here and look confidant, in case Hermione comes back.”

“I heard that,” Hermione stated from the other side of the balcony.

“Can’t I just summon my broom?” Harry asked.

“Be my guest,” answered Ron. “Grab mine while you’re at it.”

Harry raised a hand and said firmly, “Accio Firebolt,” raised his other hand and stated, “Accio Ron’s broom.”

Within a few seconds two brooms were hurtling toward the balcony. Harry grabbed them both. Ron leaned his own broom against the railing and helped Harry maneuver onto his. Harry didn’t wait for Ron. He just sped through the air, his hair brushed back by the wind.

Ron caught up to him easily and noticed the look of pure joy on Harry’s face. They flew silently back and forth across the field. After an hour, Ron noticed Hermione up on the balcony beckoning them.

“We need to head back, mate. Hermione is calling us.”

Harry acknowledged him with a bow of his head, turned back and headed for the house. Harry hovered by the side of the railing.

“Kingsley and Tonks are here. They want to talk to you.”

“Okay,” said Harry as he steered his broom over the railing and into the house. Hermione hadn’t expected Harry to fly in. Ron landed and followed Hermione inside, shaking with laughter.

“There he is,” called Tonks. “Wotcher, Harry”

“Hi, Tonks…Sir…” he greeted his guests from his broom. He gave Tonks a one arm hug and shook hands with his superior.

“Harry Potter!” shouted Hermione. “What is the meaning of this, flying through the house on a broom? You could have hurt yourself and set back your recovery!”

Harry had the sense to look sheepish. “I didn’t want to keep them waiting” he explained.

Harry saw Ron and Hermione exchange a silent conversation he didn’t understand. Harry remained on his hovering broom. He followed the group into the drawing room and floated by the fireplace.

“How are you doing, Harry?” Shacklebolt asked genuinely.

“I’m fine” he answered automatically

“Really, Harry,” said Tonks. “Seriously, how are you?”

“I don’t know,” he answered truthfully. I seem to fine above the belt. Let’s leave it at that, shall we? Let’s talk about work. What’s going on? What can I do to help?”

“Right now…” said Shacklebolt, “…we are matching evidence with the confessions and comparing what the prisoners are saying with what we already know. There has only been one raid in your absence.”

“It’s been dead boring, if you ask me,” said Tonks. “We thought about saving the paperwork for you, seeing it’s your favorite, but alas it’s all done as well for now.”

“What about Malfoy?” asked Harry. “Are the charges going to stick this time?”

“Curious thing about Malfoy,” Tonks began. “We’ve got enough evidence on him for him to qualify to be kissed. He’s been busy screaming that he’s innocent. He’s saying he was under Imperious. Do you know that he can’t fight the Imperious Curse?”

“I don’t know,” Harry answered. “He couldn’t back in fourth year, but who could?”

“Besides yourself, you mean,” corrected Shacklebolt.

“Yeah, well…” stammered Harry “…I’ve always been a bit on the edge of what’s considered normal anyway.”

“Potter, I hear you’ve mastered wandless magic. Last time we tested, you were a bit uncontrolled.”

“I’ve got it down okay,” said Harry. “Were you able to locate my wand?”

“Yes, we have it locked in at Headquarters,” said Shacklebolt. “The prisoners think it is the key to your power. We’ve allowed them that belief. As long as they are underestimating us, the more of a lead we have.”

“I agree there,” said Harry. “I don’t really need it for other than sentimental reasons.”

Harry was starting to perspire from the effort of holding himself erect on his floating broom. His grasp on the handle tightened in the effort of hiding this weakness.

Dobby popped in with a sharp crack. “Harry Potter’s lunch is ready. Harry Potter must be eating his lunch so Harry Potter is healing better.”

Harry smiled and thanked Dobby. “Care to join us?” he asked his superior. “I’m sure there is more than enough.”

“We’d love to,” answered Shacklebolt. Harry flew slowly through the house and outside. Once on the patio, he apparated into a chaise, grateful to relax his body again. Winky brought a cool wet cloth for him to wash up with. Harry raked it over his flushed face.

“Are you sure you’re alright, Harry?” Hermione asked with concern.

“I’m fine,” he responded. “Please sit down,” he told his guests waving a hand toward the table as he levitated the smaller table towards him.

“Great place you have, Potter,” said Shacklebolt as Tonks nodded her agreement.

“Thanks, though I can’t take any credit for it. Hermione and Lupin found it. They took charge of everything. I’m really pleased with the home they’ve created for me. “

Hermione reddened at the compliment. Harry only picked and prodded at his stew. He forced down a few bites before pushing the small table away from himself.

“Are you finished?” Hermione asked him noticing his mainly untouched plate.

Harry glared at her mollycoddling and ignored the question. “So, the trials should start soon?” he asked.

“This fall,” Tonks answered. “There won’t be many. Most of them have confessed and pleaded guilty. That sure makes our job easier.”

“Since you brought it up, Potter, the Ministry wants to award you and hold a celebration in your honor. Just tell us when and it will happen.”

“That’s not necessary, sir. I was just doing my job,” Harry responded. He had been hoping against this.

“Be that as it may, I feel it is imperative to officially announce, not only this latest victory, but the defeat of Voldemort, as well. There are some that still think the Ministry is covering things up and only a proclamation from you will end speculation. Think on it, will you?”

“I will, sir,” Harry mumbled.

“We’d best be getting back,” Tonks announced. “You looked good on your broom. Get some rest. You’ll be back on your feet in no time.”

“Thanks, I will,” stated Harry.

After his guests had gone, Hermione looked at Harry, noticing he was trembling and perspiring. “You did too much today. Why didn’t you lay down sooner? Tonks and Kingsley would have understood…”

“I just couldn’t. Leave it, Hermione.” Harry huffed.

Hermione drew her wand. “I need to check you,” she stated. Harry closed his eyes and nodded. “I need to ask you some questions that might be uncomfortable for you…Want to talk out here or on the couch?”

Harry squeezed his eyes tighter in dread. “Here is fine,” he said.

“Have you had any trouble with the loo?” she asked nonchalantly while running her wand in front of him, registering its color changes.

“I haven’t been in a loo in nearly four months. If you are asking if I’ve had difficulty evacuating, then no, I haven’t.”

“You wouldn’t lie to your Healer, would you?” she teased.

Harry sighed. “What would be the point? I know you have discussed it with Remus. He’d tell you whatever you ask and you wouldn’t be the Hermione I know, if you hadn’t asked him.”

Hermione smiled. “Have you had an erection since your injury?”

“Hermione!” he yelped, his eyes wide in astonishment. “I’m not answering that.”

“I am your Healer, Harry. Healer Strankford would ask as well. Just answer yes or no.”

“No,” he whispered.

“No, you haven’t or no, you won’t answer,” she prodded.

“No, I haven’t” he said even softer.

“Is that odd for you?” she asked.

“Odd?” he queried.

“Do you frequently go long periods of time without waking with an erection or at any other time?”

“Drop this, Hermione, please?” he begged.

“If you are uncomfortable talking about this with me, I can ask Healer Strankford over…”

“NO!” Harry interrupted. He thought talking to a stranger about this would be much worse. “Well, I haven’t exactly had much to get excited over lately, have I?”

“No sexual thoughts or fantasies passing through your mind?” she asked.

“No, not really,” he answered. “My mind has been a bit preoccupied of late.”

“What about dreams? Anything there?” She made a point to keep her eyes averted from his, knowing if she looked him in the eye, he’d be finished talking. It was best to keep the examination clinical.

“No… nothing. I’ve had the usual nightmares, nothing else.”

“I need to do more research, but my best guess is that your ‘anatomy’ so to speak, is fine. Your mind might need a bit of refreshing.”

“Really?” Harry asked relieved. He had noticed but kept it to himself. “When will you know for sure?”

“I can conduct an experiment now, with your permission”

“What…what…what kind of experiment?” he asked with dread. “Before you answer that, I’d like to ask you something. You’ve moved here to take care of me. Your things are here with a few exceptions, namely Crookshanks. Would you consider making the move permanent?”

“Why, Harry?” she asked.

“Well, we are friends, aren’t we? We can be roommates, as well. I know you love this house. I’m not looking forward to living alone again. There is plenty of room and I’ve become used to our conversations, not this one mind, this one is dreadful, but our dinner conversations have kept me going these last few weeks. Would you think about it?”

“I will think about it, Harry. I’m glad I’ve been here to keep you company. This hasn’t been easy for you.”

“Thanks,” he responded.

“Now back to the subject. I’d like you to try and pleasure yourself, then let me know if it was successful.”

Harry was aghast. “I can’t do that!” he said with a shudder. “No way!”

“I can leave, if that would help,” she offered.

“Nope… can’t do it,” he refused.

“I’m sure you have one of those magazines around…” she said with a sneer. “Most men do, you know.”

“When have I ever been ‘most men’?” he grumbled.

“Let’s just go inside. You can catch a kip and we can talk more after dinner. Remus wants to sleep at his flat tonight. I think he may have a date...”

Harry filed that information away to tease Lupin about later. Harry was feeling much better since he’d been lying down. The trembling had tapered to a minimum. He apparated to his space on the couch and settled in.

20. Making the Best of a Bad Situation

Making the Best of a Bad Situation

Chapter 20

Making the Best of a Bad Situation

Harry opened his eyes and to his relief there were no house elves in his face. The sun was bright outside, so he knew he hadn’t been asleep very long. He felt immensely better than he had at lunch.

“Dobby?” he called and with a pop the loyal house elf was by his side.

“Harry Potter is waking too soon,” said Dobby with as stern an expression as a house elf can muster. “Harry Potter is needing more rest.”

“I’m fine, Dobby,” Harry grumbled. “Is Remus back?”

“No, Harry Potter, sir. Mr. Lupin is going to the home the most gracious Harry Potter is giving him. Shall I be summoning him for you, Harry Potter, sir?”

“No,” replied Harry. “Is Hermione here?”

“Miss is going to St Mungo’s to help Harry Potter get better. Is Harry Potter needing Miss? Or Dobby can helps you. Everyone is to be taking care of things while Harry Potter is resting.”

Harry got a wicked smile on his face as he took inventory of his situation. He was home alone; he desperately needed to relieve his bladder. “Can you help me onto my broom?”

“Dobby is thinking Harry Potter is getting Dobby into trouble with Miss.” The house elf looked around to find something to hit himself with.

“Dobby, don’t even think of punishing yourself. I’m only going to the loo. I’ll need your help if something happens. I need to be able to do things for myself. Please, Dobby?”

“Dobby can get Harry Potter’s loo cup. It would be much better.”

“Dobby, please… I’ll take all of the blame, if anything happens….please?”

“Miss is being scary when she is angry, Harry Potter. Dobby was hearing Miss shouting at Harry Potter’s Wheezy, sir.”

“I won’t let her shout at you. If anything, she can shout at me. I’ll take all blame.”

Dobby reluctantly assisted Harry onto his Firebolt, and then Harry flew slowly and cautiously to the loo.

Harry was reading on the sofa when Hermione returned.

“Hi,” he said with a smile upon seeing her.

“Hi, yourself,” she returned. “I didn’t mean to be gone so long. How long have you been awake?”

“About an hour,” he answered. “Dobby kept me company.” He waved at the remains of a snack on the table before him.

“I see that,” she said with a smile. “You are looking rather proud of yourself. What did you do?”

Harry felt embarrassed at the pride he couldn’t conceal. “I used the loo,” he stated evenly. Hermione looked around for the urinal. “No, I used the loo,” he repeated with emphasis.

Hermione’s eyes grew wide. “How? How did…” she stammered. “How did you manage that?”

“Don’t look so surprised,” he scowled, looking like a petulant child. “Until recently, I’ve been going to the bathroom by myself for many years.”

Hermione laughed. She spotted the broom servicing kit on the floor and deduced what he had done. “My, aren’t we resourceful,” she stated.

Harry smiled broadly. “It felt so good to able to do things on my own. I feel more in control than I have in a while,” he admitted.

She sat next to him on the couch and gave him a hug. “Good!” she stated giving him a quick kiss.

“I even brushed my teeth…” he said smugly. “I reckoned, since I was in there, I’d see what all I might be able to accomplish on my own.”

“That’s really good, Harry,” she praised. “I don’t mean to bring you down, but what if you had fallen…”

“I thought of that. I told Dobby what I was going to do. He stayed right outside the door, in case I needed any help. He’s afraid you are going to be angry with him. He wasn’t about to let me hurt myself.”

“I’ll talk to him. I’m really proud of your cleverness. Did you want to drink tonight? You know… to help?” Hermione leaned her head against his chest.

“No, it wasn’t really helpful last night.”

“Alright, then. Mrs. Weasley will be stopping by after dinner to see you. Are you up for it?”

Harry smirked. “I’ll meet her on my broom. She’ll be so surprised.”

“Just don’t overdo like this morning, promise?”

“I promise,” Harry returned making a cross gesture over his heart.

Later that evening, Harry flew cautiously up to his room followed by Hermione walking.

“I could’ve given you a ride,” he said.

“Another time, perhaps,” she stated.

Harry hovered his broom near the bed and pulled himself off of it.

“Need any help?” Hermione asked.

“No” he grunted in exertion. “I’ve got it.” He worm-crawled across the bed and into place.

She carefully removed another set of bones from his leg and gave him a dose of the potion, which he choked down, sputtering in distaste. “Want me to leave you alone?” she asked.

“No, please stay for a bit,” he answered. He patted the place next to him and she edged up next to him.

Harry snuggled into her as she placed her arms around him. “This is much better,” he sighed, ignoring the stabbing pains in his legs. She leaned down and placed a kiss on his forehead. He raised his head and met her lips with his own.

Hermione slid down on the bed and deepened the kiss. Harry maneuvered them until she was almost lying on top of him.

“I don’t want to hurt you…” she said.

“I’m fine,” he answered. “This is good.” He began kissing her again. She parted his lips in exploration. He moved his hands over her back, rubbing and squeezing in almost a massaging manner. She pulled her shirt over her head to give him better access to her skin. His kneading circles expanded to cover her entire back. Her fingers combing through his unkempt hair, she softly whimpered in delight at his touch.

She began undoing the buttons on his nightshirt. He lifted his torso from the bed slightly to allow her to remove it, almost never relinquishing her lips. She ran her hands over his scarred, yet smooth torso. Hermione smiled against his mouth. Harry opened his eyes and pulled away.

“What?’ he asked softly.

“We can cancel that other experiment…” she giggled.

“Noticed that, did you?” Harry said his face turning red in embarrassment.

“Yes,” she replied as she slid her body toward the end of the bed, kissing his chest on her way. It was time to conduct a different type of experiment. Remembering Ginny’s words, she felt it was time to see if she could believe what she had read.

Harry awoke early and summoned his broom from the floor. He struggled to mount it and flew to the balcony where his tea and scones awaited him.

He slid off the broom and onto his chaise looking out at the sunrise across the field. He felt more hope than he’d had in months. He found a way to get about and do things on his own, plus he’d even had sex with Hermione!

His heart dropped to the vicinity of his knees as he was reminded of the previous night’s activities. Trying to sort it out logically in his mind, he thought back on how it had transpired.

“You are pensive this morning…” she deduced from the hidden table in the corner.

He smiled at her. “Good morning,” he greeted her warmly.

“I love to watch you when you think you are alone,” she stated. “You are always so inexpressive, but in unguarded moments, I can almost read your mind.”

“Oh, yeah?” he queried. “What am I thinking?”

“Let’s see…when you first came out, you were thinking of how nice it is to be fairly mobile again. Then, you remembered what occurred between us last night and were flooded with second thoughts.”

“Not second thoughts exactly…” he corrected. “Disbelief, yes…astonishment, absolutely. The rest of your pronouncement was spot on.” He spread jam on his scone and ate it in a single bite.

“How do your legs feel? Any different?” she asked.

“Not really,” he said reaching for another scone. “I mean, you’ve got that binding charm on them, so I can’t move them.”

“That’s just until we are finished replacing the skeletal structure. I’ve arranged for us to go to St Mungo’s on Friday to test them without risking the breakage we had before. We can get a reading on how much stress your legs can handle before we have you stand. Then, we can determine… ”

“Merlin, you are so sexy when you talk all medical,” Harry interrupted her.

Hermione rose and cuffed him on the back of his head and returned to her seat.

“What the devil was that for?” he asked uneasily.

“Don’t be patronizing, Harry. It is unbecoming.”

“I wasn’t! I meant it!” he said in a defensive tone. Hermione sniffed in skepticism.

Ron approached the balcony on his broom. “Hiya, Harry!” he said in greeting. He soared over the railing and dismounted.

Harry watched as Ron dropped into the opposite lounger and reached for the scones. Dobby appeared carrying a tray laden with bacon, orange juice, eggs, toast and kippers and placed it in front of Harry before disappearing again. Ron’s eyes grew wide at the selection.

“Luna made me a bowl of porridge before I left,” Ron explained filling his plate high with breakfast.

Harry and Hermione shared an amused look. Harry served himself a bit of breakfast. Hermione came over and poured three glasses of orange juice, one of which she took back to her seat along with a couple slices of toast.

“How did it go last night, Harry?” asked Ron before tucking into his plate.

“Just fine…” Harry answered vaguely. “I managed to sleep a bit.”

Hermione stifled a giggle at Harry’s indistinct answers.

“Did Hermione stay with you to keep you company?”

It was Harry’s turn to suppress laughter. “Yes,” he answered. “She stayed the whole night.”

Ron looked from one friend to the other attuned to their pretended innocence.

“Er….” Ron stammered. “Is there anything I should know about?”

“No…er…nothing that I care to discuss…” mumbled Harry.

“What Harry is trying not to say is that we’ve decide to see if there’s anything between us,” declared Hermione with a glare at Harry.

Ron spat orange juice all over Harry. “You mean you and her….” Ron moved his finger back and forth pointing at each in turn. “…are going to make a go of it?”

“Yes,” answered Harry with a sheepish look on his face. “We talked at length last night and we are going to try it out.”

“Fred and George will be crushed. They’ve been a bit put out at you for getting hurt and spoiling their fun,” declared Ron.

“After the capture, the hospital and all, I think I’d rather wake in my own bed, thanks,” countered Harry.

“Well, in any event,” Ron declared, lifting his glass to them, “a toast to you. May you be as happy as Luna and me.”

Harry and Hermione mutually winked at the other with raised glasses and drank to their new relationship.

After a quick soar across the field, Harry flew down to the drawing room to rest, followed by Ron.

“Luna would kill me if I flew about the house,” Ron said in awe.

Harry chuckled and stated, “Yeah, well, I make do”

Ron understood what Harry wasn’t saying aloud. He was proud of his friend’s strength and ability to adjust to his new limitations. After a few games of Exploding Snap, Ron took his leave stating that he needed to get to practice. Harry pushed the charred edged cards away and relaxed.

Hermione joined him on the couch and cuddled him close. Harry began kissing his way down her neck.

“Is this going to be a usual occurrence?” asked Lupin from in front of the fireplace. “Because if it is, you should consider a sign on the floo that says: ‘Caution, Snogging in Progress’. That way I’ll know to avert my eyes.”

“It will be quite a common sight, I believe,” stated Harry.” And speaking of snogging how was your date, by the way?”

“Fine…fine,” Remus answered hoping desperately to change the subject. “Shall we get you ready to face the day?” he asked.

“Not much to be done, I’m afraid,” replied Harry. “I just need a bit of help getting dressed, that’s all.”

The older man gave Harry a suspicious look, and then understanding dawned on him.

“Show him…” Hermione challenged.

Harry grinned and summoned his trusted broom, climbed ungracefully aboard and flew carefully up the stairs.

After sharing a pleased smile with Hermione, Lupin followed.

“That is clever, Harry,” Lupin praised. “So, tell me, what can you all do from your broom?”

“Let’s see,” started Harry. “Aside from the obvious mobility, I’ve found I can almost take care of myself! There are a few things, I’ll need help with, like putting on my jeans, but for the most part I can do most things.”

Lupin’s eyes shined with pride. “How is your treatment going?” he asked.

“Good…good,” Harry responded. “I’ve got two more nights of Skele-gro, then on Friday, it’s off to St Mungo’s to see if it was worth the trouble. Ron and Luna are working on a plan of enchanting muggle leg braces, just in case things don’t work out.”

“Excellent, Harry!” Lupin applauded.

“Hermione is going back to work next week,” added Harry.

“I’ll need to work out a schedule with her. Not that you need minding...” he added at Harry’s scowl. “…just so that if you need help, you won’t be stranded for hours.”

Harry nodded in acceptance. “I’ll be glad when this is all over,” he admitted.

“I know,” consoled Lupin. “Look how far you’ve come, though. You should be pleased with your progress. I know it isn’t enough, not nearly enough. Try to look more at what you’ve accomplished. Don’t worry so much about what you’ve failed. It’ll come.”

Harry always felt better after talking to his former Professor. After the pep talk, they discussed various household matters; afterwards Harry flew down to sleep in his usual spot.

Friday dawned a beautiful sunny summer’s day. Harry apparated to his balcony to sip his tea.

“Just don’t push him, please,” Hermione argued with Winky. “He may be nervous and you know he won’t eat if he’s nervous.”

“Harry Potter must eat, Miss. Harry Potter is needing strength to get better,” the house elf countered.

“Harry Potter is right here and can decide for himself if he wants to eat,” Harry retorted.

Hermione jumped at the sound of his voice. “Good morning,” she said with a smile.

“Morning…” Harry returned. “What time do we go?”

Hermione laughed at his impatience. “The appointment isn’t until after lunch,” she told him. “I thought maybe after I gave you your check up, we could take a nice long bath.”

“I’ve already washed. Lupin helped me before he left.”

“That’s not the kind of bath I was referring to…” she said in a husky tone. “I plan to give you a…thorough… inspection”

Harry smiled at her. “You are trying to distract me.”

“Is it working?” she purred.

“This is a new side to you,” he said with a chuckle. “I like it.”

21. Poetry in Motion

Poetry in Motion

Chapter 21

Poetry in Motion

Harry flew slowly down the hall of St Mungo’s with Hermione walking at his side.

“I’m sorry, sir,” said a witch attempting to stop him. “We don’t allow flying in the building.”

Harry hovered his broom and turned to face her. The witch did the usual look at Harry’s face before the glance traveled to his forehead.

“Oh, sorry, Mr. Potter, dreadfully sorry,” she stammered rushing off.

Hermione led him to the Spell Damage Ward on the fourth floor. She left Harry in a waiting room while she consulted with Healer Strankford. Both Healers approached him.

“Come along, Harry. They are ready for you,” Hermione uttered with false cheer in her voice.

Harry followed the Healers into a private room. He climbed ungracefully from his broom to the examination table.

“I need to work on that,” he said bashfully. Hermione smiled at him encouragingly.

Mr. Potter,” Healer Strankford began, “I’m going to do a thorough examination. I have Healer Granger’s notes; however I wish to see for myself.”

Harry tensed, looking at Hermione. She held his hand for support and said not a word.

The Healer’s wand flickered a multitude of colors that gave Harry a headache just watching, not to mention trying to interpret.

When the Healer was finished, he handed Harry back his glasses. Harry, seeing clearly again, searched the Healer’s face for clues.

“Most of you is healing slowly, yet acceptably,” Healer Strankford stated as he flipped through Harry’s file. “I had hoped for better progress; however the fact that you survived the attack speaks highly of your strength. Your legs seem to be the worst of it, I see. The rest of you should be much better in just over another month. Keep taking your potions and you can resume more normal activities in a week.” The Healer looked at Harry over the rim of his glasses. “I see you’ve been out flying already and your power is at 77%. You are taking care of your personal hygiene with little assistance…hmmmm…seems a bit soon for that.” Harry rolled his eyes at that, but remained silent. “Your sexual health seems to be in good order,” the Healer continued. “That’s good news.” Harry examined his shoes closely hoping that he would move on. Hermione squeezed his hand. “The only major issue we are facing is your leg strength. I have the apparatus set up and ready. Healer Granger would you take a reading on his bone strength to compare with my own?”

Hermione waved her wand over Harry’s legs and it flashed a bright red light.

“My reading is 27.6. Yours?” she asked with a frown.

“The same,” the Healer responded. “That won’t do, won’t do at all.”

“What do we do?” Hermione asked. “How can we help him?”

Harry looked back and forth between the Healers, his optimism at an all time low.

Hermione discussed Luna’s idea with the elder Healer, who felt it had some merit, however expressed his concern that Harry’s legs were not strong enough for it.

“If we could find a potion that would raise his bone strength to over 53.2, he would be able to use the enchanted muggle contraptions. Healer Granger, find out what you can about it and report back to me, please. I’ll continue to cover your patient load for the next two weeks. See what you can come up with in that time.”

“Yes, sir…“ Hermione answered feeling confidant. There was no one she trusted more than herself when it came to Harry’s health and well being. She was going to find an answer, hopefully without the unpleasant side effects of Skele-gro. She promised herself that she would find an answer to Harry’s brittle legs that would not only raise the percentage 53.2; she would find a way to get them back to 100% and she had two whole weeks to do it.

Harry arrived home alone. According to his note, Remus was gone to the market. Dobby was cleaning the upstairs and Winky was busy preparing dinner. Exhausted, Harry crawled to the sofa and settled in for a kip.

Harry opened his eyes to see Hermione flitting from book to book which she had spread over the entire room. He watched silently as worked. She has her quill and parchment floating behind her and her work arranged so that she could keep an eye on him.

“You’re awake,” she whispered never pausing in her research.

Harry smiled at her. “So I am,” he replied. “How is it going?”

“Nothing yet...” she frowned. “I’ve got some ideas in mind, but they are flawed and need work. “

“Can I help?” he asked hopefully.

She kneeled in front of him. “Well, remember the old adage to drink milk to make strong bones?” Harry nodded. “I thought of separating the element of calcium that builds bones, mix it with salamander blood, knotgrass and powdered horn of a graphorn, the result should strengthen your legs to a more normal density…”

“It’s just that salamander blood will destroy the properties of the calcium and graphorn and knotgrass won’t mix,” Harry finished.

“Exactly!” she cried out in frustration. “And they called me a bookworm…”

Harry laughed at her teasing. “We’ll figure it out, Hermione,” he said confidently. “I know we will.” Harry summoned a few of the tomes from the stack Hermione hadn’t started and began looking through the index.

After dinner and several hours of research, exchanging ideas and making a list of options to try, the couple called it quits for the day.

Saturday dawned bright and sunny, making Harry was restless. He sat in his hidden chaise on the balcony, his head was aching. He was prevented from his habitual pacing by his useless legs. He had tried to ‘pace’ via broomstick, but that proved to be too awkward even in the considerable house. He knew better than to go flying by himself across the field yet. It was barely past sunrise. He already knew the night he was in for, having experienced these occurrences for years and was worried about it.

I’ve got to find a way to get rid of Hermione” he contemplated. “She’ll be mad with worry if she witnesses one of my bad nights. I can’t deal with her and this at the same time. How do I get her to stay somewhere else, when I’ve just asked her to move in? Stupid, stupid, stupid….”

“Harry?” she asked from his bed. “What’s wrong?”

“Nothing. I’m fine,” he lied.

She entered the balcony and crouched down beside him. “You are a very bad liar…” she said with a comforting smile. “You could have just said, ‘I’m just dealing with some stuff right now and I don’t want to be bothered.’”

“And that would work, would it?” he replied unable to suppress a smirk.

“Well, no, it wouldn’t,” she responded. “I would probably be more concerned, but it would be better than ‘I’m fine’. You always say that and no one ever believes you.”

“I don’t care if anyone believes me or not. Saying it ends the inquiry and that is the goal. Mission accomplished,” he explained.

“Honestly!” she complained shaking her head. “Did you ever think that maybe you’d feel better if you talked to someone about it…whatever it is…?”

Harry gave a humorless laugh. “Tried that once, my problems became fodder for Witch Weekly.”

“Please don’t put me in the same category as Ginny Weasley…” she warned. “Ginny is a dear friend, but she just doesn’t think sometimes.”

“She thinks, alright,” Harry spat. “She thinks about what’s in it for her. It was as if I didn’t even matter…”

“You knew about Ian,” she said softly.

“Of course I knew about Ian. I knew she was seeing him on the nights I worked. I knew she slept with him in my flat. I even knew she slept with him in my bed. I think I knew plenty about Ian.”

“How did you find out?” Hermione asked more as a friend than Harry’s girlfriend.

“Let’s just say I take my security very seriously and leave it at that.”

“You found them?” she deduced.

“I had a ward on my bedroom. Anytime someone entered when I was away, I knew who they were and what they were doing in my flat immediately.”

“I’m sorry she betrayed your trust”

“Yeah, well…it is ancient history and I survived.”

A snowy owl perched on the railing with a letter tied to her leg. Harry’s features visibly softened upon sight of her. Hedwig flew over and stuck out her leg for him to remove the parchment.

Following his perusal of the letter, Harry swore viciously and wished even more that he could pace.

“What is it?” asked Hermione.

“I have to go to court and testify against Malfoy….again. I can’t say it worked out so well for me last time.”

“Are you afraid the same thing will happen again?” asked Hermione.

“No, it’s not that” Harry said sadly. “I can’t let him see that he got to me. I just can’t. The last time, I had a job. I was a productive member of society. Look at me now, Hermione!”

“I am looking at you,” she said with as much warmth she could muster. “I am looking at a man who has sacrificed everything he has and everything he is for the good of others, a man who never worries about himself, a man who wants the world to be perfect for future generations and is willing to do everything in his power to make it that way. Need I say more?”

“Yes, tell me that you love me,” he breathed.

“I love you, Harry Potter, and I know you love me, too. One day soon you’ll be brave enough to admit it.”

Harry had a look of skepticism, even though he was beginning to suspect she was right. He looked away when he saw Ron and Luna apparate into the garden. “We’re up here,” he shouted at them.

“Harry! We have such exciting news for you!” gushed Luna.

“We’ve finished it, mate!” Ron added eagerly. He pulled his hands from behind his back and presented Harry with an odd looking set of muggle contraptions. “We tried them out late last night. Luna put a body bind on me and strapped them on. Fred and George helped us charm them to take all weight off of your legs and onto your hips. You are kind of suspended and floating about, while they give the appearance that you are walking. They work, Harry! They really work!”

“Well, let’s see it then!” beamed Hermione.

Harry grinned widely, his headache forgotten, as they strapped the dragon hide and metal brace around his waist. If he were to wear his robes a bit longer, they wouldn’t even have to worry about a concealment charm.

Harry was pulled into a stand. He moved gingerly about the terrace. Tears rolled down the faces of Hermione and Luna, while Harry’s and Ron’s eyes sparkled.

“If you are going to go downstairs or up, you either need to apparate or have someone pull you along,” stated Luna. “Shall we try it? Hold his hand, Hermione.”

Hermione walked over and grabbed Harry’s hand. Harry ‘walked’ beside her as they descended the stairs and entered the dining room. Lupin dropped his teacup at the sight.

“We’re just in time for breakfast, I see,” hinted Ron. “Oh, and Harry, we haven’t worked out how to sit down yet, so you are best off standing until we can get it sorted out.”

Hermione sat down and fixed herself and Harry a plate as Harry continued to pace around the room.

“Congratulations, guys” praised Remus. “It worked! Harry, how does it feel?”

“Kind of like I have a really heavy belt on…” said Harry. “It isn’t uncomfortable, really, it’s just odd.”

“Also, Harry we have some tweaking to do on it. We haven’t worked out a few things, like if you need to stop quickly or … other things.” said Luna airily.

“But as soon as we’ve sorted those things out, St Mungo’s wants to place a large order to sell to other wizards and witches who need them.” finished Ron.

“Well done,” said Harry to his friends. “Even if I can’t do everything I could do before, this is a vast improvement. Thank you.”

“Don’t thank us yet, Harry,” cautioned Luna. “You’ve yet to receive our bill.”

“Luna has to meditate on how much these are worth. Her dad is giving free advertisements in The Quibbler,” commended Ron. Luna smiled sweetly at him, humming the tune to “Weasley is our King” from school.

“This is brilliant,” praised Harry. “It’ll be worth every knut.”

Harry and Hermione arrived at Auror Headquarters early. He had a bit of trouble negotiating the door. Hermione made him back up and opened the door wide for him to float through. A cheer went up from his former colleagues at the sight of him. Tonks and Shacklebolt came out of the back office to see what the commotion was.

Harry met them with a wide smile. Tonks ran over and threw her arms around him, nearly upending him in his floating device. He took the opportunity to show off the invention and how it worked.

After several minutes of discussion and catching up, Kingsley Shacklebolt called Harry back into his office.

“Will you be okay for a bit?” he asked Hermione.

“Go on,” she urged. “Tonks and I will be fine. We’re going to go for a cup of coffee at the bakery around the corner. Just meet me there whenever you are done.”

Harry kissed her cheek and made his way to the back office. He got one of his former team members to catch the door for him.

“Sit down, Potter, please,” said Shacklebolt.

“I can just stand, if that’s alright. These,” he said pointing to his legs, “aren’t able to accommodate sitting yet.”

“Alright,” said Shacklebolt. “I’ll get right to the point. Minister Bones is pressing for a date for the celebration. Have you given it any thought?”

“I can’t honestly say that I have,” confessed Harry. “I will say I’m not as opposed to it as I was…”

Shacklebolt glanced down at the brace and grinned. “I can see where that might make a difference. So, shall we compare calendars?”

After a few minutes of conversation, they arrived a date that was suitable for all. “I’ll get the press release going” said Shacklebolt. “Now onto new business, will you be able to testify?”

“Yes,” said Harry. “I’m not comfortable with it, but as long as my… limitations are considered, then I will do it.”

“Good…good,” stated Shacklebolt. He retrieved Harry’s wand and handed it to him.

“Sir…” Harry began without confidence in his voice staring at the piece of wood in his hand. “I’m not going to be allowed to come back to work, am I?”

Kingsley had been hoping to avoid this subject. “Harry, you know the rules. If you can’t pass the physical, then we can’t endanger you in the field.”

“Hermione had an idea about that.” Harry offered. “What if I wasn’t in the field?”

“Harry, you would go mad with a desk job. I’ve seen you fill out your paperwork. You’d hate it. I can’t do that to you.”

“What if I became a trainer? It would be just like the DA at school, only more advanced. I could teach the recruits how to stay alive in the field.”

“I can’t say the idea doesn’t have merit,” said his former superior. “I’ll need to speak with the Ministry about it, but one thing you need to keep in mind, Harry, is that training is dangerous, especially for the trainer. One wrong Reducto curse and you know what will happen. Are you willing to take that risk? No shield spell is fool-proof. I’m sorry, Son.”

Kingsley saw the dejection in the younger man’s eyes. He vowed silently to do all he could to change that. Knowing his hands were tied on this, he sighed.

Harry nodded, knowing he had failed. After a few more minutes of pleasantries, he left. “How could he face Hermione?” he wondered. “What did he have to offer her? Why did it matter to him so very much?”

22. Speech...Speech

Speech…Speech

Chapter 22

Speech…Speech

Harry stopped outside the bakery and didn’t even try to navigate the door. He just leaned against the glass window, oblivious to the stares he was receiving from other pedestrians. His head bowed, deep in thought, he waited for his friend to finish her meeting.

“Harry!” Hermione shouted. “There you are. Come on in. We were waiting for you.”

Harry never raised his head but shook it to indicate he was staying where he was. “I’ll just see you at home,” he said and disapparated.

Hermione arrived shortly after. She located him quickly by the sound of shattering glass upstairs.

She entered his bedroom through the wide open door, stood in the doorway and watched.

“USELESS!” Harry shouted as he threw yet another figurine toward the opposite wall where it exploded into a shower of shards. Hedwig was hooting indignantly at the demolition from her perch on top of the wardrobe. Harry picked up another crystal figure and it suffered the same fate.

“Harry? What is it?” Hermione asked softly.

Harry spun to face her; his face resembling a toddler caught stealing a biscuit. “Reparo,” he muttered at the mess he’d made. The crystal figures reformed and levitated toward his outstretched hand.

“Sorry,” he mumbled sheepishly. He wasn’t sorry for the act itself, he’d actually enjoyed it. He was sorry she had witnessed his lack of control.

“What’s happened?” she asked approaching him.

He pulled her into a tight hold and buried his face in her neck. “I talked to Kingsley,” he said.

“What did he say?” she asked with supreme warmth, attempting to soothe his frayed nerves.

“We set a date for the ‘celebration,’” he began. “I agreed to testify against Malfoy, however I won’t be allowed back into the division. I can’t pass the damn physical!”

“Did you ask him about training?”

“Ah, yes…” he responded in derision removing himself from her arms, turning his back to her. “It seems that it’s far too dangerous for an invalid such as myself. I could get hurt. He said he would speak with the Ministry, but he wasn’t convinced. I turned in my badge.”

“Oh, Harry!” she cried pulling him tightly to her, leaning against his back. “I’m so sorry.”

Harry sighed in defeat, his shoulders slumped. He turned in her arms and laid his head against the top of hers. “We’ll figure something out. I promise. You don’t have to have a fancy job to make me happy. I love you for who you are, not what you are,” she reassured him. “So when is the celebration?” she said as she looked up into his hurt-filled eyes, attempting to change the subject.

“Friday,” he answered uncaringly.

“I’m sure you’ll need a speech. Need my help in writing it?”

He smiled at her offer. “I don’t want to give a speech.”

Hermione chuckled. “I know you don’t, but it will be expected, so you have to be prepared.” She had an idea that could improve his mood. “You could say, ‘Thanks to the incompetence of our former Minister, Voldemort was allowed to return. But don’t worry, folks, I blasted the hell out of him. So, if any of you Dark Wizards are out there. I’m putting you on notice…!”

Harry chuckled. “I think I’d better write my own speech, thanks. I might use part of that, though.”

Hermione’s eyes went wide in surprise. “Which part?”

“Well” he said with reluctance. “The Final Battle is getting declassified, so I’ll need to reference what happened that night… I really don’t want to talk about it, but I’ll have to, won’t I? Lupin is the only one alive who knows what I did…what a coward I was.”

Harry disapparated to the bedroom and dropped silently onto the bed and began removing the brace under his robes without much success.

“Oh no you don’t, Harry Potter!” Hermione stormed as she joined him on the bed. She helped him remove the brace after disentangling it from his robes. When the brace was resting beside him on the floor, she resumed her attempts to reach him before he closed off completely. “You can’t drop that bombshell and let it go. Talk to me, please. Tell me exactly why you think you are a coward, which, of course, we both know is pure rubbish…”

“I can’t talk about this Hermione. I can’t. I know I’ll have to eventually. I know that. I just can’t face it right now.”

“I know what you need,” she stated evenly. Harry raised an eyebrow at her. “Not that, you silly. You need to try out your new hiding place. I’ll have Winky bring your lunch there. If you want me to join you I will. Though, if you want to be alone, I won’t intrude.”

Harry was overwhelmed with how well she knew him. He’d found himself wishing for his cupboard in his old flat. He’d completely forgotten about the one they’d built for him. “I’d like you to come,” he reassured her. “The password is ‘Lily’.” With that he apparated down to his hiding place.

It was cramped fitting two into a recliner built for one, but he wouldn’t have it any other way. He looked down at his sleeping friend and wondered what he would do without her. After his rest, he’d thought hard about what he could make of his life, considering his limitations. He didn’t really need to work. He had plenty of money. Mentally, though, he knew what working gave him…a sense of pride… a sense of belonging…a way to feel he was contributing something to help shape their world. It proved his worth. That was important to him. He wanted to be her protector forever. The peace his world was experiencing wouldn’t last forever and he was physically unable to stop the next threat to their way of life. There had to be a way for him to help prevent that. There had to be way for him to be worthy of her love.

Late that night, he awoke in his bed feeling Hermione brush her fingers through his hair. “It’s alright,” she crooned. “I’m right here. You are not alone.”

He felt the terror vanish from his body at her soft words. “Thanks,” he whispered.

“You were having a nightmare,” she explained. “Want to talk about it?”

“Not really,” he said honestly.

“Do you need to talk about it?” she urged.

“I dunno, maybe…” he replied astonished at the way she could read him.

He told her all about his dream where Voldemort came back and destroyed everything he held dear to him. He told her about the final battle and how he’d ducked a curse only to have Bill unknowingly get hit with it. He told her about Dumbledore deliberately taking a curse to give Harry an open shot and he told her about using the curse on Voldemort when his back was turned. He told her everything about that night and how he’d struggled with his conscience since. He even told her about his ‘bad’ nights and how he didn’t want her to witness the pain he inadvertently inflicted on himself.

“How do you prevent them?” she asked referring to his horrendous nightmares.

“I don’t,” he replied. “I just know enough about my headaches to be able to recognize the signs that one is eminent. Sometimes, though, like the other day, if something makes me very happy, like the brace, it will go away. It’ll be worse the next time, but I feel like I was in control of it. Other times, if something bad happens and I dwell on it, it can bring one on.”

He knew Hermione was astounded that he’d talked to her about this. He’d talked and shared more about his feelings in the past few days than he’d ever done before in all of the years they’d known each other. The only other time he’d shared anything regarding his health or his feelings was when he was relaxing after sex, and even then he guarded most of his secrets. He looked at her expecting to see pity or disgust on her face, but that wasn’t the case.

As the tears rolled down her cheeks, she was looking at him with pride and even…love. He felt as if a giant weight had been lifted from his shoulders. He felt freer than he had in years.

“Have you discussed this with Lupin?” she asked.

“No,” he replied. “When I left the hospital, it was full moon. After that I lost my nerve. He was there. He saw what happened. I couldn’t bear to see the revulsion in his eyes knowing what I did.”

“Why would he be revolted?” she asked drawing him out further.

“Hermione…I killed a man whose back was turned and that’s regardless of the fact that I had enough hate inside me to use that curse. I am no better than they are and these people want to parade me around and tell me how wonderful I am, giving me medals and honors. That’s what’s revolting. I don’t deserve it. I deserve Azkaban.” He turned away from her before she could stop him.

Hermione stamped around to face him. “Tell me this…” she spat, her voice rising, “…I was there when you and the Order worked out your strategy. You were to take any available shot, take any opportunity, use any means to destroy him. He wasn’t human. You know he wasn’t human. He was this serpentine monster, this gormless liar who amused himself by torturing other people…decent people…good people. So, you didn’t give him an opportunity to evade your spell. He first tried to kill you when you were only a year old! You were the one prophesized to kill him. You did! If you had run like that snake, Malfoy, then yes, I would say you were a coward, but to end the hell that had become our world, that’s what makes you a hero. The fact that it bothers you so, that’s what makes you the man that I love.”

Harry looked into her eyes and saw that she was telling the truth. He had difficulty believing her; however he began to forgive himself a bit. He tried, at her suggestion, to envision what the world would have been like if he’d failed. He’d never allowed himself down that path before. As she returned to bed and held him close, he started to feel like his life was of value after all. He began to feel clean again. He began to feel almost lovable.

“Harry…” she said into his back, “I promise you, I’ll help these night terrors to go away. I’m not going anywhere. Don’t be afraid to talk to me. I won’t judge you. I’ll be honest, though. If what you are saying is rubbish, I’ll tell you, but I won’t let you be alone anymore.”

Harry turned to face her and kissed her softly. “Thanks,” he whispered as they both drifted off to sleep.

The dawn of day the celebration was to be held, Harry was up early practicing his speech silently. He’d not let anyone read what he planned to say. He wasn’t sure himself if he possessed the bollocks to say the words he’d planned. His dress robes were cleaned and wrinkle free. He’d washed, shaved and put on a clean nightshirt. He’d put the brace on later. He apparated to his place on the sofa and waited for Winky or Dobby to bring his breakfast.

Hermione came down just as Harry was finishing his toast.

“Good morning,” she said grinning at him. “You’ll never change, you know that?”

“What do you mean?” he asked.

“Whenever you are nervous, you won’t eat, so you pick apart a piece or two of toast, eating maybe two bites to make sure it looks like you’ve eaten. If I had been a minute later, the plate would be gone and you’d try to convince me you’d eaten loads.”

Harry looked at her indignantly. “I’ll have you know I ate three bites.”

She laughed and gave him a quick kiss. Winky was there in an instant bearing a tray of muffins and fruit. Harry and Hermione smiled at each other at the memory of their muffin conversation.

Soon it was time to get ready. Harry put on his brace with ease, then slipped on his dress robes over his nightshirt. He couldn’t wear the brace with jeans as it made it impossible to use a loo. The nightshirt would make him feel more clothed and he felt he needed all the help he could get in the comfort department today.

Harry arrived at the Ministry and was met by Mr. Weasley in the atrium.

“You look splendid, Harry, simply splendid,” Mr. Weasley gushed grasping his hand. “Molly is so pleased you are doing better. She was at her wits end with you, she was. Well, let’s get you over to the stage. We’ll have you stand back behind the curtain until time for the ceremony. We’ve left a spot for you to stand because of your brackles…”

“Braces,” Harry corrected.

“Right, yes. Yes, of course,” said Mr. Weasley.

“Actually I like your word better,” Harry smiled.

“I’m not sure if they told you, but you’re to give a speech today I wasn’t sure so I’ve taken the liberty to have a speech prepared for you…”

“I’ve written my own speech, thanks”

“Have you? Very good…very good, we seem to be all set then. I’ll just leave you here then…” Mr. Weasley said after tugging Harry’s floating form up the steps of the backstage. “…I need to freshen up, myself. See you, Harry.”

“Thanks, Mr. Weasley. Bye.”

Harry was alone backstage, doing a semblance of pacing. He could hear a large crowd gathering out front. He went over the highlights of his speech and was pleased that he could remember all of the main points he wanted to make.

“Harry, are you alright?” Hermione asked her head peeking through the curtain.

“Fine…fine,” he replied. “Get over here.” He pulled her onto the stage and into his arms.

“Much better,” he said lowering his lips to hers.

“I’m impressed,” she said. “I’d have thought you would be a nervous wreck.”

“I am,” he replied. “I just have a habit of hiding my feelings, remember?”

She laughed at his banter. She could tell he was in his ‘Auror Mode’, even if he had turned in his badge. His eyes were on the look out for trouble, his best public-smile in place. His eyes never paused. They were constantly scanning for any disturbance.

The Ministry officials began taking the stage, complete in official Ministry robes. Hermione went to take her seat. Alfred Kensington, the Head of the Auror division, walked over to Harry.

“Where is your dress uniform, Potter?” he asked gruffly.

“I’m not qualified to wear them, sir. I turned in my badge. ‘A non-Auror is to never appear in uniform under any…’” Harry responded cheekily.

“I’m aware of the rules, Potter. I’m sure we could have made an allowance in these circumstances. You are being honored for your service as an Auror. I’m sure…”

“I’m being honored for services provided BEFORE I became an Auror, sir,” Harry corrected. “I will however, in my speech make reference to the division and what has transpired recently to keep the streets safe. Never fear.”

Harry knew that he’d just blown his chances of ever being an Auror again, but to his surprise he didn’t care all that much. He’d find a job, even if it meant going to work for one of the companies he held part ownership in, though he didn’t fancy a job as a figurehead.

The curtain rose to loud applause. Harry scanned the audience for Hermione. He found her dead center surrounded by Luna, Ron and the rest of the Weasley clan not represented on stage. He winked at her to show her he was fine and took his place standing at the end of the chairs as he’d been directed.

He didn’t pay much attention to the official ramblings and blustering. He found that he’d rather look at Hermione. She looked like an angel in her white robes. It seemed ironic that his current girlfriend was wearing white, while his former was attired in a fiery red. As a matter of fact, he found that detail rather humorous.

Harry startled when his name was called. Hermione gave him a mock glare.

“Harry, please join us up here,” said Minister Bones and Harry ‘walked’ to the front podium. “Harry Potter” she said grasping his hand, “Let me be the first to officially thank you for your sacrifices and your assistance in rescuing our world from the clutches of evil. In honor of your work, allow me to bestow upon you the Order of Merlin, First Class.”

“Thank you, Minister Bones. This is unexpected,” Harry said as she hung the medal around his neck.

“Soon…” she said with a chuckle, “you’ll find that you and I are on a more even level than you think.” Harry looked at her befuddled and went to retake his place.

“Just a minute more, Mr. Potter, if you please.” Harry spun in a circle and reclaimed his place at the podium.

“In recognition of your efforts, a donation has been made, in your honor, to St. Mungo’s Hospital for Magical Maladies and Injuries, in the sum of ten thousand galleons.” Harry beamed. He liked the idea of a donation in lieu of giving him money.

“Furthermore, another sum of one hundred-fifty thousand galleons has been deposited into your Gringott’s vault.” Harry’s smile fell. “In addition, I am prepared to offer you a position in the Ministry of Magic.” Harry’s eyes bulged. “We are creating a new department, which upon your acceptance, you will run as you see fit. Please don’t accept or decline yet. We can talk more about it next week in more detail.” Harry glanced out at Hermione, his shining eyes met with hers. He was speechless. “Now” continued Minister Bones, “I believe Mr. Potter has a few words he’d like to share…” and she stepped away from the podium joining the crowd in excited applause.

Harry stepped up to the podium and cast Sonorus on his throat. “Wow!” he said dumbfounded. “I had a speech prepared, however in the midst of all of that, I’m quite certain that I’ve forgotten every word of it.” The crowd chuckled along with him. Harry met Hermione’s stare and remembered what he wanted to say.

“Ladies and Gentlemen, Wizards and Witches, I am not the only one being honored here today; however I am deeply honored to be here. I couldn’t resist throwing that pun in there. Please forgive me.” The audience snickered. “Seriously, I wasn’t alone in the Final Battle; I wasn’t even the only one to survive. Remus Lupin, was there fighting just as hard as I was. He survived as well. He helped keep the Death Eaters from getting to me, so I could get to Voldemort, like we’d planned. I honor you today and every day, Remus.” Harry bowed low in the direction Remus Lupin was standing. “The ones who weren’t as lucky as I that night deserve our honor, as well. Can we all remove our hats and take a moment of silence to honor the following people: Rubeus Hagrid………Albus Dumbledore…………Severus Snape………Bill Weasley ………Mundungus Fletcher………Emmaline Vance…Alastor Moody. Thanks guys, it couldn’t have been successful without you.” Harry looked to the sky and paused, deep in thought.

“I would, also, be remiss without thanking a few people without whom I’d never have survived to meet Lord Voldemort in the first place. Some are still with us; some have gone on to the next great adventure. Sirius Black, the best godfather a boy could have, falsely imprisoned for a crime he didn’t commit.” A gasp went through the crowd.

Harry smiled. “My parents, James and Lily Potter, how I wish you were here to share this with me. I miss you. My fellow Aurors, who for the last several years have been my family, I thank you for allowing me to work with you to finally provide a safe environment for all wizards, witches and children. I’ll miss you all.” Harry paused and met the eye of each of the Aurors that worked under him. He then went on, “Tonks, you are the best. Ronald Weasley, the best mate anyone could ever have, the entire Weasley family, a family who all but adopted me as their own. Thank you. I love you all.”

He stopped and took a long breath. “Last but definitely not least. Healer Hermione Granger, my other best friend. Without her help and friendship, I think I’d be lost. She means the world to me and I probably should have let her know I was planning this…” Harry paused briefly for effect and let his eyes meet hers. “Hermione, I want to thank you for your belief in me. Thank you for your undying devotion since our first year at school. Thank you for giving me something to live for each and every time I was ready to give up. Thank you for loving me, caring for me and showing me that true love does possibly exist. If you’ll have me, would you consent to be my wife?”

23. Press Meetings and Confessions

Press Meetings and Confessions

Chapter 23

Press Meetings and Confessions

There wasn’t a dry eye to be seen, nor a whisper heard. Harry sheepishly looked at Hermione again. “Please?” he added trying to do anything to end the deafening silence.

A few people snickered at his discomfort. Unable to prevent the tears from rolling down her face, she nodded.

“SHE SAID YES !! We’re getting married!!” Harry shouted in joy. “You are all invited to our wedding and…” Harry was no longer heard as he was engulfed in well wishes. The crowd cheered, with the exception of one person. Ginny Weasley scowled and skulked away silently.

“One more thing, before I let you get back to the celebration,” said Harry. “I really didn’t intend to take up all of your time like this, but at the Leaky Cauldron, tonight the first two rounds are on me…and the Ministry. And for all of the guests who are too young for that, Florean Fortescue has generously agreed to allow me a bill, so all sundaes are free until dark.”

Minister Bones returned to the podium. “Thank you Mr. Potter for your heartfelt words. Visitors feel free to take the official tour of the Ministry of Magic. Mr. Potter, please join us for the meeting with the press. Thank you all for coming and please stay and enjoy the festivities. There is dinner being served in the Square, courtesy of the Diagon Alley Merchants, followed by dancing with music provided by the WWN and a fireworks display presented by Weasley’s Wizard Wheezes. Thank you all again for coming.”

Harry soon realized one of the pitfalls of floating rather than walking was that when one was pulled while floating; he had no way to prevent himself from moving. “Hermione!” he shouted frantically over the crowd tugging him toward the press conference. “Hermione!!” he repeated even louder with panic showing in his eyes. Finally he saw her fighting and elbowing her way through the throng. She finally reached him and he grabbed her tightly and wouldn’t let go.

When they finally got clear of the mob, he leaned down and pressed his lips to hers briefly for strength to face the reporters.

“You are certainly full of surprises today…” she playfully chastised him.

“I have my moments,” he replied with a chuckle. He hugged her close to him as he readied himself for the press.

“So I was correct so long ago when I reported that you two were more than the ‘just friends’?” challenged a familiar voice.

“Well, Rita Skeeter! It’s so lovely to see you, too!” Harry lied in his “I must be nice to you because I’m in public” voice. “Possibly you have foreseen the future with your Inner Eye. Professor Trelawny would be very impressed...”

Hermione slapped at his arm for his teasing. Rita however considered him to be flirting and turned on the charm.

“How about a nice juicy exclusive for an old friend? What do you say, Harry, dear?” The reporter purred.

Luckily, Harry was prevented from responding, due to being pulled away to the press conference. He stood beside Mr. Weasley, who immediately banished his and Harry’s chairs, stood and slung his arm around Harry.

“That was quite a speech,” he whispered to Harry. “Much better than what the Ministry wrote for you.”

“Thanks,” Harry mumbled with his cheeks red at the compliment. The conference began and as Harry feared, most questions were for him.

“Rita Skeeter, with the Daily Prophet. Harry, Is it true that you have left the Auror Division?”

“Yes. I turned in my badge last week,” Harry answered.

“Lawrence Lovegood, The Quibbler, Mr. Potter, May I ask why you left the division?”

“You know very well why I left, Mr. Lovegood, but thank you for bringing it up. I left for medical reasons.” A gasp went out along with rampant murmuring. “Please let me finish…” Harry begged. “I’ve had more than my share of dueling with Dark Wizards in my time. It has taken a toll on me physically.”

He looked toward Hermione for support. She winked back at him and he continued. “For the last few months, I’ve been laid up with damage to mainly my legs and knees. I’ve had good people taking excellent care of me in that time. I’m getting better, but for now, my legs are virtually useless. I am able to stand due to the hard work of my friends, Ron Weasley and your daughter, Luna Lovegood Weasley. Those two have devised and charmed a set of lovely… brackles… that allows me to float about rather than walk.”

Harry lifted his robes slightly to show the brace and moved around a bit to show how they work. “I understand that after I’ve completed the test unit with minor alterations, they will be available from St Mungo’s for any witch or wizard who needs them.”

“Will you be returning to the division at a later time?”

“No, I’ve done my time. As you heard earlier, I’ve been offered a position in the Ministry that I’ll be investigating next week. My fiancée and I will make our decisions after we’ve heard their offer.”

“Is it true that Miss Granger has been living with you?” asked a wizard Harry wasn’t familiar with.

“That is truly none of your concern, Sir; however I will answer the question. Until Ron and Luna devised my brackles, I have been confined to a bed. St. Mungo’s was kind enough to allow me to hire her as my personal Healer until I could be about on my own. She has her own suite and has since returned to work. Any questions regarding that will be referred to St. Mungo’s press department, please.”

“Is it true that you have agreed to testify against Mr. Malfoy in his upcoming trial?”

“I can’t speak about a trial until it is over, however I can confirm that I’ve been asked to testify and have agreed.”

“Do you think Draco Malfoy is guilty, Mr. Potter?”

“That’s not for me to decide.”

“Are you the most powerful wizard in our world?”

“I don’t know. You’d have to ask the person who tests for such things. I’ve never asked how I stack up against other wizards. I know that sounds like I’m avoiding the question, but it’s the truth. I’m powerful enough to accomplish what I want, when I want, and how I want. That’s good enough for me.”

“Can you confirm that Voldemort is really gone this time?”

“Yes”

“How are you so sure?”

Harry took a deep breath. “I destroyed him. There is nothing left.”

“How did you destroy him and why are we just hearing about it now?”

“You are hearing about it now because the Aurors believe, and I agree, that most all remaining followers of Voldemort are in captivity. The era of Voldemort/Tom Marvolo Riddle is unequivocally over.”

“Minister, can you tell us any details about the position that has been offered to Mr. Potter?”

Harry relaxed now that the questioning was off of him. He looked over at Hermione, who once again had tears in her eyes. “What about me makes girls turn into human hosepipes?” he thought before reminding himself to pay attention in case another question was directed to him.

Finally the press meeting was over and Harry was free to leave. He noticed immediately that people were giving him a wide space to move through, as if he might fall at any time. He wanted to find Hermione. He couldn’t see where she went. He felt a tap on his shoulder and spun around to find her right behind him.

“Some Auror you are,” she teased. “I came up right behind you and you didn’t know it. What would you do without me?”

“Stand here at the top of the stairs for one thing. I’d hate to find myself floating toward that window, unable to stop. Mind giving me a tug?”

“I’d love to, Mr. Potter.” She took his hand and led him down the steps. She couldn’t believe how well he handled himself today. He had skillfully answered almost every question without hesitation.

They met up with the rest of their group outside. “Where’s Ginny?” he asked noticing for the first time her absence.

“She’s fine, dear,” answered Mrs. Weasley. “She went off to grab a drink. She was parched from being in the sun for so long.”

Harry nodded and decided to let Mrs. Weasley have her fantasies regarding her only daughter.

He wrapped an arm around Hermione’s waist and said, “Who’s ready for lunch?”

The Leaky Cauldron was busier than Harry had ever seen it before. Tom, the bartender greeted Harry and showed him to the private parlor Tom had reserved for the day hoping Harry would stop by.

After a delicious meal of roast chicken, jacket potatoes, various casseroles, and crusty rolls, Harry began to tire. He’d been up since before dawn and normally had a kip in the afternoon after having done far less than he had today. He was thinking of apparating home when Hermione placed a key in his hand under the table. He looked at her in surprise.

“You are not completely better yet. I knew you’d need to rest before the festivities tonight.” she said.

Harry smiled his thanks, made his excuses and went up to the room. Hermione discreetly followed.

Harry removed his dress robes and braces. Clad only in his nightshirt, he climbed gracelessly into bed. Hermione lay down beside him and wrapped him in her arms.

“We’ll need to talk about this proposing thing you know…” she said.

“Later,” he murmured against her chest and drifted off to sleep.

“Harry? Harry?” he heard through his sleep hazed brain. He was awake enough to know that the voice was deeper than he had expected, but too sleepy to register who was speaking to him.

“Harry, you need to wake up. The feast in your honor will begin in one hour. You need to wake up now.”

“I’m awake,” he grumbled, his eyes remaining closed.

“No, you’re not. Open your eyes, please,” said the decidedly male voice. “It’s Remus. I’ve come to help you get ready for the rest of the celebration.”

“I think I’ll skive off tonight…too tired.” Harry complained. Harry normally was a very light sleeper. With his background, it had kept him alive on more than one occasion.

“Harry, you need to wake up…or else I’ll…I’ll…I’ll go and get Hermione.” threatened Lupin.

“Hermione?” Harry mumbled with a drowsy smile. “She’s perfect, don’t you think?”

“Harry, have you been drinking? Are you alright?...I’ll be right back with Hermione.”

Hermione entered the room at a run, followed closely by Remus. She waved her wand over him and found that Harry was only exhausted. Remus was worried he was sick or poisoned, drunk even.

“Harry, honey…” she murmured.

“There’s that voice I wanted to hear,” the sleeping form mumbled.

“Harry, you need to wake up, please.”

“Nope, don’t want to…too tired.”

“Shall I throw water on you? That would wake you up.”

“Go ahead. See if I care,” came the voice from the bed. A hand barely rose. Lupin and Hermione saw a brief glimmer as a shield surrounded the inactive body.

“Lupin, can you leave us for a bit? I want to try something that….”

“No explanation necessary.” Remus smirked. “Shall I come back in a half hour to help him get ready?”

“No, you just enjoy the party. I’ll help him.”

“I’ll leave you to it, then.”

Hermione put her plan into action. Scaring him would be dangerous and water didn’t work. She felt terrible about waking him up at all. He’d never been a very good sleeper, even more so lately. He’d had so much on his mind. However he needed to be at the feast.

She climbed into bed beside him and started kissing the spot underneath his ear, slowly making her way down his neck, her hands constantly roaming his body.

His eyes slowly opened as he pulled her close. “Why, Miss Granger…may I ask what you are doing?” he said.

“You needed to wake up and I ran out of options,” she explained.

“I see…” he replied. “It seems as if your mission was a success. I am awake. And if I remember correctly, you were laying with me, however you seem a bit overdressed for a kip, so that means you snuck out on me after I fell asleep.

“And miss the party of the century? Are you insane?” she uttered between kisses.

Harry laughed and met her kiss. He then asked, “Could you do me a favor and send Lupin in? He can help me get dressed.”

“I can help you,” she offered.

“Okay, but first, please, go down and bring me some pumpkin juice. I’m a bit thirsty.”

Hermione quickly understood that Harry was trying to get rid of her for some reason, so she left to get Harry’s pumpkin juice.

“Thanks,” he said upon receiving the juice and he drained the small cup in one swallow.

Hermione looked at him strangely. He wondered if he’d overdone the thirst thing.

“I see you are almost all dressed…” she said casually.

“I am,” he answered.

“Did you need my help with your ‘brackles’? Why on earth do you placate him so?”

Harry laughed. “It just fit, alright? They are braces, with buckles…brackles, besides, if I used the name Mr. Weasley supplied, then no one can attach my name to them. I had nothing to do with their invention. The praise belongs to Luna and Ron.”

“I suppose…” she said unconvinced. “Did you need any help?”

“No, I did it myself, thanks,” he replied.

“Is that why you wanted me gone?” she asked.

“Sort of…” he responded. “I just don’t like for you to see me flopping about like a flobber worm, getting dressed.”

“Harry…I…” she responded.

“Please,” he pleaded with her. “I know you are my Healer, however you are also my girlfriend...er…fiancée. Allow me a least a little dignity.” Harry spun away from her, his head bowed.

“So, you think I emasculate you...”

“No, that’s not what I said. This isn’t about you. This is about me and my injuries. Please don’t make more of it than what it is. I love you. I have an intrinsic tendency to protect the people I love, and part of that, is believing that those people see me as a capable protector. If I can’t see myself in that role, how can anyone else? Consequently, if there is something I can do to protect my self-esteem, please allow it.”

“I wish you could see yourself through my eyes, Harry. You’d never doubt yourself again.”

24. Recognition

Recognition

Chapter 24

Recognition

The couple made it to the outdoor feast in the Square just in time. Everyone was giving them sly looks as if they’d been up to mischief.

“Feeling better, Harry?” Remus smirked. “I’m sure your ‘kip’ did wonders to rejuvenate you…”

“It was lovely, thanks,” said Harry, perplexed. He’d had a nap every afternoon for months…At the sound of snickers, it hit him. His face flamed at the implication. “No, it wasn’t like that at all! She just was helping me dress. She…”

The assembly at the head table chortled at his embarrassment.

“Shut up, Harry,” Hermione warned. “You are just digging a deeper hole.”

Harry leaned against the high table that was positioned next to the Head Table. He was pleased with the effort to make him feel comfortable. A bottle of Ogden’s Finest sat in front of him. He wondered if he should pour himself a glass. Looking around at the other guests, he noticed that they all had drinks poured. He was thinking he should have one himself, when a house elf wearing a dinner jacket stood upon his table and poured him a glass.

“Thank you,” he said to the small creature, who looked astounded at the nicety. The house elf bowed low and disappeared. Hermione smiled up at him.

“A toast,” said Minister Bones. “To Harry Potter, Auror Master and the-Man-Who-Vanquished-Voldemort. May the peace he’s restored to our world last forever”

Harry blushed at the tribute. He heard rounds of “Here, here!” and “Cheers!” from the massive assemblage. He looked round the head table and saw the Weasley’s, except Ginny, the Executive Department of the Ministry, Alfred Kensington and other Ministry officials he’d never met before. He tried to relax, but couldn’t. He was quite familiar with proper protocol; however he knew he didn’t deserve all of this. He forced his mind back into his Auror state, knowing he’d feel more confident.

It worked. Harry even proposed a toast, himself, to all of the wizarding community. After many more toasts, the Minister proclaimed it to be time to eat. Harry spoke his starter to his plate and instantly a mouth-watering bowl of vegetable soup appeared, followed by lamb chops, jacket potatoes, carrots, sprouts, bubble and squeak and a multitude of casseroles. Harry had eaten more in one dinner than in the previous week. He was glad that trousers wouldn’t work with his brackles.

Minister Bones spoke a few more words and asked Harry to begin the dance. Harry reluctantly took the Minister’s arm and whispered softly, “I’m not sure how this will work, Minister Bones. I’m not a great dancer in the best of times, however, we can pretend if you just drag me wherever you wish to go.”

Minister Bones laughed heartily at his honesty. “Call me Amelia on the dance floor, my dear.”

Harry smiled. “Thanks, Amelia,” he answered.

“My niece, Susan, always spoke highly of you. Didn’t the two of you go out for a bit?”

“Susan? No, not really. Don’t get me wrong, Susan is a lovely girl. We had a lovely time together, but we knew we’d just be friends. She always had only eyes for Ernie Macmillan. She just asked if I’d help her make him jealous. That’s all.”

“What do you think of the post we are offering you, sketchy details aside?”

“I’m sure we’ll be able to work something out. Being an Auror is all I’ve ever wanted to do. Now that it has been eliminated as an option, I am open to suggestions. Even after my legs have healed, it is a well known weak point for me. Any Death Eater worth his salt will aim straight for the knees. I’m lucky. I can ‘walk’ away…sort of…as a success. I won’t spend my life wondering about ‘the one that got away’.”

“Off the record, if you please,” stated Minister Bones, “do we have enough evidence to prosecute Mr. Malfoy?”

Harry smiled broadly. “You know I can’t speak about an open case, Amelia, but I can say that if you were counting on him to round out your Christmas dinner table, you’d be wise to find another guest.”

“You are good, Mr. Potter. Albus Dumbledore couldn’t have given a better non-answer than that.”

“I’ll take that as a compliment,” he replied delivering her back to the table.

Harry danced with Mrs. Weasley, Tonks, Luna and several times with his fiancée before following Ron into the pub. There to his chagrin, he found a drunken ex-girlfriend crying in the corner. She was surrounded by her friends and various brothers.

“Ginny…” he said approaching her. “What’s up?”

“YOU!” she shouted. “Come to stick another knife in my back?”

Harry was highly bewildered by her words. “What are you on about?” he asked.

“Ginny,” warned Ron. “Don’t start this, not here, not now.”

Harry looked at Ron, trying to sort out what he had done to cause Ginny to be in such a state. “What’s going on, Ron?”

“My sister,” Ron explained, “has decided that she made a mistake in allowing you to ditch her.”

“What? Ginny?” Harry was now thoroughly confused.

“I love you, Harry!” she bawled. “I never should have let you go!”

“We decided it was best. We decided…”

“No! You decided. When you wanted to talk to me that night, I thought you were going to propose, not break it off. Why couldn’t you love me, Harry?”

Harry saw Hermione enter, apparently Ginny had as well. Ginny flung herself at Harry, knocking him to the ground, kissing him soundly as the couple went down. Harry’s braces came loose from his legs and fell away. Harry wrenched his mouth from hers and cried out as his left femur snapped and the bone punctured his skin. Harry tried to reach for his braces…to get away from Ginny. He couldn’t. His robes had risen to expose his scarred and bloody legs to the crowd. Cameras flashed and the crowd moved closer to see the spectacle.

Hermione raced over to him, cast a spell to stop the blood and conjured a stretcher for him. Ginny was aghast at the damage she’d caused.

“Ron, get me a flannel. Luna, get a blanket. Ginny, GET THE HELL OUT OF THE WAY! We’ve got to get him to St. Mungo’s…fast!” Hermione ordered. That was the last thing he heard before surrendering to the darkness.

After many potions, pokes and prods, Harry was able to speak with Healer Strankford.

“What Dark Wizard did you in this time, Mr. Potter?” the Healer asked him.

“It was a witch…” Harry replied with humiliation. “…my ex-girlfriend. She wanted to get back together.”

“I’d have to advise against that if this is an indication of her persuasion,” the Healer teased.

“I’m an engaged man,” Harry stated. “Or at least I think I am still.”

Harry was suddenly terrified at the thought of Hermione leaving him because of what Ginny had done...

“Yes, I heard your speech yesterday. You’ve given us normal blokes a time of it. Our girls all want us to plan some spontaneity, too. Thanks so much for that.”

Harry smiled. “Sorry…” he said with fake sympathy.

“Well, I’ve healed your femur, however rather than increasing in density like we were hoping for, this set back has decreased it. The other leg has healed to 32.5% normal strength. That’s the good news. The bad news is that the right leg is back down to 17%. I am hoping with time they’ll level out, but we don’t know for sure. Even if we can get them to a respectable 75%, you’ll have a noticeable limp. I’m sorry, Harry, that’s the best we can hope for and even that, is a long shot.” Harry wasn’t concerned about a limp, if he was walking again.

Hermione checked on him several times throughout the course of the next day, always with a professional demeanor. Harry wasn’t sure if she was acting this way because she was working or if it were a more serious reason. Various Weasley’s had stopped by and apologized for Ginny’s behavior, again making excuses for her. Harry would have none of it.

He’d known Ginny to be indecisive, self-centered possibly, but never vindictive. He didn’t know why she’d staged the scene she had at the pub, and frankly he didn’t much care. She’d gotten her publicity if that was what she was after. It seemed ironic to him that her publicity stunts always seemed to result in his humiliation.

Harry raised his eyes at the sound of a knock on the door. “Enter…” he called out to his visitor.

“Harry, I just wanted to apologize,” Ginny offered. Harry looked away from her.

“I know you are furious with me. I don’t blame you. I never wanted to hurt you…” Tears were coursing down her face.

Harry snorted and remained silent.

“I didn’t!” she sniffed. “How was I to know your leg would break at the slightest little thing?”

Harry couldn’t hold back any longer. “Why do you think I was chucked out of the division? Why do you think I’ve been laid up for months? Did you think I wanted it to be like this? Did you think I was just taking a holiday?”

Ginny cried harder at his words; however Harry was not going to be swayed.

“Listen, I am not one of your brothers that you can manipulate with a few tears. If an apology is what you came here for, fine. You’ve given it, now if you’ll excuse me…”

“Please don’t hate me, Harry. I didn’t think…”

Harry interrupted her unable to restrain himself any longer. “No, you didn’t ‘think’.” He shouted. “That is the trouble! You never do! You didn’t ‘think’ broadcasting my private details would upset me. You didn’t ‘think’ adding your weight to my own would hurt a man who has been bed ridden for six months. I’ve had it with your manipulation and your deceit. Now, please…”

“I never deceived you! How DARE you…”

“How dare I? It’s very easy…”

Several mediwitches rushed into the room at the commotion. “Mr. Potter! You need to calm down!” One mediwitch held his shoulders while the other forced a calming draught on him.

“Miss, if you continue to upset him, you’ll need to leave…”

“Ginny…” Hermione stated from the door. “What are you doing here?”

“I just came to apologize for hurting him,” Ginny snapped. “What? Now that you’ve got your hooks into him, no other girls can talk to him?”

“No, what I’m not allowing is someone upsetting my patients. Look at him, Ginny. He is lying in a hospital, unable to leave. I’ve been told he’s asked you to leave more than once. You are lucky he didn’t blast you out of here…”

“He couldn’t. His wand is across the room.” Ginny mumbled.

“I find it amazing how little you got to know him over the years. Since when has Harry bloody Potter needed a wand? Now you have two choices, either leave now or I will call security!”

Ginny slumped in defeat and left. Hermione waved her wand over Harry for a quick check. She looked into his glazed eyes. “Are you alright?” she asked.

“Been better…” he slurred. “kinda muzzy headed…”

“That’s just from the potion. I’ll be back in a little bit to…” she said heading for the door.

“Hminee?” he mumbled. “Don’t leave me.”

She turned and approached his bedside. “I’m not leaving you. I need to get my rounds finished, and then I’ll be back, I promise.”

Harry nodded. He was wrapped tightly in blankets, looking like a young boy. He closed his tired eyes and rested.

Late that evening, Hermione returned. “How are you feeling?” she asked him.

“Fine,” he said unconvincingly.

She smiled at his typical answer. “Did you want to talk?”

Harry shrugged staring at the wall beyond the bed.

“Has Remus been by?”

Harry nodded. He was unsure why she was making small talk. If she was going to break off with him, he wished she’d get on with it. He did not wish to make it easy for her.

“Harry, what’s wrong? Talk to me, please. I know you are upset by this set back, but we’ll keep looking for a solution…”

“Setback? You think I’m upset about a setback? Hermione, answer me this…Are you ending it between us?”

“I hadn’t planned on it. Why?”

“Why?!!? You walked in the pub and saw me kissing Ginny!”

“No…” she state carefully as if talking to someone quite unintelligent, “I walked in the pub to hear Ginny’s touching act. Then, I saw her molest you. Whenever we’ve kissed, you’ve not once had your eyes wide in shock and confusion. It looked like just what it was; a woman, drunk and desperate for attention, set on making news rather than reporting news. That wasn’t your fault, but what happened here earlier? I got a note that there was a disturbance here, so I came…”

“It was nothing, just her apologizing. That’s all,” he lied.

She smiled, knowing there was more to the story as well as that Harry’s nature wouldn’t allow him to talk badly of her.

Soon, Harry was allowed to return home. Hermione had to remain at work, so Lupin accompanied him.

“I was almost there, Remus,” he told the older man. “I missed my appointment with Minister Bones.”

“I’m sure she knows,” Lupin answered.

“How?” Harry asked. “She left before it happened.” The altercation with his ex-girlfriend was only referred to as “it”.

“Witch Weekly covered it,” said Lupin. Harry groaned. “Ginny wasn’t presented in a very good light. They fired her over it.”

“I’m sorry for her. I never wanted that to happen.”

“You are too generous…” commented Lupin with a sneer.

“I can’t help it. She gets the post she’s always wanted…” started Harry.

“By telling them things she had no right to say…” corrected Lupin.

Harry went on without pause, “I thought maybe getting that post would help her to settle in, you know, get into a routine…”

“Grow up, is more like it.”

Continuing to ignore Lupin’s biting comments, Harry said, “…get her life in order so that she isn’t so envious of everyone else.”

“Harry, you can defend Ginny to me until the next blue moon, which hopefully is a ways off, and it won’t change my mind on her. I’d stake my trust in Draco Malfoy before her. At least with him you know what’s coming. He is out for himself, just as she is. The difference is that he doesn’t kiss your arse first.”

“Hmmm…” Harry uttered. While he quite agreed with Lupin, he knew he’d never admit it aloud.

“Don’t forget she was in my class at Hogwarts, as well. Ginny isn’t evil or conniving, she just does what she wishes without concern for recourse. Maybe this will show her that there are consequences.”

25. Make Me an Offer I Can't Refuse

Decisions

Chapter 25

Decisions

Remus Lupin was able to reschedule Harry’s appointment. The Ministry Heads would be arriving at Harry’s home to discuss the post. They were aware of Harry’s predicament and were eager to do what they could to accommodate him.

The day of the interview, Harry’s nerves were frazzled. His house elves had been scurrying about, making the home look perfect. Harry had never missed being able to pace as much as he did at this moment. Confined to the chesterfield with massive nervous energy was making him mad.

“Go fly!” scolded Remus. “I flooed Hermione and she’s sending Ron over to fly with you. She says, ‘no loops, no dives, and stay at a reasonable speed’-- Now get out of here before I go dotty!”

Harry summoned his broom quickly and with a wide grin he was off.

The crisp air felt wonderful on Harry’s face as he slowly flew around the massive field. Soon Ron joined him.

“Why are you flying like an old hag? Let’s go!” and Ron charged ahead. Harry didn’t follow. Before long, Ron appeared again beside him.

Not giving him a chance to take the mickey, Harry stated firmly, “I’ve only been out of the hospital barely a week. I don’t fancy a trip back EVER, much less so soon.”

“About that, Harry, I’m sorry. Ginny had no right…”

“Ron, just stop right there…please. There’s no need to apologize for Ginny. She stopped by and apologized herself.”

“I heard all about that from Hermione,” said Ron.

“Hermione doesn’t know the half of it,” Harry mumbled under his breath.

“Do you know anything about your new post?” asked Ron.

“No, not really. Minister Bones was very vague when we talked about it while we were dancing.”

“I saw that. Harry Potter, hobnobbing with Ministry officials. Will he remember the little folk now that he is nearly royalty…” Ron broke off with an exaggerated sigh.

Harry laughed despite himself. “Thanks, Ron. But honestly, if they offer me some trumped up name-only position, I won’t accept it. If being a spokeswizard is what I wanted, I’d have done it for Fred and George ages ago. My legs may be useless, but I can certainly do more than that.

I know I sound arrogant and I’m sorry, but it’s just the way I feel.

Ron was aghast. “Hermione has really rubbed off on you, mate.”

“Yeah, she’s great, isn’t she?”

“I’m not sure I was meaning that as a compliment, but if you want to take it as one….” With that Ron darted off, not as fast as they normally flew but a bit faster than they had been. Harry caught up to him easily.

“So you don’t mind that she and I are together?” Harry asked.

“No, not at all,” replied Ron. “I’m very happy with Luna. Hermione and I tried it; it didn’t work; so we’re very happy with other people. She’s still one of my best friends. If you make her happy, then I have no complaints. The same goes for you, mate.”

Harry thought a minute, and then asked, “When we were in school, did you ever picture yourself with Luna and me with Hermione?”

Ron gave Harry a look of panic or revulsion, it was hard to tell.

“No, I had it all sorted out in seventh year. I was to marry Hermione and you were going to marry Ginny.” He laughed at look on Harry’s face. “That way,” he continued, “we’d all be family.”

Harry couldn’t fault his logic. There was a time when that might have been all that mattered. Now, though, he found the thought appalling. Ginny was too high maintenance for him, while Hermione was nearly perfection.

The pair flew lazily around the meadow talking and laughing, until Harry forgot his apprehension. It returned, however when he heard Lupin whistle for them to return. They flew back and Harry carefully made his way through the house to his spot on the sofa and levitated himself into position. He was glad to be dressed in anything other than a nightshirt. He’d rather face Voldemort again before meeting the Minister of Magic in pajamas.

The Ministry heads entered and looked round at Harry’s home as Lupin arranged the chairs around Harry’s reclined position on the couch. Harry greeted his guests with handshakes and arm pats.

“Ron said you’d purchased a house. Very nice…very nice indeed,” said Mr. Weasley.

“I can’t take the credit, though. Remus found it. He and Hermione are responsible for everything. They did a wonderful job.” Harry praised. Lupin bowed his head in thanks. “Can I get anyone anything? A beverage, perhaps? If you’d care to stay for lunch, Dobby and Winky will have a wonderful meal prepared, I’m sure,” added Harry.

“House elves? How does Hermione feel about that? I remember a letter of protest in her seventh year regarding the use of house elves….” rambled Minister Bones.

“We have paid house elves. Both of them are free to work for whomever they choose.”

He heard the sound of someone apparating upstairs. “Ah, speaking of Hermione, that sounds like my beautiful fiancée now. I’ll send a note up and let her know you are here.” At his words Hedwig flew to him, landed on his stomach and stuck her leg out ready for work. Harry hastily scribbled a note and tied it to her leg.

“Hello, thank you for coming. It means so much to Harry that you could be so obliging to him.” greeted an entering Hermione, still clad in her Healer’s robes.

“Mr. Potter…Miss Granger, I’ll get right to the point. It’s almost lunch time and I look forward to enjoying it with all of our business concluded. Allow me to describe the post, its duties, reasons and remunerations. So, Mr. Potter, shall we begin?”

“By all means…” Harry answered.

“Harry, as you are well aware,” began Mr. Weasley, “the Order of the Phoenix has been officially disbanded. Without Dumbledore, it just isn’t feasible for it to remain in operation.”

“That’s where you come in, “continued Kensington. “We need to abilities of the Order as a Ministry entity.”

“What we are proposing,” added Minister Bones, “is a Ministry department whose duty is to detect Dark activity before it escalates into a war that threatens to destroy our world.”

Kensington stated, “Your record is exemplary in the division. Your foresight saved a great many lives in the last war.”

“We propose to create a department at the Ministry, which you will head, that will monitor and oversee the Auror division, the Unspeakables, and the MLES. You would be responsible for coordinating the activities of those departments and manage intelligence. You would maintain a relationship with your muggle counterparts, so that it can be determined if attacks in the muggle world are magical in nature. Your muggle upbringing will assist you in that,” resumed Mr. Weasley.

“Your department, should you accept it, will have a staff of four witches or wizards of your choosing. The department will be designed by its Head and run how the Head sees fit. The Head will be answerable to the Minster and her associate,” continued Kensington with a nod to Madam Bones and Mr. Weasley, “as well as the IFW and Wizengamot.”

“Harry…” said Mr. Weasley, “we are authorized to offer you this amount per annum…” he slid a piece of paper face down over to where Harry was lying. Harry picked it up, dropped his jaw and slid it across to Hermione. “This also means you’d be eligible for all Ministry Department Head privileges, which are innumerable. We can discuss those details later.”

Minister Bones took over. “We are fully aware of your limitations at this time and that they might be permanent. You are allowed two personal assistants, as well as a security wizard, compensated from your department budget. If, at a later date, you find that the additional assistant is unnecessary, then you have the option of reassigning or replacing that wizard to another duty. You will be bound by the same security code as you are already bound by as an Auror. Do you have any questions?”

“Not at the moment, however once my fiancée and I have an opportunity to discuss it in private, I’d like to reserve the right to revisit any details before taking office.”

“Done,” said Minister Bones. “Arthur, make that notation on the contract, please.”

Harry worked out that Hermione had been waiting for the chance to speak up, however hadn’t wanted to intrude. She was almost twitching against her restraint.

“Hermione,” asked Harry. “Did you have any questions?”

“Yes, just a couple, if I may, the first I am asking as Harry’s Healer, will there be any field work where he would be placing himself in danger?”

“Not likely,” stated Kensington. “He would be monitoring any situation and referring any hot spots to the proper department.”

“I see…” she responded. “As his fiancée, will this be a paper shuffling position? Harry does not wish to be a figurehead. If all you are asking is to be able to say, “Never fear, folks, Harry Potter is in charge”, then give him no real authority, I believe we all know that he’d never last in that capacity.”

“Mr. Potter would have almost ultimate authority over the before mentioned departments. Minister Bones and Associate Minister Weasley would have veto rights over him. If he feels strongly about something, then he will be required to sell them on the idea before its initiation. If no agreement can be reached, he will have two choices: abandon the idea or take it before the Wizengamot,” answered a dumpy wizard with a large black moustache Harry had met only at the celebration, but couldn’t recall his name.

“A couple more things, please, what travel and/or publicity will be involved?” asked Hermione, “and when will he be required to have his department in place?” Harry looked over at her with pride. He was glad he asked her to be here. She was so much better at this than he.

“There will be limited travel involved, mostly by apparition. There are monthly meetings in London at Parliament and a possibility of travel to the continent to meet with your counterparts there and possibly overseas. I wouldn’t think more than twice per year. Will that be a problem Miss Granger?” queried Minister Bones.

“Not as long as his wife is allowed to come along…” Hermione replied with a wink.

“Of course, Miss Granger. As far as publicity, Harry and his companion will attend all official Ministry functions, if possible. It is recommended, however not mandatory. I’m sure you’ll find the perks are well worth the hassle. Ministry balls and dinners are tiresome, however box seats to every Quidditch World Cup and other events make them worthwhile. We couldn’t have one without the other.”

“How often are these balls and dinners?” asked Harry. He could tolerate them on occasion, but he hoped they were few.

We have an Annual Ball, more if there are visiting dignitaries. During the last World cup, there were six dinners and three balls that year. That is the most we’ve had in centuries. As far as when we’d want the department functioning, we’ll leave that up to you, within reason, of course. The timeframe we are hoping for is that in six months time, the department will be in operation,” explained Minister Bones. “It is possible to send a representative in your stead, however use judgment. We’d hate for Bulgaria to be offended because you sent a delegate, hypothetically speaking, of course.

Harry decided he could handle that. He didn’t care for dancing that much, even if his legs did work.

Mr. Weasley stood. “Which way do we go to the dining room, Harry? We want to give you and Hermione a chance to talk before giving us a preliminary answer.”

“I’ll call Dobby to show you,” Hermione offered.

When the Ministry council had retired for lunch, Harry looked to Hermione with anticipation. “What do you think?” he asked.

“It’s your post, what do you think?” she returned.

“I dunno…” he answered noncommittally. He’d found himself planning his department already, however if Hermione was against it, he would turn it down.

“I think it is perfect for you, Harry. You can do all of the things you love about your job, without the risks. As a matter of fact, you lessen the dangers for all of the Aurors, by doing your job well. The question is: Is this what you want to do?”

“I won’t know until try it out, will I?” Harry said with a grin, and then lowered his voice to a whisper, “Did you see how much they want to pay me?”

Hermione laughed. “You are worth at least twice that much and they know it.”

“You are mad, absolutely certifiable…” chuckled Harry. “No wizard is worth that much.”

“You are,” answered Hermione. “You are The-Boy-Who-Lived, as well as The-Man-Who-Defeated-Voldemort. You faced the worst evil in history and conquered it. Of course they want you.”

“If you were me, would you accept it?” he asked genuinely.

“In a heartbeat…” she responded.

“I will accept then,” Harry stated and pulled her into his arms for the kiss he couldn’t give her when she came in.

Harry entered the dining room by broom and positioned the broom to hover by the table. “Forgive my awkwardness, please” he explained. “My legs aren’t ready for my brackles again yet.” He wasn’t sure how he would manage it, but he was determined to try.

“That’s quite alright, Harry,” said Mr. Weasley. “Have you reached any decisions or will you need more time?”

“We talked about it and the Minister of Magic expressed her wish to have things finished before we ate. I’d hate to fail at the first request my new superior gave me, so if you’ve got a quill, I am ready to sign the contract.”

A cheer went up as Harry signed his name. Hermione looked on, delighted.

26. A Night Out with Friends

A Night Out with Friends

Chapter 26

A Night Out with Friends

“Sorry we’re late…” Harry stated as he and Hermione joined the full table at the pub.

“What kept you?” asked Ron which caused him to be elbowed by his wife.

“We had a couple of things to discuss,” said Harry.

“Actually, Mr. ‘Roaming Hands’ wouldn’t let me change clothes!” protested Hermione. “He sets this up and can’t even arrive on time to his own party.”

“Thanks for that mental image, Hermione,” said Ron evenly. “You can count me out for dinner.”

“Be quiet, Ronald,” chastised Luna. “We just got here ourselves, Hermione. Ronald ordered quickly then drank most of his drink in one swallow, so you wouldn’t notice. He was feeling a bit frisky himself before we left.”

“I’ll…er…go grab you guys your drinks…” stammered Ron as he left the table.

Harry laughed at his friend’s embarrassment. While it was unexpected that Hermione mentioned what had kept them, he wasn’t discomfited. Quite the opposite, he didn’t care who knew they were together, which is why he proposed the way he did. He’d learned his lesson with Ginny.

He spotted Ginny on the other side of the room surrounded by her usual crowd. He floated to the other side of the high table beside Luna, hoping Ginny wouldn’t spot him.

“I don’t blame you,” Luna said. “She’ll not see you with your back to her.”

Hermione looked across at Harry with understanding. “If she comes over here, I’ll have a word with her.”

Colin Creevey stopped by to chat. “Hiya, Harry!” he said. “I stopped by your flat to see if you wanted to grab a drink with me the other day. You weren’t there.”

“I’ve moved, Colin” stated Harry evenly. “Hermione and I bought a house.”

“I’ll get the address from you later,” replied Colin.

“You do that…” Harry replied skeptically. There was no way he was going to give his address to Colin and wondered what excuse he would accept.

Ron returned with their drinks. Ginny saw her brother and came over to join him.

“Oh,” she said when she saw Harry. “I’m sorry. I don’t mean to intrude.”

“That’s fine,” Hermione chirped. “I wanted a word with you anyway.”

“Oh…” Ginny repeated with trepidation. Hermione and Luna dragged Ginny to the back of the bar for a private chat.

Harry looked on with amusement. He almost felt sorry for Ginny having to face the two women.

“She deserves it, mate,” said Ron. “Even if you hadn’t been hurt, which makes what she did worse, Hermione needs this chance to sort her out. Kind of sexy anyway, isn’t it?” Ron asked.

“Oh, yeah…definitely!” said Harry, his eyes never leaving the trio in the corner.

The two girls headed back to the table and dragged their dates out to the dance floor. Harry wrapped his arms tightly around Hermione as they swayed to the music.

“Ginny had no idea you knew she’d slept with Ian,” said Hermione questioningly. “Why didn’t you confront her?”

“What was the point? She knew what she’d done. I didn’t have to spell it out for her. In my opinion, cheating and faithfulness are more a pact you make with yourself than your partner.”

“How astute,” applauded Hermione. “Many men think of it as a game. They think they’ve won if they can escape getting caught.”

“I know,” agreed Harry. “I find that to be rather sad. It’s very easy to allow yourself to be seduced. The hard part is keeping your promises to yourself, as well as your partner.”

“I find this side of you very arousing, Mr. Potter.” purred Hermione. Harry captured her lips in a fiery kiss.

“Hey! None of that please…” growled Ron. “I may need to launder my brain.”

“Shut up, Ronald. We can show them how it is done.” said Luna as she pressed herself closer to Ron.

Harry laughed and released his date. When the song was over, they returned to the table to find that Lupin and Tonks had arrived.

“Wotcher, Harry!” greeted Tonks. “I saw you out there. You’d better watch out. You’d hate to have a recurrence of the last time…” she nodded her head over toward Ginny who was watching them closely.

“We won’t have any trouble from her,” Hermione said. “We’ve come to an agreement. She promised to leave Harry alone and I promised not to hex her into oblivion. It’s a win-win situation.” Hermione grinned proudly.

Harry stood behind Hermione and wrapped his arms around her. Lupin offered to buy the next round of drinks. Harry switched his order from butterbeer for firewhiskey. Ron followed suit.

Seamus came over to welcome the group to his pub. “So have you tried my pizza yet? Me mother comes in on Thursday to make enough for the weekend. She makes the best pizza this side of Rome, I tell ya.”

“Well, let’s be having four then…” said Harry. “My treat. We are celebrating my new post.”

While waiting for the pizzas to arrive, Harry and Ron somehow got into a drinking contest. Harry could drink his shots faster, however Ron didn’t need to stop and take a breath after each one. The contest was declared a draw when Harry reached for the next shot and missed the table, grabbing Hermione’s breast by mistake. After taking a bit too long to realize his mistake, in Hermione’s estimation, he was rewarded with a slap on his hand.

“Sorry… I got distracted,” he muttered and rubbed the back of his smarting hand.

The pizzas arrived and were quickly devoured. More dancing followed, then more drinking. No one knows exactly how it came about, but Harry and Lupin wound up in a drinking competition as well, which Lupin won easily.

Hermione hadn’t seen Harry so giggly since their first year. She vowed to make sure he regularly has an opportunity to let his hair down this way. Harry excused himself to the loo and floated that direction in a not very straight line.

After longer than it seemed necessary for Harry to return, Hermione made her way to the back. She found Harry quickly enough, however the sight of him leaning against a wall made her wary. “Are you alright?” she asked him.

“Mmmhmmm” he answered without opening his mouth or eyes.

“Did you want to go home? It’s very late.”

“Cmffrbl” he slurred.

“Need any help?” Lupin asked from behind her.

“I need to get him home,” she explained. “He’s had a long day and WAY too much to drink.”

“You go ahead” Lupin offered. “Tonks and I will get him home”

Lupin called the Knight Bus to take Harry home.

“Whass a’matter wif’ ‘Arry” asked Stan Shunpike, the conductor of the bus. ‘Zee been drinkin’?”

“Yes, Mr. Potter had a bit more celebrating than he’s used to. Please take us to this address. We can get him home from there.” said Lupin as Tonks bound Harry to one of the poles in the center of the bus. “Don’t answer any more calls until we get off. We’ll pay handsomely for your assistance.”

“Ya ‘ere that, Ern?” Stan asked the driver. “They want t’pay extree fir a drect route.”

Ernie Prang nodded to Lupin, and then put the bus into gear.

“Take ‘er away, Ern” stated Stan and with a tremendous BANG, the bus set off. As the bus moved thunderously at over a hundred miles per hour, Harry in his brackles swayed back and forth like a pendulum. Tonks was on hand close by to preserve his modesty.

“You guys sleepin’ over?” a giggly Harry asked.

“We can if you wish…” said Tonks amused.

“We can have a party!” beamed Harry. “We can play all sorts of sleepover games.”

“That’ll be nice, Harry,” stated Lupin, sharing an eye roll with Tonks. “I’m demanding a bonus if I have to play ‘Truth or Dare’ he added under his breath.

“Truth or Dare?” Harry asked, his bloodshot eyes barely open. “Wha’s that?”

“It’s a muggle game of questions and answers. You have to tell the truth to any question the asker wishes.”

Harry wrinkled his nose. “I dun think I’d like that…” he slurred.

Tonks and Lupin smiled at each other. “Even pissed he guards his secrets…”

Tonks laughed. “That’s Harry for you. I just hope he tells someone the whole story. I’d hate for some of his secrets to be buried with him. A lot could be learned about the final battle from his experience.”

“I have a sneaking suspicion…” Lupin replied, “…that he’s filled in Hermione. She’s seen him through several of his bad nights. She’s not the type to not find out what’s behind them.”

Finally they arrived at the address Lupin provided. They had a bit of a walk to get to Harry’s but Lupin didn’t want to give away Harry’s location. Tonks enlarged her broom and flew, dragging a floating, sleepy Harry. Lupin flew along side on his own broom.

Hermione met them at the door and levitated Harry inside. Harry seemed to perk up at the sight of her and kept grabbing at her.

“Harry! Stop it this instant!” she shrieked afraid she would drop him.

“I can walk…” he mumbled as he struggled to get his feet underneath him.

“No, you can’t. That’s the trouble,” she answered. “You guys make yourselves at home while I get him into bed.”

“He asked for a sleep over party, but I think we’ll head out, Hermione. Give him our…regrets,” stated Tonks as she and Lupin headed back out to apparate.

The next morning Harry’s head felt like it had bludgers raging inside it. “Serves you right,” said Hermione softly as she offered the hangover potion.

“Thanks,” he said and downed the potion without making a face.

“Did you have a good time last night?” she asked.

“I think so; however the details seem to have escaped my memory. I didn’t do anything stupid, did I?”

“No, you were fine. Your public image is intact. Tonks and Remus saw you home,” she answered.

“The Knight bus…” he remembered.

“How did you manage that?”

“Tonks lashed me to the pole. I just swung about as the bus careened. Say Hermione, can we plan a dinner party? I need to talk to Ron and Tonks about my ideas for the department. I don’t want to discuss it in public.”

“You are going to ask them to join you…” Hermione guessed.

Harry looked at her quizzically. “How did you know?”

“I know you. There is no one you trust more than them and you always surround yourself by people you trust.” she replied as if she were speaking to an overtired toddler.

Harry inclined his head in agreement and asked, “So does it sound like a good idea? Tonks is terrific and no one can beat Ron at strategy.”

“I think it is brilliant. The department will be in fine shape no matter who you choose.”

“You have that much faith? I’ve never done anything like this before, Hermione. I’m a bit out of my element. I haven’t even worked in a year! I…”

“You’ll be fine. You are an expert at Defense against the Dark Arts. Your instincts toward Dark Activity are astounding. So you’ve been out of the loop for a year, big deal. The Aurors have done fine; your last days at work caused the capture of remaining Death Eaters. They have no ruler and few followers…no one. If anyone decides to revive the evil, then you’ll be in place to handle that before it ever reaches the proportions it did before. Stop worrying. You were given this post as a reward for your past actions. Your future actions will only affirm that this is your rightful place.”

“I can only hope you’re right. Do you think Ron will want to accept?”

“With the proper persuasion, I think he might,” she replied. “Now that we’ve got that settled. I don’t work until later. What did you want to do today other than planning your dinner party?”

“I’m open for suggestions…” he murmured.

“We can plan our wedding” she offered.

Harry groaned. “I’d like to elope. I had enough of that lacy stuff in New York.”

“Okay” she agreed. “I’ll make you a deal. I’ll handle all of the ‘lacy stuff’ and you can take care of the food, drink and guest list. The Ministry might have protocol, since you are a Department Head now.”

Harry groaned again. “Are you sure we can’t elope?”

27. Setting Up Shop

Author’s Note: Hello, again. Thanks for sticking with me this far. Thank you SO much for your reviews. The phrase, “Patience, Grasshopper,” keeps running through my mind as I read some of them. I don’t even know where that phrase came from! Does anyone know?

Setting Up Shop

Chapter 27

Setting Up Shop

The night of the dinner party was one of the few times Harry wore his brackles at home. His broom allowed him free movement; however he couldn’t use both hands. He was playing up his role as host and felt the brackles would be easier.

After dinner the sextet moved into the office Lupin had set up for Harry. It was arranged comfortably with couches and squashy chairs around the fireplace with a massive desk arrangement taking up the other half. A cubicle was established in one corner to allow private conference. It glittered with wards and charms, letting all who saw it know that it was secure.

As prearranged with Hermione, she got a conversation going to occupy Tonks, Lupin and Luna, while he asked Ron aside. He led Ron into the cubicle, unnoticed by the other guests.

“Now we’ve come to the reason for the dinner,” Ron guessed. “Not that it wasn’t a lovely dinner; but you’ve been twitchy all night, mate.”

“Ron,” Harry began, “you mentioned a time or two that quidditch isn’t what you wanted for your career long term. What I’m about to tell you isn’t common knowledge yet, so I’d appreciate your discretion.”

“You’ve got it, mate. You should know that.”

“I do, I just needed to hear it,” Harry answered.

“This is about your new position at the Ministry, isn’t it?”

“Yes,” Harry responded. “I’d like to offer you a post in my department. I’ll tell you everything I know, then give you time to decide.”

“That sounds fair,” said Ron.

“My department is a new one. I don’t know how much it was decided, whether I needed a job, or to be able to announce that The-Boy-Who-Lived is back on the case or what, but for whatever reason the department was formed, I want to prove that it was a sound move. I’m responsible for intelligence regarding Dark Activity and coordination between the Aurors, the MLES and the Unspeakables. If you want to do this, I was thinking that with your strategic mind we could determine what the next batch of Death Eaters are planning and thwart it before it becomes a problem.

“But, Harry...” Ron protested.

Harry held up a hand to stop him. “Let me finish, then I’ll answer all of your questions. Alright?”

Ron nodded and let Harry continue.

“We haven’t seen the last of the Death Eaters, but they are splintered. While the main culprits are in Azkaban, there must be some low level scumbags that we didn’t catch. Our job is to prevent the fiasco that was Fudge from ever occurring again. The post could require travel on occasion, but nothing like you’ve been doing now. We estimate that a trip every other month would be about it. Luna is welcome to join you, as they will be meetings more so than raids. I have been given a generous budget to work with and am willing to offer this amount for your assistance.” He slipped a piece of parchment into Ron’s hand. “Plus the standard Ministry benefits, like the top box at quidditch games and the like.”

Ron looked at the parchment without reaction and returned his gaze to Harry.

“My first question is would this be of enough interest to you to ask you to give up your spot on the quidditch team?”

“I can’t answer that without talking to my wife, but my opinion would be yes,” Ron replied.

“My second question, Can you see yourself as my sidekick again or have you grown from that role?”

“Harry, you’re my best mate. I’ve always got your back.”

Harry smiled. “Did you have any questions?” he asked.

“Just one,” Ron answered. “Will I get a fancy title like my git of a brother always brags about?”

“Yes, your title would be ‘Senior Undersecretary to the Head of Ministry Intelligence’.”

“Cool…” declared Ron.

“Talk to Luna and let me know what you’ve decided. I’ll need an answer by the end of next week. Will that be enough time?”

“That’s sufficient…” Ron answered.

Having concluded their talk, Harry and Ron rejoined the group. Harry winked at Hermione to let her know that it was a successful chat.

Hey, Tonks. Can I speak with you a minute?” he asked the woman with bubble gum pink hair. She gave Lupin a pat on the knee and followed Harry to the cubicle.

“I knew something was up!” she started the minute they were behind the shields. “I told Remus! I said, ‘Remus, this dinner party is a cover for something and you know what it is…’ He wouldn’t tell me, of course, but I hate to be left out on a secret. What’s going on, Harry?”

“How is the Auror division going?” he replied.

“That’s it? You bloody want to know how it’s going? I thought I was going to hear something juicy. I’m appalled…appalled and disappointed.”

“Just answer the question, please.”

“You know, it’s dead boring at the moment. Low level raids, sorting testimony for trial, paperwork up to my arse…”

“That’s what I thought. Have you given any thought to turning in your badge?” Harry baited her.

“Turning in my badge?” she asked, her voice rising. “To do what? Serve drinks at the Leaky Cauldron? Are you mad?”

“No” he replied. “Actually I’m not mad at all, that I’m aware of. You’d have to ask my beautiful fiancée slash Healer about that for an honest answer. Here’s the deal. I have been offered a new position at the Ministry. They are creating a new department that I am to head. It’s called the Department of Ministry Intelligence. We have been given an unbelievable amount of money to set up and run this department. In other words, they want the best. As Head, I am allowed two personal assistants, plus a bodyguard. I can hire two more people as Undersecretaries, who in turn hire three people to work under them, with my approval,” Tonks stared at Harry with her jaw dropped. Harry continued. ”I’ve already hired Lupin as my first personal assistant and he has accepted. He passed Ministry screening last week and starts work in two more weeks. Until then, he’ll remain on my payroll. I see the department run in two separate phases, the first being Strategy. This person will develop out strategy for dealing with Dark Magic and its users to prevent its escalation into war. I’ve asked Ron to consider spearheading that and he is thinking it over. I’ll know if I need to go to Plan B. If he accepts, he should pass his screening within two more weeks and he’ll start work the first of next month. If he should decline, I’ll ask Seth, from training. Remember him?”

“Yes, tall good looking bloke, moved to the States, didn’t he?”

“That’s the guy. My money is on Ron, but I need a second choice in case Ron sticks with quidditch. Now we come to you, my friend, I’d like you to consider the other Undersecretary position. This would involve coordinating with the Auror, MLES and Unspeakable staff to research their intelligence, make sure duplication of effort doesn’t happen, and generally keep tabs on the movement of Dark Wizards, should any surface. I am able to offer you this amount…” Harry slid a piece of parchment toward her. “…plus the usual Ministry benefits.

Tonks’ eyes grew wider than Harry had ever seen them before. “Harry, this is triple my Auror salary!” she gasped.

“I know…” he said with a grin. “The Ministry has placed the highest priority in preventing the errors of the past. The War cost the Ministry millions of galleons. They are looking at this as insurance against another war. So, I’ll give you two weeks to think it over and report back to me. You’ve already passed Ministry screening, so that’s why the extra week.”

“I accept!” said Tonks.

“I don’t want to hear that now. I want you to think about it. We’ve been peers for a long time. Think about if you would feel comfortable answering to me. Think about if you can handle directing Shacklebolt or even Kensington. You would be in a position of authority over them. I even struggled with that one, but seeing as my options are limited with these legs, I didn’t have much choice, you do.”

“Harry, listen to me. I accept! I don’t need to think it over. I can do this and do it well. I’ve thought for a long time that the Ministry needs more oversight and coordination over those departments. The left hand never knew what the right hand was doing. This way, the changes I’ve written in my journal have a chance to be discussed and possibly even put into play. Remus didn’t tell you to ask me, did he? He knows all about my journal.”

“No, he did get a wicked smile on his face when I suggested it, though. I wondered what he was on about. Now I know. I guess the only thing left to say is ‘Welcome aboard’. Our offices are being charmed as we speak. They gave me six months to put this together, with my medical challenges and all. I would love to be a functioning office by the end of next month. According to Arthur Weasley, the salary begins from the moment you accept, so you might see some changes in your Gringotts vault come morning.”

Harry and Tonks returned to the outer room to find a game of wizard chess going on between Remus and Ron. For once, the pieces were not chastising the players, like they did Harry. They were intense and scrutinizing, offering suggestions and praise. Harry floated over behind Hermione and put his arm around her.

“Everything alright?” she asked in a whisper.

“Fine,” he whispered back.

Soon Ron beat Lupin in a very close match. Winky and Dobby brought out the finest champagne and fluted glasses for toasts. Harry made the first toast. “To the future, long may peace reign over our world.” he said raising his glass. Murmurs of “Cheers” were returned as they sipped the sparkling beverage. Many toasts and congratulations were passed around. Tonks announced her new position and they drank to her. Soon the men traded champagne for firewhiskey. The talk got louder and more raucous, so Luna, Hermione and Tonks took their drinks into another room and left the men to their own conversations.

“Basically,” began Ron, “everyone here, with the exceptions of Hermione and Luna, is slated to take part in the new department.”

“Yep,” stated Harry.

“What am I facing, if I decide to join? You know, the Ministry screening…”

“Well, you won’t have any trouble with the background check. You’re clean and on record as part of the Order, which this department will emulate. The physical test won’t cause you any worry. Nor will the neither morality nor aptitude tests. Those are standard. The one you will have the most trouble with is the Ministry protocol evaluation. Let’s face facts here. You and etiquette don’t exactly belong in the same sentence, Ron.”

“Protocol, like which fork to use first?”

“That, yes, as well you need to know which topics to avoid when speaking with an ambassador to the muggles or to France, who to greet first when faced with representatives of equal stature. I’m sure Luna is an expert by now, having worked for her dad’s paper. She can coach you. Hermione is well versed, herself. I can help too. We’ll stage mock tests to make sure you are comfortable, if you choose to pursue this.”

“Well there isn’t much doubt there. Luna is expecting,” Ron stated evenly.

“That’s brilliant, mate!” exclaimed Harry. Lupin added his congratulations and they all drank to Ron and Luna’s coming baby. They heard shrieks from the other room and knew Luna had shared the news as well.

Soon the guests all left. Harry and Hermione headed up to bed. “Did you need me to let you get ready for bed?” asked Hermione.

“Thanks,” muttered Harry appreciating her consideration.

She went into the bathroom took care of her nighttime routine, while Harry took care of his own in the loo down the hall. He removed his brackles and struggled into bed.

She came into the room wearing a flowing gown of shimmering white. “I’ve never seen anything as beautiful as you look right now…” he said unable to take his eyes off of her.

She smiled demurely and blushed at his compliments. “This old thing?” she asked as she pulled the gown over her head, before tossing it to the floor. She crawled in beside him and into his awaiting arms.

“I stand corrected…” he smiled, feasting his eyes on her body.

She straddled his hips, carefully avoiding putting any pressure on his bound legs. “I can’t wait until you can truly make love to me…” she sighed.

“Isn’t that what we’ve done?” he asked.

“Well, yes, but…”

“You look forward to a time when I can genuinely and fully participate, rather than just lying here…”

Hermione laughed. “You do much more than that, love…”

Harry chuckled. “Let me see if I can make you fly…” he whispered. Her eyes grew wide in surprise as he levitated them a few inches off the bed.

“Harry! Put me down this instant!” she shrieked.

“It’s only a couple of inches. I won’t let you fall…” he murmured reassuringly. “I’ll distract you…hang on just a sec” He slid his floating body down until his head was positioned at her bent knees. He gently trailed kisses across her knees and started up her thigh until she had no more thoughts, much less worries.

Very late into the night they were holding each other close and revisiting the earlier party. “Do you think Ron will accept?” asked Hermione.

“I’m almost positive he will. He was asking about the Ministry screenings and if they were difficult.” he responded.

“You didn’t give him false hope, did you? I’ve heard they were very difficult.” Hermione warned.

“I told him that with a bit of study most should be a piece of cake and that the one he’d struggle with is the protocol test. I told him that Luna should be able to help him and we’d both help as well.”

“I’ll help all I can. But I’m soon getting a full patient rotation. I’m going to be working very hard now that I’ve been certified as a full Healer.” she told him.

“I understand that. My schedule is picking up as well. I’m sure Luna will take the brunt of it. We can make up some practice tests when the time comes. We worked it out for our N.E.W.T.s, we’ll sort it out again.”

“I hope so,” she said. “This is a wonderful opportunity for Ron. You are a true friend.”

“No, I am a true Auror. I want the best and he is it. There is no nepotism involved.” Hermione gave him a skeptical look. “Well, maybe just a little. I trust him and want my department full of people I can trust. If we needed a Healer in the department, you’d be my first choice as well.”

“Oh, I couldn’t work for you, Harry,” she stated honestly.

“Why not?” he asked with a hurt tone in his voice.

“Harry, we are getting married. Most married people cannot work together, especially if one is in a position of authority over the other. It just causes problems.”

“We aren’t ‘most people’…” he answered.

“Can you honestly tell me that if I screwed up massively at work, you could leave it at work and not have it affect our home life?”

“I see your point; however you could never screw up like that. We wouldn’t have to worry.”

“Alright… let’s look at it a different way. A massive raid is coming up. You are planning to go, just in a supervisory capacity. If things go bad, will you be able to listen to me and not get involved?”

“You know me better than that,” he said. “If things go bad, I’d HAVE to get involved. You wouldn’t try to stop me.”

“Or let’s say, I was under suspicion, could you make love to me and still keep it from me. Your reputation precedes you on that, my dear. You’d spill it before your breathing rate returned to normal. I’m just glad the Death Eaters didn’t know your little secret…”

“Okay. OKAY! I get your point. The question is do you get mine?” he asked.

“Yes, I do. Your point is that we worked well together before and you trust me and can’t get enough of my company.”

“Give the lady a biscuit, she got it exactly correct,” Harry teased.

“With our schedules going mad, are we going to be able to still see each other?” she asked.

“We’ll make time,” he answered. “If you were to move in like I asked, you would save at least a half hour twice a day.”

“I do worry about Crookshanks. He’s not a kitten anymore.” she answered. “I just…didn’t want to really move in until we are married. Call me old fashioned if you want, but as long as I can call my parents’ house home, I feel more comfortable about staying here with you.”

“I’m not pushing you; I was only suggesting it as a way to make more time. If it helps you to keep things at their house then by all means continue to do so. I only want you to be happy. That’s all.”

“Well, I have to work tomorrow, so I am going to very unhappy if I don’t get some sleep,” she concluded and snuggled into him and allowed sleep to overtake her.

Harry lay awake for several hours going over things in his mind before he joined her in slumber.

28. Seen and Unforeseen

Seen and Unforeseen

Chapter 28

Seen and Unforeseen

The next few weeks were the busiest Harry had known in years. He was in his office at Ministry Headquarters from daybreak until long after dark. Hermione was working just as much. He hadn’t seen her awake in days and he was getting concerned. He stayed home later one morning just to reestablish contact with her.

“Good morning,” he said softly as she turned off her alarm.

“Harry! What are you doing here?” she asked.

“I live here, remember?” he teased.

“Don’t you have a meeting this morning or something?”

“I rescheduled a few things so I could see your beautiful brown eyes for once. I’ve been sleeping when you’ve been awake and vice versa for too long. I missed you.”

“I’ve missed you, too, but you’ll have to look quickly. I need to be at St Mungo’s in a half hour,” she said as she raced to get ready for work.

Harry climbed into the shower behind her with his brackles on and placed wet kisses on her neck.

“Harry!” she shrieked. “I don’t have time for this right now and you shouldn’t be getting those wet. They may rust.”

“Screw the rust…” he said as he continued to fondle her.

“Harry, as much as I’m enjoying this and as much as I want it, I just can’t right now. I’m late as it is.”

“I’ll help you,” he offered.

“I know how you help. Just please, leave me be and let me get ready.” she begged.

Harry left the shower and began to get ready for work himself. He’d known she was in a hurry, but that didn’t lessen the feeling of rejection. He apparated to his office in a foul mood.

Ron arrived shortly after and brought tea and muffins in to Harry. Harry declined the muffins, unable to forget what they reminded him of.

“Have you heard if I passed yet?” Ron asked gobbling a muffin in one bite.

“No,” replied Harry. “We should hear anytime now. Don’t worry, mate. I almost failed the protocol test myself. They’ll let you take it over if you don’t pass.”

“Luna will kill me if I flunked it,” Ron explained. “We spent hours going over it. I’d bloody well better have passed. I resigned from the team yesterday.”

Harry raised his eyebrows at Ron. “That sure, are you?”

“A reserve keeper doesn’t pay very much. I want the best of everything for Luna and the baby. This is the best way I know to provide that.”

Word soon came down that Ron had passed all of his exams and tests. Harry broke out a bottle of firewhiskey to celebrate. Tonks and Lupin joined the impromptu party. Many details regarding the office were ironed out among the four. Many more were tabled as the influence of alcohol rendered the solutions rather silly.

Lupin and Tonks went to grab a bite as Ron and Harry remained behind. Harry decided to take the opportunity to question Ron regarding Hermione.

“Have you talked to Hermione lately?” he asked in a mock casual voice.

”Yeah, we had lunch the other day. They sure are working her hard. She hasn’t had a day off in more than ten days, but of course, you know that better than I.” Ron replied.

“Do I?” Harry snorted. She’d been too busy to have lunch with him. When he’d finally gotten her to agree, she’d owled him at the restaurant and cancelled. She didn’t cancel with Ron, he noticed. He wondered when she’d stop sleeping with him. Her parents’ house was closer to St Mungo’s. He knew that was next.

He and Ron discussed plans for the department and the revisions needed to Harry’s furniture to make him able to use his desk while standing. They’d tried to levitate it; however it was too unstable to write on. Running out of options, they lengthened the legs of the desk to a comfortable height. It looked ridiculous, in Harry’s opinion. He knew it could be temporary, depending on his leg strength, but he didn’t like it. He’d have to tolerate it for now.

Many people stopped by throughout the day; though not the person he was desperate to see. He’d sent Hedwig with a note to see if she was free for lunch. She wasn’t. He’d asked her to meet him for dinner. She couldn’t. He felt as if she were avoiding him. He tried to keep his insecurities at bay and was finding it to be difficult.

He’d asked Lupin, who was at the house, to owl him if she returned. He’d received nothing yet. He attempted to look through the tall stack of C.V’s and decided it could wait until the next day. He arrived to home to find Lupin had turned in for the night. Harry couldn’t bring himself to wake him although he craved the man’s insight. It was past midnight when Harry went to bed.

He awoke early a few days later to see that Hermione had never joined him in bed. As he tried to ward off the depression that followed that discovery; a knock sounded at the door.

“Yes?” answered Harry.

“Just seeing if you required my assistance this morning.” replied Lupin.

“Yes, please come in.” Harry returned.

While was being helped by Lupin, he couldn’t restrain himself from inquiring, “Did you see Hermione last night? She didn’t stay over.”

“She stopped by at about 7:30 for a bit. She was gathering some of her things to stay at the hospital. There was a brawl after a quidditch match and she was on duty to help patch everyone up. She said she was just going to stay there since she had to work this morning again.”

“I see,” said Harry. “Did she mention leaving me a note or something?”

“Ah…” said Lupin in understanding, “I don’t believe there was time for much of anything when she was here. Like I said, she just grabbed a few personal items and apparated back to the hospital. Don’t worry, son, it won’t last forever. Her schedule will return to normal before you know it. So will yours.”

“I wish she’d just talk to me. She had lunch with Ron twice that I know of. She said ‘Hello’ to you. I stayed home a day or two ago to see her and she’d have none of it…” Harry relayed.

“Did you try to talk to her then?” Lupin asked.

“I tried, but there was no time. She jumped out of bed and into the shower. I followed her, but she chucked me out,” confessed Harry. “Maybe she’s had second thoughts and is afraid I’ll go nutters if she breaks it off.”

“You don’t really think that, do you?”

“No….yes….I just don’t know.” Harry shrugged.

“She loves you just as she has done for the last decade. You both just have extremely busy schedules right now. It’ll sort itself out. Trust me.” consoled Lupin. Harry didn’t look convinced. “Did I tell you about the time when your mum was pregnant with you and your dad was frequently gone on missions for the Order?”

Harry shook his head. He felt his spirits lift at the thought that his parents had gone through the same thing as he was experiencing now.

“When your father finally returned home, Lily chucked him right back out. She swore he was seeing another witch since she was ‘as big as a dragon’ she’d said. He stayed a few days with Sirius, hoping she would calm down and listen to him. It took a visit from Dumbledore before she would hear him out. Sirius just kept him plied with firewhiskey, which I’m not sure helped matters at all. Her nerves were just all out of whack because of her pregnancy. He told her what he’d been up to and she felt horrible for treating him the way she did. The moral is that all couples go through this. Even though you feel alone right now, she’s here…” Lupin placed a finger to Harry’s heart. “…and she’s here…” he next touched Harry’s head. “…Don’t throw everything away just because for right now she’s not here.” Lupin indicated Harry’s hand. “I’ll be gone for the next few days for full moon. Don’t do anything rash without talking to me, alright?”

Harry agreed and finished getting himself ready. He enjoyed hearing stories of the parents he didn’t remember. It made them seem more real to him and made him feel more normal. While he was embarrassed to admit to Lupin that he was questioning himself and his relationship with Hermione, he was glad they’d talked as he felt much better.

Harry decided to give her the time she needed to adjust to her new position. He found that while it was easy to say, it was harder to put into action. He was sure that once she finished her internship, her schedule would become more normal. He knew she’d still have long hours, but he would as well.

The week passed quickly. Harry had received a note from Hermione that said that she missed him; however he still hadn’t seen her. She’d started sleeping at her parents’ house to save time. She could pay attention to and feed Crookshanks before she left for work, saving a trip home to do so.

He’d had a bad night last night and had many cuts and bruises on his face, not to mention over his entire body, other than his weak legs. He’d left his brackles on to provide extra protection so that he didn’t relapse into complete bed rest again just as his department was coming together. It had slipped his mind to use the straightjacket charm he’d used in the past. It was as if part of him wanted Hermione to come and save him from himself. He laughed at the notion. He’d always dealt with things himself and felt weak for needing to rely on someone else. Lupin had found him in his hideaway the next morning and was annoyed to know that Harry had put up a silencing spell in order to not bother anyone. Harry didn’t want anyone other than Hermione to assist him in dealing with the nightmares. She would run her fingers through his hair and remind him of the future, their future together. It seemed after one of Harry’s bad nights was the time they got the most of their wedding preparations done. They had two plans, one if Harry was required to have a public circus-like service for the Ministry and foreign dignitaries and another plan in case they could have a small ceremony in the garden.

Harry had sent flowers to her office the day before and not received a word in response. He’d asked her to lunch on countless occasions only to be turned down. He realized her schedule was as full as was his. What he couldn’t understand was why he seemed to be her lowest priority. He had an appointment with Healer Strankford the following day and promised himself that he’d at least say hello to her while he was there.

Harry arrived early for his afternoon appointment. Not wanting to wait any longer to see the woman he loved, he gingerly opened her office door. He saw her instantly. What he hadn’t expected to see was his fiancée wrapped in the arms of another man. Harry looked on in shock at the couple. They weren’t kissing, he noted, however she was in his arms. He recognized the Healer’s robes, but didn’t know the wizard wearing them.

“Have I come at a bad time?” Harry asked bitterly. He then disapperated as quickly as he possibly could, forgetting all about his appointment and left the two to stare after him in shock.

29. The Cats Among the Pixies Now

The Cat’s Among the Pixies Now

Chapter 29

The Cat’s Among the Pixies Now

Upon arriving home, Harry sent Hedwig to the office to give Ron a note letting him know that he wouldn’t be in the remainder of the day. He’d tried to tell himself that he hadn’t seen what his eyes told him he saw. He tried telling himself that he was misunderstanding the situation. He refused to believe that Hermione had betrayed him. He wouldn’t believe that without hearing it from her lips. What made him furious was that he had tried so damned hard to get her attention, tried so hard to spend time with her. The white-hot anger he felt soothed his battered soul. He found the tray of fluted glasses on the bar and hurled them one by one toward the fireplace, relishing the sound as they shattered in turn. He then grabbed trays of bar glasses from behind the counter ready to throw those as well.

Ron entered at a run. “Harry!” he called expecting the worst. ”Are you alright?”

Harry didn’t say a word; he just hurled a carafe at the fireplace with a groan of effort. He picked up the next fragile object within reach and chucked it. The windows of the room shattered as well from accidental magic. Ron looked on in shock. He’d heard of Harry’s legendary temper; however he’d never before seen his friend completely lose his usually rigid control over it completely

“What’s happened?” asked Ron gingerly not wanting to be the next target. “Did your appointment not go well?”

“MY APPOINTMENT??” Harry shouted at the top of his lungs. “I FORGOT ABOUT THE BLOODY APPOINTMENT! Seeing your fiancée embracing another man tends to supercede everything else in your mind, don’t you think?”

“Hermione?” Ron asked in disbelief. “Hermione wouldn’t do that to you, mate! You must have misunderstood what you saw.”

“How can I misunderstand what I saw?” asked Harry with vehemence. “The git’s arms were around her. She was laying her head on his shoulder. I misunderstood nothing!”

“You don’t think they’re…..”

“No, Hermione wouldn’t do that to me. If anything, it was an innocent embrace between friends or at worst, the start of a new relationship.”

“Then why all the chucking, mate?” queried Ron. “It sounds kind of dodgy but if you don’t think she’s cheating…then…”

“Do you know the last time I’ve seen her?” Harry retorted. “A week… the last time I’ve talked to her?... two weeks... the last time I’ve kissed her?… again two weeks… the last time we touched…over a month…the last…”

“Hold up there, mate. We’re straying dangerously close to ‘too much information’ here.”

“I’ve tried everything I know, Ron!. I’ve sent her flowers, gifts, lunch invitations, offered to bring lunch to her, owl post, notes in her robe pockets. I don’t know how else to tell her that I miss her and I need to see her. She won’t even talk to me. She never comes over anymore. We had a lunch date finally after two weeks and I get an owl at the restaurant saying she can’t make it! It’s just too much! You had lunch with her at least twice. Lupin has talked to her. What did I do to deserve this? If I didn’t have the examination today, Merlin knows how long it would continue!” Harry finished his rant and slumped his shoulders in defeat.

“You need to talk to her, mate. You aren’t getting anywhere this way. I’ve known something was wrong. I reckoned it was the stress of setting up the department.”

“How do I manage to talk to her when she is avoiding me?” Harry asked incredulously.

“Maybe if I talk to her?” offered Ron.

“No,” replied Harry. “I don’t want to put you in the middle. Just because my relationship with her is in the toilet, doesn’t mean yours is. Even if this doesn’t work out, I won’t come between you. I won’t let that change the other relationships we’ve got.” Harry spied the bottle of firewhiskey and attempted to drain it without benefit of a glass.

Lupin rushed into the room. “Harry!” he gasped out of breath. “There you are. Hermione is in a panic looking for you. She came by the office in quite a state. What did you do to her?”

Rather than the white-hot anger Harry expected to fill him again, he was surprised by the ice that seemed to permeate his veins. “I had to have done something, did I, Remus?” Harry spat in a deadly cold tone. “I thank you for that show of confidence. I’ll now have to ask you to leave before I say something I might regret later.”

Remus looked at Harry in shock at his detached words.

Ron chimed in, “I think Harry needs some time to sort himself out. Come along and I’ll fill you in. Harry, if I see Hermione I’ll tell her where to find you.”

“She knows where I live. I forbid you to find her and send her here!” Harry scoffed, raising the bottle again.

Remus allowed Ron to escort him out the door. What seemed only a few minutes later, Harry was enjoying the unemotional bliss of that accompanies too much alcohol in a short time span.

“Can I come in, Harry?” he heard from the door.

“Hermione! How nice of you to stop by…” said Harry with distinctly cold sarcasm.

“Harry, I know you are furious at me. I don’t blame you one bit. If you’d stayed I would’ve explained…” said Hermione in a rush of words.

“And if I hadn’t walked in, how long would it have taken for you to tell me what’s going on?” snapped Harry.

“What did you think was going on?” Hermione asked accusingly.

“That part I don’t know. I haven’t ranked high enough on your schedule to find out, you see.”

“I’m not having an affair with Alexander, if that’s what you’ve cooked up in that head of yours. I deserve at least a little trust after all these years.” Hermione spat back at him.

“Did I accuse you of betraying me? I said ‘I don’t know what’s going on” full stop. And why don’t I know, you may ask? I sure as hell asked myself that question many times over the past weeks. I’ve tried everything I could possibly think of to get your attention and what did I get in return? Two bloody notes. ‘Something came up, Harry. Enjoy your lunch!’ and ‘Sorry I can’t make it, Harry. I miss you’! Fifteen sodding words over a span of three weeks are exactly what I got. Now, you are the smart one, tell me what precisely I missed when reading those words. I ask again, if I hadn’t walked in on you, how long would it have taken for you to tell me what’s going on?”

“What do you want me to say?” she whispered, tears rolling down her face.

Harry struggled between wanting to hold and comfort her and wanting to shout at her for hurting him. “Tell me the truth,” he said finally. “All I’m asking is to know what’s happening to us. You’ve always been able to talk to me before about anything.”

“I’ve never been pregnant before…” she said slowly. Harry looked at her in astonishment. “I didn’t know how to react. I didn’t know how you’d react. I’m a Healer for Merlin’s sake! I counsel unwed pregnant witches! How am I supposed to feel when I make the same mistake?”

Harry’s eyes retook their former cold element. “A mistake?” he whispered in disbelief.

“Well, there’s nothing to worry about now. I miscarried two days ago. Alexander is the Healer that has been treating me.” she justified. “It was his shoulder you saw me crying on.”

“Why wasn’t it mine?” Harry asked. “I don’t deserve to know? Have I been reduced in your mind to sperm donor?”

“Don’t be crude, Harry, and stop feeling all misunderstood.”

“Maybe it’s best if you just leave.” Harry said coldly.

“Harry, don’t do this, please” she begged, grabbing at his arm to prevent him from turning away. “I should have come to you. I know that. I was scared. Can’t you understand what I was feeling? I would have told you once I had it sorted out, and then it was too late.”

“You’ve had weeks, Hermione.” charged Harry. “You couldn’t even acknowledge my gifts. I think I deserve a little time as well.”

Hermione tugged her emerald engagement ring from her finger and laid it on the bar in front of him, turned and left. Harry stood in place for the longest time, tears rolling down his own cheeks before he could get them in check.

After sorting himself out, Harry returned to the office and buried himself in his work. He didn’t want to think about his broken engagement, much less talk about it. The others in the office gave him wide berth.

When he finally became too tired to think, he apparated home and proceeded to drink his pain away.

“May I have a word, Harry? Lupin asked gently.

Harry nodded without a pause in his efforts to get thoroughly drunk.

“I’m sorry I misjudged you, Harry. When Hermione told me about everything, I urged her to come to you. I told her what pain you were in and how confused you were. I thought that she’d told to you and you’d hurt her in some way, not physically…” he rushed to add at Harry’s scowl. ”…just didn’t react in the way she needed. I jumped to conclusions and I apologize.”

“She told you…” Harry stated evenly.

“Yes, about a week ago. I promised to keep her secret. I urged her to talk to you, Harry, but I won’t divulge a confidence no matter how close you and I are. I’m sure you respect that of me just as I respect it of you. I know there are things that you will take to the grave, son. Don’t hold it against me when I have something I can’t tell you.”

“That’s not it at all, Remus. I know if you give your word, then you are bound by that. What I’m having trouble dealing with is that she kept it from me. I was so close to having all my dreams come true and I don’t know about it until they were already shattered.”

“What do you mean?” Lupin asked.

“As far back as I can remember, my only dream, my only wish was for a family. At Christmas when I’d be locked in my cupboard watching Dudley open his presents, I’d tell myself that if I had a family they’d give me more presents than he got. And when I got older, I’d tell myself when I had my own family there would be this giant tree, that wouldn’t be plastic, buried in presents for my family, so that they wouldn’t know what it felt like to be left out. I planned how each person would get the same number of presents as everyone else and how we’d include little joke gifts like the hangers and tissues Aunt Petunia used to give me. How we’d laugh at each other’s attempts to give the strangest present…”

“You can still have that, Harry. That dream isn’t shattered. That infant wasn’t meant to be. I know it hurts to lose a child and I don’t mean to belittle that loss. You and Hermione are still young enough to have a houseful of children. The time just isn’t right now.”

“I hear what you are saying, and I appreciate your words, but I can’t help but think that if she can cut me out of her life so easily, keep such a secret from me, that maybe, just maybe, I don’t know her as well as I thought I did. She called the baby…my baby…our baby… a mistake!” Harry drew a heavy sigh. “Maybe her breaking our engagement is for the best. I feel like such a fool, Remus. I should know better. There’s no ‘happily ever after’ in my future and I was deluding myself for thinking there could be. I was born for a specific purpose. I did that. To my cost, I did it. If I can prevent someone else from carrying the burdens I’ve struggled with, then I can consider my life worthwhile.” He looked at Lupin and found, to his annoyance, sympathy in the older man’s expression. “I’m not feeling sorry for myself, quite the opposite actually. How many people can say they’ve accomplished their goals by the age of twenty-five? Anything that happens beyond that is bonus.”

“You remind me so much of your mother,” Lupin replied. “She, also, tried to keep things in perspective. I remember when she and James were planning on going into hiding. She had a party to celebrate the friends they had and the fun times they’d have again. The last part wasn’t meant to be but the sentiment is what helped them to carry on. Think of your future, Harry. Carry on like your mum tried to do. If you don’t, then Voldemort won in the end. Now that this conversation has gone completely maudlin, might I suggest a glass for your firewhiskey, or at the very least sharing?” Harry and Remus talked long into the wee hours, accomplishing little beyond getting thoroughly pissed.

Finally the day arrived that Harry both dreaded and anticipated. He’d rescheduled his missed appointment with Healer Strankford, and then he was slated to testify at Draco Malfoy’s trial.

Hermione was there at his examination, but that wasn’t to be helped. She’d been his personal Healer for months. He was anxious about seeing her again. They hadn’t kept in touch since they broke off. This was the longest they’d ever gone without speaking. Ron had dutifully kept each informed of the other’s well being.

Hermione avoided his eyes as she waved her wand over him. She’d talked to Lupin and knew how Harry was feeling about things, but she couldn’t bring herself to apologize. She knew she’d handled things badly. She knew exactly what she should have done. That fact didn’t change anything.

Harry watched Hermione’s detached attitude as she checked him out. He wanted to be alright again…for her. Maybe if he wasn’t injured she wouldn’t have been afraid to tell him. Maybe if he didn’t have such emotional baggage, she would have come to him crying with joy over their child. Maybe he’d be rubbish at parenthood anyway. It didn’t matter. He knew she no longer wanted him. He knew that even their friendship was over. His worst fear had come to be and there wasn’t a damn thing he could do about it.

Healer Strankford came in to see how he was doing. “You seem to be making progress, Mr. Potter. These ‘brackles’ as you’ve dubbed them have certainly aided your recovery. They seem to be using the muscles enough to prevent degeneration, while giving the bones a chance to strengthen on their own. It is my firm belief that this next round of Skele-gro may be your last. Your leg bones are reading 52.6% strength, which is almost enough to bear the weight of your body. I think after the next round of Skele-gro, your reading will be in the 60’s, which is adequate to resume regular activity. It’s not perfect, but it’s the best we can hope for. For your part, you need to remain away from curses…permanently. I notice you are a ‘behind the scenes’ guy now. That will help. Healer Granger” he addressed a bemused Hermione. She was so happy for Harry. “Healer Granger, will you be administering Mr. Potter’s treatment?”

“No…I…” she stammered unsure of what to say.

“I can take my treatment at Hogwarts. Madam Pomfrey has offered her services to assist me. I don’t want to burden Healer Granger any more than I have already.” said Harry in an even tone.

“Very well, then. I want to see you two days after your treatment for evaluation. If the readings are above 65%, I can clear you for active duty again, however we both know that isn’t in your best interest. Agreed?”

“Agreed.” stated Harry who was still studying Hermione. “Yeah, okay” He hadn’t been paying much attention; his focus was mainly on his former fiancée. It hurt to see her and remember what they had, remember what could have been. He steeled his resolve and listened to the Healer.

“How is your new post working out for you?” Healer Strankford asked. The Healer was acutely aware of the tension in the room, as well as his colleague’s recent loss. “How do you like being a top Ministry Wizard?”

“I like it fine. The department is just about all set. We’ve been doing a bit here and there, but next month is when we really set out to work. Right now, we’re just closing some loose ends. After this I’m to testify against Malfoy…”

Hermione flinched as he said this, remembering the last time. She felt as if her world would end if she didn’t have one last kiss. She restrained herself with great effort. She wouldn’t allow Harry to face Malfoy thinking she didn’t love him.

Healer Strankford left and Harry made ready to leave as well. He refastened the brackles and got dressed in his Ministry robes.

“Don’t go, Harry. Let someone else testify,” she begged.

“When have I ever let someone else do my job? What does it matter to you anyway?” he answered coldly.

“I still care about you,” she said. “I’m begging you not to do this. You could be hurt, permanently this time. I know you haven’t found a bodyguard yet. Please don’t do this.”

“You have given up your right to ask me anything. You’ve given up your right to care when you removed my ring from your finger. I have a job to do, so do you. I suggest we both get out of here and do the job we were paid to do.”

“Kiss me before you go, then. That’s all I’ll ask, one kiss. If anything happens, at least the last thing I’ll remember won’t be us fighting.” She walked up to him and wrapped her arms around him. He lowered his lips to hers in a brief, yet intense kiss. His entire being wanted to open to her explorations, but he held fast to his restraint and broke the contact.

“I’ve got to go, see you...” he stated as quickly floated out of the examination room, his head spinning.

Harry forgot Hermione, forgot St Mungo’s as he let his training take over upon entering the Ministry. He signed in with the clerk and made his way down to Old Courtroom Ten. He wasn’t pleased that the hearing would be held in the same place he’d been held captive. He reminded himself of his duty and moved on toward the courtroom. He went into a side door to wait with the other witnesses. He’d gone over his testimony many times with Shacklebolt, although he wasn’t likely to forget the details of his capture soon.

Shacklebolt was already there and looked to be waiting for Harry. They weren’t allowed to discuss the case; however a few significant hand gestures and eye movements told Harry that he was in for a long afternoon.

30. Harry's Tales

Harry’s Tales

Chapter 31

Harry’s Tales

After several hours of silent communication with Shacklebolt, it was Harry’s turn to enter the courtroom. As he had expected, Draco Malfoy was being tried by the entire Wizengamot. There were many new faces peering down at him than when he’d been tried back in fifth year. Amelia Bones, now Minister Bones, was presiding. He saw Malfoy in the chair Harry had once occupied, except the chains that had lain dormant at Harry’s trial were secured firmly around Malfoy’s wrists and ankles. Draco sat there with his customary sneer on his face as if he were the one in charge.

“Officer Potter, please bear with me for the first few questions, as we all know the answers. We need some things stated for the record…”

“Yes, Minister Bones,” he answered.

“Officer Potter, please be seated.”

“I can’t.”

“Please state the reason for your refusal.”

“I am wearing a brace to support my weight, rather than my legs.”

“Why would you need this brace?”

“I suffered injuries during my captivity that make it necessary.”

“What type of injuries did you sustain?”

“Reducto curses took out my knees and shattered my legs.”

“Who cursed you?”

“I’m not certain.”

“How has this affected your career? Are there long term ramifications?”

Harry was going to enjoy this. He leveled a look right at Malfoy, who was almost gleefully awaiting the answer. “I was forced to resign as an Auror, Minister Bones.” Draco smiled in what could only be described as pride. Harry was waiting for this. “However my career has not suffered. In fact, I have done very well since the attack. I am now a Head of the Department of Ministry Intelligence.” Harry saw the amusement drain from Malfoy’s face and found that it was as enjoyable as he’d expected.

“Please tell us in your own words what happened on the day of Mr. Malfoy’s last hearing.”

Harry related his version of what happened to the rapt gallery. He stole glances over at Malfoy, who listened and beamed as if being praised for his actions.

When he was finished, he was asked to relate the raids leading up to the trial and the evidence he had collected regarding Malfoy and the events of the Final Defeat. With all of Harry’s evidence submitted, he was dismissed. He stole a look over at Malfoy, who was starting to get the tiniest glimmer of fear in his eyes. The pointy-faced man had no idea the mountain of evidence against him was so compelling. Harry gave him a wink as he left.

Harry was exhausted. He’d just told some of his worst experiences of his life to a room filled with virtual strangers. It wasn’t as bad as the article was, but he still felt exposed. He was glad it was over. He’d seen Hermione at the Ministry; however she walked the other direction upon seeing him. He poured himself a glass of wine and retreated to the balcony leading from his bedroom. He knew he couldn’t hide from his house elves and their attempts to “feed him up properly”, but he owed it to himself to try and postpone the hassle.

If he were interested, he knew the sunset would be breathtaking from the other balcony. He wasn’t interested. He wanted to lie on his chaise and refrain from thinking. He felt wrung out and bone weary. He decided to escape his troubled thoughts by grabbing a kip right where he was.

Harry was startled awake by the storm in progress. He knew he wasn’t in the safest place, but was reluctant to move. He was too tired to attempt to levitate himself to a standing position anyway. As the lightning flashed and the thunder rumbled, Harry laid on his chaise, getting soaked to the skin.

“Harry Potter, sir, mustn’t be sleeping like this. You is needing a nice warm bath before dinner.”

“I’m fine, Dobby” he muttered, shivering and wet.

“Miss will be angry with Dobby, if Harry Potter is getting ill. Miss says to Dobby she is trusting Dobby to take care of Harry Potter, because Harry Potter isn’t doing it himself!”

“Hermione was here?” Harry asked. “When?”

“Miss stopped by this afternoon, Harry Potter, sir.”

Harry felt disgruntled that she had come again when she knew he wouldn’t be there. He felt the anger creep back into his conscious thought. Suddenly he was too restless to sleep. He levitated to a standing position. Dobby returned to let Harry know his bath was ready.

Harry went into the loo and struggled out of his sodden brace, thinking of the day when he’d no longer need them. He’d contacted Madam Pomfrey via owl post and arranged to treatment for the following night. He worm-crawled into the tub and let his thoughts carry him away.

“I love to watch you when you think you are alone,” Hermione stated. “You are always so inexpressive, but in unguarded moments, I can almost read your mind.”

“Oh, yeah?” he queried. “What am I thinking?”

“Let’s see…when you first came out, you were thinking of how nice it is to be fairly mobile again. Then, you remembered what occurred between us last night and were flooded with second thoughts.”

“Not second thoughts exactly…” he corrected. “Disbelief, yes…astonishment, absolutely. The rest of your pronouncement was spot on.”

“How can she know me so well and still misjudge me so very badly?” he asked aloud to no one in particular.

“Because she was scared…” came the answer from the doorway. “May I come in?” Lupin asked. “I’ve come to see if you needed help.”

“Enter,” returned Harry grabbing a towel for modesty. With all Lupin had been aiding him with, he knew it was ridiculous, but it made him feel better so he did it.

“Before I get out, I want to show you something,” said Harry. He walked across the length of the pool and back before reclining to be lifted out. Lupin levitated Harry out of the water and suspended him to replace the braces.

“That was amazing, Harry!” proclaimed Lupin. “What did your Healer say?”

“I am almost a point where my legs can bear my weight. I have an appointment at Hogwarts for my last round of treatment, and then I see him again for a final determination. He thinks I’ll be to a point where I’ll be on my own. I’ll have to take that one potion, probably for the rest of my life. If that’s the worst, then I can count myself lucky. The bone strengthening potion isn’t as bad as some.”

“What are you going to do about Hermione?” Lupin asked gently as he tugged Harry down the steps.

Harry removed himself from Lupin’s grasp as soon as they reached the bottom. “What can I do?” he asked. “She broke the engagement, not me.” Harry waved a hand toward the bar where the emerald ring sat where she’d left it.

“Did you give her any choice?” Lupin asked. “I’m not accusing you of anything, Harry” the older man stated at Harry’s scowl. “I’m trying to help you sort out what you want to happen next. Now, I asked, ‘did you give her any choice?’ Harry, think back to when you first heard about the prophecy. That was life altering information. Think of how you felt, how you wanted to pull away from everyone, especially Dumbledore, who you subconsciously blamed for your turmoil. I’m guessing that Hermione was in a similar state of mind.”

“I remember that. I wanted to be around people, but when I was around them, I wanted to be alone. I couldn’t decide what I wanted. That part I understand. What I don’t understand is why not talk to the person involved? The prophecy set me apart from everyone. It took both of us to create a baby. She should have come to me. I begged her for weeks.”

“I’m not saying she acted rationally. I bet if anyone asked her, she’d be the first to admit she’d acted foolishly,” Lupin stated.

“If anyone asked her but me, you mean. I can’t take this, Remus. She acts like she doesn’t even recognize me at times, then others she’s all over me. I don’t know what to expect.”

“She was all over you?” Lupin asked surprised.

“At St Mungo’s, after my examination. She asked me not to testify, and then she kissed me.”

“How did you react?” Lupin asked.

“Not the way she wanted apparently. At the Ministry, she was back to pretending I was a stranger,” Harry hung his head at the memory.

“How do you think she wanted you to respond?”

“It wasn’t hard to guess. Let’s just say she wanted a deeper kiss than I was comfortable with.” said Harry, his face going red.

“I’m not trying to pry. I’m just trying to determine where her head is. So, she kissed you and you didn’t respond…”

Harry replied, “I didn’t say that exactly.” He exhaled loudly before continuing. “I kissed her back. I just…I…held myself in check. Yeah, I held myself in check.”

Lupin laughed heartily at Harry’s discomfort. “What do you mean you held yourself in check?”

“You want me to spell it out?” Harry almost shouted.

“If you don’t mind” stated Lupin firmly. “Like I said, I’m trying to figure out what happened to today and why.”

“I’m not at all comfortable talking about this” Harry admitted. “She kissed me. I kissed her in return. She…she…I didn’t want to get into a ‘Tongue Tango’ in the middle of St Mungo’s, alright? And then arrive at the Ministry ‘pitching a tent’, so to speak. Merlin’s Beard, I would have loved to just take her right there!”

“You love her. You miss her. Why don’t you go and get her?” simplified Lupin.

“She doesn’t want me!” Harry shouted.

“Consider for a moment, if you will, that you had kissed her and she’d backed away. Would you feel embarrassed? Would you be intent on avoiding her? Would that stop you from wanting her?” Lupin explained. “She could possibly be waiting for you to make the next move, unwilling to be turned down again.”

“I didn’t turn her down,” Harry admitted. “I just didn’t give her what she wanted. Ah, I see your point. I didn’t start this! She’s always on me. ‘Talk to me, Harry”, “You can’t keep this all bottled up, Harry’, or ‘It’ll be better if you talk about it, Harry’. I didn’t see her doing much talking when I was begging her to see me!”

“I purchased new barware, if you want to have a go of it.” Lupin offered. “Some of the old didn’t quite take to the Reparo charm after their…er…flight.”

Harry felt a pang of guilt at the thought of causing Lupin to shop for new barware. “Er…no, I don’t think that’s necessary right now.”

“Want me to ask Hermione over? I can leave discreetly if it goes well.”

“I doubt she’ll come if I’m here and I don’t want to trick her into talking to me. That wouldn’t be fair to her. Ask her if you want.”

“I’ll ask her if you want. Didn’t you say once how much you hated eating alone? Besides, Dobby will be ecstatic to see the two of you together. He’s been very upset.”

“I noticed,” Harry grumbled. His house elf had been spying on Harry for days as if to make sure his employer wasn’t going mad.

Lupin tossed a bit of floo powder into the fire and stuck his head in. Harry went into the kitchen to avoid looking anxious. He found Winky hard at work preparing a large ham for dinner. Harry pinched off a bit and put it in his mouth.

“You is going to ruin Master Potter’s dinner. You is getting out of Winky’s kitchen.”

“Hi, Winky,” said Harry ignoring her chastisement. “I was never allowed to sample prior to dinner before. The ham is very good.”

Winky got a soft look in her eyes. “Master is to be careful not to be sneaking too much. You is not to ruin your dinner. Winky is making up for Master’s bad treatment as a child.”

Harry felt guilty about playing the deprived child card with the house elf, but not badly enough to stop snacking on the delicious dishes she was making. He tried a finger of icing here, a green bean there. When he was satisfied that he’d tried everything, he went back into the living room.

Lupin turned from the fireplace, soot in his hair. “She’s coming,” he said proudly.

“She knows I’m home?” asked Harry.

“Yes. I asked her join us for dinner. I’m sure Winky made nearly a feast.”

“Ah!” Harry groaned. “It’s wonderful! She caught me picking at the ham. We chatted and now I can sample whatever I want!”

“You gave a house elf a guilt trip? You should be ashamed.” Lupin admonished with a smirk.

“Yes, I should…” Harry agreed, and then gave Lupin a wicked grin. “But I’m not. I remember Dudley standing over my aunt’s shoulder trying a piece of this and a bite of that…I tried it once. It didn’t work out as well for me.”

“What happened?” asked Lupin.

“I was locked in my cupboard for a week. They let me out to use the loo, of course.” Harry shrugged. “That’s why going to Hogwarts was so great. I could do as I pleased, once I got over the fear of being chucked out that is.”

Hermione arrived wearing a very short skirt and tight blouse under her open robes. Lupin guessed immediately she had reconciliation on her mind. He also knew that once he got them talking and was no longer needed to referee, he was free to go. His plan had worked perfectly. Tonks would be waiting for him at his flat. If he played his cards right, he could even count on dinner with his girlfriend. Lupin chanced a look in Harry’s direction. Yep, he thought to himself, this won’t take long at all.

“Thank you for coming, Hermione. Harry, close your mouth and say hello to your guest.”

“Hi…” said Harry shyly.

“Hi…” Hermione returned with even more trepidation.

“Hermione, Harry was telling me earlier how much he liked the kiss you gave him at St Mungo’s and how he wished he could have continued it, if it were a better time and place.” Lupin began which earned him a stern glare from Harry.

“You said that?” Hermione asked, her voice sounding hopeful. Harry gave a shy affirmative shake of his head.

“And, Hermione told me how much she’s missed you, Harry, how she regrets avoiding you.”

It was Hermione’s turn to glare at Lupin as Harry looked at her.

“Now, that I’ve got you both sufficiently angry with me, thereby giving you a common starting point, I have a date and you have dinner waiting...”

Harry escorted Hermione into the dining room where Winky had laid the table with the ham, vegetables and candles. Harry noticed she had arranged it where even though the table could seat twelve; the settings were placed so that it seemed to be an intimate table for two complete with wine.

Harry assisted Hermione with her chair and wished he could join her at the table. Suddenly the chair and table legs grew longer so that Harry could join in. He wished he’d thought of that before.

“Thanks,” he murmured to her. He didn’t know why after all of these years he suddenly felt so timid. Timid had never been a word to describe him to his knowledge. Well, there was the Cho Chang thing back in fourth year, but he had been very young then.

“This looks really good,” Hermione commented.

“It is really good,” replied Harry. “I nicked a few bites in the kitchen when Winky was preparing it.”

“Winky let you?” Hermione asked with a laugh. She couldn’t see Winky allowing ‘Master Potter’ to touch a bite until dinner.

“She said and I quote, ‘Master is to be careful not to be sneaking too much. You is not to ruin your dinner’” Harry used a falsetto voice vaguely resembling the house elf.

“How did you get her to agree?”

“I may have used a bit of Potter charm…” He paused for effect. “When that failed spectacularly; I told her a story of when I had tried to nick a bit at the Dursley’s. Everything you see here has been personally tested by me.”

“Tell me the story, please.” Hermione requested.

“I will if you’ll tell me what happened to us.”

Hermione nodded her agreement and sipped her wine.

“Well, I was about seven, I suppose, and Dudley had been standing over his mother and sneaking little bites of this and that as she made Christmas dinner. I had been sent to bed without supper the night before for something…anyway I didn’t get much breakfast. You learn to eat quickly with Dudley around. I was ravenous and didn’t think dinner would get there soon enough. I noticed Dudley’s success and tried it myself. I hovered behind her, complimented the food and then nicked a bit of roast beef. She started yelling and clanged me upside of my head with the teakettle she was holding. Uncle Vernon came asking what I had done this time and she told him. This whole time, Dudley was stuffing his cheeks of anything within reach. I got the ‘Ungrateful brat taking the food off our table, the clothes off our backs’ speech and tossed in my cupboard. The funny part is that Dudley had eaten so much while they were yelling at me, there was almost nothing left!” Harry snickered at the memory. He quickly noticed that he was the only one laughing. “It was a long time ago. I was only locked in for three days. It wasn’t a big deal.”

“How can you say that?” she asked quietly. “Look at how they treated you!”

“I had to stay there for my protection, Dumbledore’s orders. There wasn’t any alternative until I could defeat Voldemort. But, listen to me; I don’t want to spoil dinner by talking about the Dursley’s. In fact I believe it is your turn for storytelling…however, I’m willing to give you a reprieve until after we eat.”

“That’s kind of you, sir” she teased. A silence filled the room as if neither knew what to say. Harry knew what he wanted to say, but was glad he’d postponed their talk until after dinner.

Feeling quite full, the couple went into the other room to talk. Hermione sat down on the couch. “I’m sorry, Harry, really I am. I was only thinking of myself and how I would handle having a baby. I didn’t once consider your feelings.”

Harry moved around the room. He never missed pacing as much as he did at this moment. “You should have known my feelings, Hermione. You should have known. Who is the one always trying to get secrets out of me? ‘Tell me about it, Harry. You’ll feel better’ or ‘Tell me your innermost feelings, Harry. I know you don’t want to but do it anyway because I’m going to hound you until you do’. Where was all that?” Harry felt a rage he hadn’t felt in years. “Why is it that I have to tell you every single thing that bothers me and you don’t? I know you’ve talked to other people. Why the hell not me!”

She looked frightened for a second. She took a deep breath and agreed, “I know, Harry. I hear what you are saying. What I should have done and what I did are polar opposites. What do you want me to say?”

“Just tell me the truth. Why couldn’t you tell me?”

“I was scared, Harry,” she said, tears rolling down her cheeks.

He looked at her in disbelief. “Scared of what? Scared of me?”

“Don’t be stupid, not scared of you, really, scared of your reaction. Your first instinct with the Sally-Anne thing was to deny it.”

“I never made love to Sally-Anne, it’s entirely different.”

“I know it is, Harry. I made a mistake, I’ve admitted it. Can you not forgive that?”

“What was the mistake?” he said coldly.

“What…what do you mean?” she replied with trepidation.

“Treating me like I didn’t exist, I can understand that. I’m used to it.”

“That’s not it and you know it!” she shot back.

“If getting pregnant is the mistake that you are sorry for…”

“Harry, you know we aren’t ready to be parents. You can’t even walk yet…”

“So now, that’s a problem for you, is it?” he asked in disbelief.

“Honestly, Harry, of course not! I’m just saying that bringing a child into the world right now isn’t the best thing for us.”

Harry looked at her as if she were a stranger. “So what would you have done if you hadn’t miscarried?”

“We would have figured something out together,” she answered.

“Somehow I find that hard to believe.”

She looked him in the eye. “Why? Why is it so hard for you to believe that I would have talked to you before any decisions were made?”

“Your actions and words tell me otherwise,” he said coldly. “This is exactly why I was hesitant to start this.”

“Harry, listen to me, please. I’m sorry I didn’t talk to you. I’m sorry I did the same thing to you as I criticize you for doing. We can fix this. I know we can. Please just give us a chance.” Tears rolled down her cheeks as she spoke.

“Answer me this, would you have gotten rid of it? Could you do that?”

“I don’t know the answer to that, Harry. I truly don’t.”

Harry’s eyes reacted as if shutters had closed over them. “That, right there, tells me this cannot be fixed.”

“Harry, please don’t say that,” She rose and grabbed his arm to prevent him from leaving the room and spun him around. “I love you, Harry, with all my heart. We can get through this. Don’t shut me out…”

“You mean like you did to me?” Hermione lowered her eyes to the floor. Harry continued… his eyes still and dry. “I think we both fell in love with a façade. I thought you knew almost everything about me and I knew almost everything about you. We were wrong.” He raised her chin so that she had no choice but to look at him. “You know my life and how very badly I’ve wanted a family of my own, finally after all these years, and if knowing that you can still be relieved that our baby, a life we created, is gone, then I never really knew you. The Hermione that I know would have never done that to me. This isn’t about who told who first. This is about the callous way you are describing something I’ve wished my whole life for, a child who was part of me and part of you. If that baby meant so little to you, then I can’t help but realize how little I mean to you.” Harry made his way out of the room. She remained where she was and let him go.

31. Sorting It Out

Sorting It Out

Chapter 31

Sorting It Out

For the next several weeks, seven weeks, three days four hours and twenty-two minutes, if he were counting, Harry kept himself busy setting up his department. Hermione had stopped over many times, however Harry had made avoiding her into an art form.

During a rare day that Harry stayed home from work, his afternoon kip was interrupted by a tugging on his sleeve. “Harry Potter, sir, Miss is wanting to talk to you. She is begging Dobby to be getting you. What is Harry Potter wanting Dobby to be doing?”

Harry’s resolve crumbled. He sighed with indecision, wishing desperately that he hadn’t taken the day off. Hermione approached the sofa where he lay. “Thank you, Dobby. I appreciate you showing me in…”

“But, Miss!” the house elf shrieked. “Harry Potter, sir, isn’t saying he is wanting to talk to you. Dobby is most sorry, Harry Potter, sir. Harry Potter is right to punish Dobby.”

“You’ve done nothing wrong, Dobby, and I don’t punish you. Miss Granger tends to forget that she is an uninvited guest.” Harry said evenly. One look at her face let him know that his comment had hit its mark.

She asked hesitantly, “May I talk to you, Harry?”

Harry covered his mouth to suppress a yawn and nodded.

“Did I wake you?” she inquired, feeling thrilled that she had succeeded in getting this far. The fact that he had only just awakened was a bonus.

“Yeah, what did you want?” he replied not looking at her and not rising from his prone position.

“I thought about everything you said. You were absolutely right about everything. My only excuse is that I was so…I don’t know what I was…temporarily insane just about covers it.” Harry gave a small humorless laugh. Hermione kneeled by the couch, looked into his eyes and said “I’m really sorry, Harry, for not trusting in you, for acting as if I were the only one involved, for everything.”

“I projected my own insecurities onto you, then believed my own lies.” She paused. When Harry didn’t say a word, she added, “I was devastated when I lost the baby. I felt so alone…and...I didn’t have to be. I’ve missed you so much, Harry. I want so badly to be the one who gives you the family you’ve wished for. I want us to be alright again. I’ll do anything, I swear it. If you want to try again for a child right away, then drop your jeans and let’s get on with it. I know I told you I would always be there for you, now let me promise that I will let you be there for me. I know it doesn’t seem like it, but I do trust you, Harry.”

Harry let out a deep breath. “You don’t know how much I want to believe you, Hermione…”

“Believe me…” she stated with emphasis. “I’m sorry I avoided you, Harry. I panicked when I found out about the baby. I was scared and confused and felt I needed to sort it out for myself before I brought you in on it. I know how much you wanted a family. I want that, too. It was just such a surprise that I went a little mad. I didn’t ever mean that the baby was a mistake or that I didn’t want it. Please don’t think I meant that. When you asked if I could I would do something about it, I didn’t mean I could kill our child. I could never do that. This child was such an abstract concept to me at the time. I didn’t have anything straight in my head. With my crazy hours at St Mungo’s, I wasn’t thinking clearly anyway. I wanted so badly for you to hold me and tell me everything would be fine, but yet I was afraid, too. Afraid you’d be angry with me; afraid you’d…I don’t know exactly. Can you forgive me?

“Of course I can forgive you, Hermione. That was never in question. It just won’t happen overnight. I can’t say I can forget this ever happened because I don’t want to. For a brief period of time I was a father. I had a family. I was finally normal. I wish I’d known about it when you were pregnant, because I’d have been the happiest bloke on the planet. Having a child with you is a dream come true for me. It hurt so badly that you kept it from me. I didn’t know what to think. I tried everything I could think of to get your attention to no avail. I’ve told you all of this, I know, but it felt like I was a kid again, trying desperately to get the Dursley’s to accept me, to love me; hell, I’d have settled for toleration. Everything I did I was belittled for. If I passed a test, it was because I was trying to show up Dudley and get punished. If I did my work too fast, I was up to something and get punished, usually by getting tossed into my cupboard. I had the same feelings of ‘What did I do wrong?’, so I went a little mad myself. I am so sorry you didn’t think I’d be there for you.”

“You don’t have to…”

“Let me finish, please. I do have to apologize. If in some way I made you feel threatened; that made you feel as if you couldn’t tell me anything, no matter what it was, good or bad, then I do owe you an apology.”

“No, you don’t. I was totally in the wrong and didn’t have faith in you. I underestimated you. You have been nothing but wonderful to me. You don’t know how much I loved the flowers and presents. They would have really brightened my day if I had let them. Thank you for not giving up on me. I am so sorry that once we’d talked I didn’t give you the time you needed to digest everything. I promise I’ll make all of this up to you. I am so sorry…I know I can’t earn back your trust overnight, but I’m willing to do work at it. I’ll go ninety percent, if only you’d meet me the other ten.”

“Fifty percent is all I’ve ever wanted,” he replied.

“I know we have loads of things to work out, but what did you think about the idea of us having a baby together?” she asked.

Harry thought a minute before responding. “I think what I’ve always thought. While I’d prefer to wait until after we are married, if it happens, then it just means that our baby couldn’t wait to meet us.”

“That’s a beautiful way to look at it. You never cease to amaze me. I am also very sorry that you saw me crying on Alex’ shoulder. You were right about that, too. It should have been yours...”

Every day for the next week, the couple met at Harry’s house for dinner and afterwards, Harry floating in his brace, Hermione walking, went hand in hand into Hogsmeade, had a butterbeer from Madam Rosmerta, then strolled back. Finally on Friday, upon returning to Harry’s garden, he leaned down and kissed her.

Saturday night rolled around. After dinner, rather than the nightly stroll, Harry removed his brace and came upon a brilliant idea, in his opinion. “Hermione…” he began. “…do you have a swimming costume at home?”

“Yes…why?” she replied.

“I wanted to show you something in the tub upstairs and thought it wouldn’t be as presumptuous if we wore them.”

“Thank you for thinking of my modesty, but you’ve seen me in my knickers before. That will do fine.” she responded.

Harry called Dobby to start the bath, so Harry could just apparate in, neither crawling like a slug nor risking his legs.

“Harry Potter’s bath is just the way he is liking it, sir.” said diminutive the house elf.

“Thanks, Dobby. I’ll meet you in there” he told Hermione before he apparated away.

Harry apparated into the pool fully dressed. He started removing his wet clothes and banishing them in turn over to the towel rack.

Hermione came in wearing his dressing gown. She removed it slowly to reveal the most exquisite lingerie Harry had ever laid eyes on. He could tell she was enjoying his reaction. He knew he was playing right into her hands. He didn’t care. By morning, if he had his way, they’d once again be making wedding plans.

She started down the steps of the pool. He crossed to meet her. Her eyes went wide as she saw he was walking.

“It’s been awhile,” he said softly. “But I remember how it is done.”

“That’s amazing, Harry!” she cried.

“I don’t know how it would go without the water taking the bulk of my weight, but I reckon it is good practice. When Healer Strankford told me I was at 52%, I reckoned I was safe to try it out.”

“I can’t wait to tell him! It’s an amazing idea for exercise, Harry! Well done.”

Harry blushed at her praise. “Come over to the steps and I’ll show you what else I can do.” He said as he led her back to the stairs. He sat down on a higher step and allowed her the lower one. He wrapped his arms around hers and laid his head against her bushy brown curls. “I don’t want to talk about anything more yet, please. I just want to hold you. I just want to enjoy this.”

“Alright,” she agreed thinking of how much she was enjoying this herself. She turned her head and captured his lips in a scorching kiss. She probed his lips with her tongue. He didn’t back away or refuse her.

When things got a bit too heated, she levitated him out of the pool.

“Hermione!” Harry protested loudly. “You can’t just levitate me about the house starkers! Remus stops in…Ron could come over…Winky…Merlin forbid!”

“You started this and I intend to continue until it reaches its finale--without drowning! And if you don’t want to call attention to yourself, stop shouting!” she retorted with mirth. She knew he could levitate himself easily; however she couldn’t resist toying with him.

Harry awoke early even for him. If his bladder wasn’t protesting so loudly, he would’ve loved to lie here and watch her sleep. She looked so very peaceful, with none of the stresses of the past few months. Nature was calling very insistently, nevertheless, and Harry wasn’t sure what to do. He’d left the brace in the other loo. Summoning would take to long; if he apparated, he’d end up hurting himself; he’d thrown away the urinals, and he desperately needed a solution.

“What’s wrong?” came the sleepy voice next to him.

“Nothing, love. Go back to sleep.” he replied. He couldn’t tell her that! He wondered if ‘Evanesco’ would work.

“Tell me, please. Did you have a nightmare?”

“No…” he stated curtly, his irritation rising. He didn’t have time to discuss this now.

“Accio brace,” he stated figuring it was his best chance.

“Where are you going that you need the brace? The balcony?” she asked fully awake now.

“No!” he retorted.

The brace approached flying through the air. Harry caught it easily and in his haste was having trouble fastening it.

“Here, let me help you,” she offered.

“Just hurry, please…” he begged. Hermione then knew what the problem was and why Harry was reluctant to discuss it.

Within seconds, the brace was fastened and Harry was gone.

He floated back into the bedroom to find Hermione wide awake. “You could have told me you had to use the loo. I wouldn’t have thought less of you...” she said slightly irritated.

“I reckon I could have if I wasn’t trying so hard not to embarrass myself,” he shot back.

“You don’t have to do everything alone. I could’ve helped. I am a certified Healer after all.” she snapped.

“How could I forget?”

She gave him a mock glare. “Are you off today?”

“Not totally,” he responded. “I need to go over some more C.V.’s for the other positions, but I can grab them and bring them back here later.”

“I finally have the day off, so I can help you, if you want.” she offered.

“Thanks,” replied Harry as he summoned his clothes for the day.

“I think your wandless magic is very sexy” she purred at him, running a fingernail up and down his bare chest. “On the days when we were evaluating your magical ability and power, I kept getting distracted. I’d see the numbers going up higher than any I’d ever seen before and think of myself causing you to lose control; how only I could harness that power and control it. I’d almost get dizzy with desire.” She was driving him mad just listening to her, so he found a way to quiet her.

An hour later, Hermione tugged Harry down the steps hastily and into the kitchen for breakfast. Hermione’s usual toast and coffee were waiting, along with muffins of every imaginable flavor.

“Mr. Lupin, sir, is requesting muffins this morning, Master Potter. Mr. Lupin says Master Potter is craving muffins, so Winky is making plenty. Master Potter is being too thin. Master Potter is needing feeding up.”

Harry and Hermione shared a look at Lupin’s joke. Harry chose a chocolate chip muffin and ate it in a couple of bites and reached for another, blueberry this time.

“Good morning all…” said Lupin cheerily as he entered the kitchen. “Did everyone get things sort it out?”

“We’re working on it…” replied Harry. “How was your date?”

“Perfectly wonderful,” stated Tonks as she entered behind Lupin. “It’s good to see you guys back together, boss. You look happy.”

“Thanks, Tonks,” replied Harry. “Remus, are you going into the office today?”

“I thought I might head in for a bit. Is there something you need me to do?” Lupin answered.

“If you are going in anyway, I was hoping you could bring those stacks of C.V’s on the filing cabinet. I need to make some decisions on that and I could do it just as easily from here.”

“I’d be happy to,” replied Lupin. “I also want to check to see if the verdict on Malfoy is in. Rumor has it that he’s mad. I’d like to go over the transcripts soon.”

“So would I, but I can’t until the trial is completely done. You and Tonks review it next week and fill me in once it’s done.”

“Yes, boss,” answered Tonks.

“And don’t call me ‘boss’!” shouted Harry.

“Yes, boss…” cheeked Tonks with a wink. Harry rolled his eyes at her as Hermione giggled.

“I stopped by last night,” stated Lupin. Harry immediately turned a dark shade of red. “I heard shouting, but it was something about nude levitation. Do I want to know what that was about?”

“Ooooooh” squealed Tonks. “Bossman was getting kinky! Let’s have some details, girl!” she stated to Hermione, while Harry threw a muffin at Lupin.

“Oh it was nothing…” replied Hermione. “Harry was trying to drown me in the bathtub, so I sent him straight to bed.”

Tonks snorted. “You’re no fun. On the other hand, levitation during sex might have possibilities…” Harry’s eyes went glossy at that memory.

“You are trying to kill me!” objected Lupin with a laugh. Winky tried desperately to cover her long ears to no avail and kept working.

“We’d best be off. The boss is a slave driver. We don’t want to be caught slacking...” said Tonks.

“Say, Tonks,” started Harry. “Are you going to come by later?”

“I can if you want,” she replied.

“Yes, please,” he answered. “I’ve got Remus bringing by some C.V’s. for a couple of other positions. I’d like you to go through them with me, if you’ve got an hour or so.”

“Sure thing, boss. What time?”

“Whenever…” he replied. Hermione cleared her throat loudly and Harry added, “Or just come for dinner. We can look at them after.” He looked to Hermione for approval. She smiled sweetly.

After Harry had finished his fourth (or was it fifth?) muffin, he led Hermione to the stairs and let Hermione drag him up to the balcony off his room. Hermione shared his chaise with them. She felt like she could say the things she wanted to say more easily if they were touching. “I really am sorry, Harry. I was very unfair to you and…”

Harry interrupted her. “Do you really want to continue to argue about who was in the wrong and who deserved more blame or can we skip right to more make up sex?”

Hermione slapped at his arm. “Is that all you think about?” she chided.

“What can I say?” he teased. “You bring out the best in me, or is it beast?”

“Fancy another bath?” she asked.

“No!” he stated firmly. “You are not sending me about starkers in broad daylight. I nearly choked when Lupin said he stopped by and when!” Harry laughed.

“I know!” agreed Hermione giggling then she turned serious. “Harry?” she asked.

“What is it?” he requested.

“Will you marry me?” she asked with trepidation.

“Wherever…whenever” he responded and summoned her engagement ring. After placing it back onto her finger where it belonged, he kissed her gently. She leaned above him to deepen the kiss, and then pulled back when he started on her blouse buttons. “Harry, we can’t do this here?”

“Why not?” he asked. “I’ve had a word with the owner of the property and he thinks it’s a splendid idea. Besides, I’ve wanted to do this here for ages.”

“In broad daylight?”

“Even better…” he answered replacing his fingers with his mouth.

She mumbled her appreciation of his actions.

“Oh! Sorry!” they heard from the field. The couple looked up to see their other best friend speeding away as fast as his broom would go.

Hermione once again slapped Harry on the arm. “That’s why I said not out here! Your house is bloody King’s Cross!”

“I don’t care! This is my house. Certain people can stop popping in without notice or risk it. Now, where was I?”

“Oh, no you don’t!” Hermione complained. “We either take this party inside or it ends right here.”

“Alright…alright” Harry gave in with a pout.

“At least until after dark.” Hermione added and was rewarded with a wicked grin.

32. Walking Out

Walking Out

Chapter 32

Walking Out

Harry arrived at Hogwarts the next evening for his treatment. Hermione wanted desperately to come along, but she had to work. He was hit with a sense of everything looking the same, yet distinctly different. It was the same feeling he always felt when he came here. This school held treasured memories for him.

“Mr. Potter, I’ve been expecting you,” stated the firm voice of his former Head of House.

“Professor McGonagall,” he replied, “It’s really good to see you.”

“You are looking well, Potter. The Ministry work must agree with you.”

“I am enjoying it. The department is coming together nicely. I brought a couple of friends with me who wanted to see their former co-workers. I do hope that’s alright.”

“Of course, Potter. Winky and Dobby are always welcome. You’ll be joining us for dinner in the Great Hall, I presume?”

“I hadn’t planned on it. I reckon I could,” Harry answered.

“Thank you, Potter. I’m sure the students would appreciate such a celebrity in our midst.”

“Watch it, Professor…” he teased his former teacher. “You’ll make me blush”

“Come along, Potter,” she said stiffly, but with an amused smile. “You mustn’t keep your adoring fans waiting.”

Harry followed her into the Great Hall. It was just as he remembered, however he had a perspective that was foreign to him. ‘Sitting’ at the staff table with the Headmistress and other teachers was something new. He couldn’t sit with his brackles on, so he stood, inconspicuously, he hoped, to the side. He’d also, had a bit of trouble with the steps to the dais. McGonagall had discreetly assisted him. Hopefully after tonight, he’d be walking on his own and wouldn’t require such aid again.

The Headmistress stood to make announcements. “Settle down. Settle down.” She addressed the student body with the ringing of a spoon against her goblet. ”First, let me remind you that tomorrow is a Hogsmeade weekend. Please conduct yourselves in a manner which reflects highly upon our school. Next, Mr. Filch has informed me that there has been an increase of incidents of magic in the hallways between classes. You all know the rules. Detention will be given to those who don’t follow them. Speaking of following the rules, we have a Special Guest with us this evening. I’m sure you’ll all recognize him. Let’s give a warm welcome for Mr. Harry Potter….”

Harry came from behind the drapery, gave a brief nod of gratitude and returned to his hidden place. He’d conjured himself a high table in a spot where he could join the conversation, be virtually hidden from the student’s and remain standing out of the way. He heard the buzz of whispers at the news of his presence. He’d recognized a few faces; however they were so young when he’d still been a student, he didn’t know anyone.

Harry took a sip of his goblet and nearly choked to discover that he’d been served firewhiskey! He was glad he took only a small sip.

Headmistress McGonagall leaned toward him and whispered, “Don’t give away our secrets, Potter. I’m sure you’ll find as we do that the students are much more tolerable after having a bit of a nip with dinner. The goblets refill upon request, however you don’t need to speak it out loud. Just hold up the glass and it will refill. I presumed that firewhiskey would be adequate?”

Harry nodded. “Absolutely perfect…” he answered thinking of the therapy he’d be undergoing. The Headmistress smiled at him and returned to her goulash.

Harry thought about the absurdity of the situation. He was at Hogwarts, in the Great Hall, at the Head Table, getting pissed in front of the students. After dinner the students started to file out. A number of them came up to meet Harry personally and ask questions. He’d need to get to the hospital wing soon, but he didn’t want to be rude and he truly didn’t want to give up his lovely self-refilling goblet.

He answered questions for a bit before the Headmistress sent the students back to their respective houses. Harry reluctantly put down his goblet and made to leave.

“Take it with you, Potter. I hear you are in for a rough night…” whispered McGonagall.

Harry smiled his thanks and took the goblet to the hospital wing. After helping Harry into the bed, Madam Pomfrey removed all of his leg bones this time and handed him a cup that seemed to contain the entire bottle of Skel-gro. Harry grimaced.

“I normally don’t allow my patients any beverage but water, in your case I’ll permit it. Please try to restrain yourself, Potter.”

Harry gave her a sly grin. “I’ll be good, I promise.” He gulped down the potion as quickly as he could and tried desperately not to gag. As soon as he’d done so, she closed the curtain around him and walked quickly away.

Harry took his tiny briefcase out of the pocket of his robe and restored it to its regular size. He took a sip from the goblet and began to rifle through the C.V.’s he’d recently received. He wanted a Mad-Eye Moody type for his bodyguard, suspicious to the point of paranoia. Moody was one of a kind, though. His death hit Harry very hard. Harry drained the last of his firewhiskey and held his glass aloft for more.

“Wotcher, Harry?” said Tonks as she entered the curtain surrounding him.

“Tonks! What’re you doing here?” he asked in surprise.

“I came to keep the Boss company! Actually Remus is indisposed tonight and the Missus wanted someone to stay with you, so here I am. Wait a second, you are certifiably pissed! Whatcha’ drinkin’ in that glass?”

“Courtesy of Headmistress McGonagall, I am indulging in a self-refilling goblet of Ogden’s. Care to share? Hey, that rhymed!” Harry gave an uncharacteristic giggle.

“I dunno, Harry. Might get into trouble. My boss is a rather stodgy bloke.”

“Ah, live a little. I won’t tell anyone,” Harry said. He was beginning to slur his words a bit, which Tonks found hilarious. “We have to be quiet though. Madam Pomfrey will chuck us out. I promised to be on my best behavior.”

Harry awoke not knowing where he was or how had gotten there. He searched his aching head for answers. He noticed he wasn’t alone in bed.

“Hermione?” he croaked.

“Correct gender, wrong name…” was the response.

“Tonks?” he tried again. “What exactly happened last night?”

“You don’t remember, lover?” she purred, her eyes twinkling.

“What?” Harry jumped and stared at her.

“Relax! I was just having you on. We got drunk, although I must admit you did have a head start on me. We went over the C.V.’s you brought, laughed at the rubbish ones and went to sleep. Full stop,” she explained, “however I can no longer lay claim to having never slept with my boss before. Will that get me a raise?” She batted her eyes at him playfully.

“Just shut it,” Harry grumbled. Even though nothing had happened, he wasn’t quite sure what to tell his fiancée. They had broken up for two weeks when he’d seen her hugging another man. It was infinitely more complicated than that, but he still didn’t relish telling her.

“Don’t worry, boss, I won’t tell anyone. There’s nothing to tell,” she reassured him.

“I need to get to St Mungo’s to see if this worked. Want to come?” he asked.

Tonks laughed at his suggestion and replied, “As exciting as that truly sounds, I believe I’ll pass. Besides, I want to talk to this lot we picked to see if I can find you a bodyguard.”

“Thanks, Tonks,” replied Harry. “Last night would have been much worse had you not been here. I mean it.”

“I promised Hermione I’d look after you. That’s what friends are for,” she said genuinely.

The witch sporting spiked green hair helped him into his brace and asked, “Did you really apparate into the school after…you know?” She didn’t want to say ‘when you escaped from the Death Eaters’.

“Yeah, I did,” he replied evenly.

“D’you think you could apparate us out? That would be wicked,” she suggested.

“I can try…” he agreed, left Madam Pomfrey a note thanking her and grabbed Tonks’ arm.

They arrived at the Ministry instantly. “That was brill, Harry!” she gushed. “I’ve never been apparated before, much less out of Hogwarts. We’ve got to do that again sometime. Did you feel the tickle as we crossed the wards?”

“Yeah, I’ll tell you, it isn’t much of a tickle when you are barely hanging on. I’d better get to my appointment before Hermione sends a rescue. See you, then,” Harry said before disapparating again.

Hermione was waiting for him, having gotten off duty only minutes before. “Oh, Harry…” she said as she rushed over to him. “You look awful. Did you get much sleep?”

“We can talk about that later,” he replied not wanting to stray into that topic yet.

Hermione led him to the examination room. “Healer Strankford will be in soon,” she said. Harry noticed the small pool in this room.

“What’s that for?” he asked indicating the pool.

“I requested it,” she replied. “The Healer was impressed with your idea about walking in water, so we’ll test your legs there before we set you about on your own. We’ll raise the heat in this room, and then place you in the water. As we drain the water out, your legs will take on more of your weight. If there is any pain or weakness, we’ll know immediately and return the water to avoid causing more damage.”

“To avoid the adventures of last time,” Harry finished. “That sounds like it could work.”

“It’s all your idea. If this helps you, then think of the other wizards it could help.” she congratulated him.

“I’m going in with him,” Hermione demanded as Healer Strankford came in.

Healer Strankford laughed. “Healer Granger, why did I know that already?”

Harry was levitated into the pool of warm water. “This is nice,” he said as he was lowered.

“Harry, when Hermione gets in, I want you to lay back and float on the water, if you can…” instructed the Healer.

Hermione removed her robes to reveal a very conservative swimming costume and entered the pool herself.

Harry lay back and allowed his feet to float to the top. Hermione removed his brackles, and then ran her wand over the length of his legs. Her eyes grew wide. “Did you take your Bone Strengthening Potion this morning?” she asked.

“What is it, Healer?” asked Healer Strankford.

“His readings are amazing. He has gone up a whole 20 points. I’m getting 74.6%! That’s wonderful, Harry!”

Harry didn’t understand the points and percentages they were talking about, but he knew higher numbers were good, so he smiled.

“Hermione, hang onto him while I release the water,” instructed the Healer.

Hermione put her arms around him to firmly support him as he stood. The shoulder depth water started receding slowly. Both Healer Strankford and Hermione were watching intently for any sign of pain or weakness.

“How does it feel?” the Healer asked as the waterline lowered.

“It’s fine,” Harry said.

“I need more than that, Harry…” accused Hermione. “’It’s fine’ is too vague. Do your legs hurt?”

“Not in the painful sense…” replied Harry.

“What in the bloody hell does that mean?” asked the Healer with a chuckle.

“Well, it hurts, yes, but is it painful, no. It’s more of a…not weakness, really, just…under-use? It’s like when you get up from sleeping and your brain is fuzzy and muddled. That’s in a sense what it feels like.”

“Very eloquently stated, love,” said Hermione rolling her eyes.

As more of the water drained down to hip level, Harry gasped. “Are you alright?” Hermione asked quickly.

“Cramp…” stated Harry, in a moan reaching down to massage his thigh muscle. Hermione attempted to assist, but Harry swatted her hands away. Her hands on his thigh would cause other symptoms that he tried to avoid in public.

The cramp relaxed and the waterline edged down once more.

“Everything okay?” asked Healer Strankford.

Harry nodded. He was finding it difficult to remain upright. He clung to Hermione.

“What are you feeling?” Hermione asked.

“Unstable, off balance…” replied Harry.

“That’s to be expected. Your legs are out of practice. You’ve not used them in a year.” Healer Strankford said in a business-like tone.

Harry nodded. He was relieved to hear something was going normally. Finally the water was below his knees. Harry let out the breath he was unaware he’d been holding. He gradually let go of Hermione.

At last he was doing it! He was standing on his own. He looked over at Hermione, who had tears in her eyes, then up at Healer Strankford. The Healer was beaming at him.

“You did it!” the Healer shouted. “I’ll let you get dressed, then meet me in my office for instruction. I’m assuming you’ll want to walk there?” Harry nodded. “Healer Granger, please escort him in case of any instability. I don’t want to negate his hard work by allowing him to fall his first hour on his feet.”

Hermione came and stood before him, her eyes shining. “You did it,” she whispered.

“You did it,” he said back, “I’d still be flat of my back if it weren’t for you. We can plan our wedding in earnest now. I want to be standing at the end of the aisle, waiting for you. I want to dance with you to celebrate. I want so many things that were out of my reach. I don’t know how to thank you.

“Just love me,” she answered.

Healer Strankford gave Harry instructions on how to slowly build his strength back. He gave him exercises and warnings about dueling and other things to be cautious of. Finally they were able to leave. Hermione in her optimism had brought Harry jeans and a jumper to change into. She knew he was tired of nightshirts under his robes. They changed quickly and left.

They apparated to Diagon Alley, where Harry took her to lunch. He thought hard about how he would explain to her about last night.

“Hermione...” he began hesitantly. “There’s something I need to talk to you about. And while I don’t really want to spoil this wonderful day, I feel I have to be completely honest. You sent Tonks to stay with me last night, right?”

Hermione nodded, pretty much knowing what he was going to say, yet wanting to hear him say it. She found it humorous how much it seemed to bother him. He was possibly too noble for his own good.

“Hermione, I…er…first let me say how very much I love and I’d never do anything to hurt you.”

Hermione couldn’t stand it any more and saved him from the suffering he was experiencing. “You want to completely honest with me, though. Last night, when Tonks came to stay with you at the hospital wing at Hogwarts, the two of you got pissed and passed out in the same bed. You awoke fully dressed and she teased you about her sleeping with the boss and you felt terribly guilty as if you had betrayed me. Did that about cover it?”

Harry stared at her in amazement. “How did you know all of that?” he asked.

“First of all, I sent an owl to Headmistress McGonagall letting her know that you’d be arriving and why. I let it slip how much you’ve been suffering through all of these treatments and how if you weren’t coming to Hogwarts, you’d use alcohol to ease the pain. Being the noble sort you are; you wanted to be a positive role model and you didn’t want to negatively influence the students by using alcohol as a crutch. She has a soft spot where you are concerned and would sort it out so that you would be as comfortable as possible. Secondly, I knew you had taken your briefcase and planned to get some work done, since you’d be laid up. I noticed the other night that you and Tonks work well together and she is not exactly known to turn down a drink. I assumed the both of you would finish whatever work you’d brought, drink yourselves into oblivion and after much laughter, you would drop wherever you fell. She wouldn’t want to alert Madam Pomfrey to her condition, so she’d lie next to you. I trust you, Harry. Even after what I did to you, I know that you couldn’t betray me. Even too drunk to know your own name, you’d keep your integrity. I wonder if Veritas Serum would even work to get you to spill your secrets.”

“It works on me,” Harry said coldly.

“How do you know? When…” asked an horrified Hermione.

“I don’t like to talk about it,” Harry stated evenly.

Hermione dropped the subject immediately. “So now that you are up and about, what did you want to do today?” she asked cheerily.

“You worked all night and then stayed with me for my appointment, so sleeping is on the agenda for sure. After that…go flying out back, explore my house, go up and down my steps repeatedly, show Remus that I’m better, put my office back in order so I can sit at my desk, and then maybe pop over to the Burrow to visit Mr. and Mrs. Weasley…”

“You expect to do all of that today?” she laughed. “What if after I sleep I decide not to let you out of bed? You shouldn’t do too much today. After all, your legs are still very weak from disuse.”

“Hermione…I can walk now, shakily at best, but I have achieved what every toddler strives for. I’m sure if you have anything else in mind for the afternoon, we can find other places…”

“Not on the balcony in broad daylight…” she cautioned.

“How about a picnic lunch, while we investigate the field? I’m sure we can stumble on a secluded spot to make use of…” he growled. “I haven’t practiced my diversion charms in ages. Then later I promise to talk to Arthur about the wedding.”

“Are you blackmailing me?” she asked in a false offended tone.

“That would depend,” he answered. “Is it working? If so, then by all means I am. If it isn’t working and I am blowing my chances, then it was only a suggestion, love, which you have every right to turn down.”

33. Ever a Snapely Dream

Ever a Snapely Dream

Chapter 33

Ever a Snapely Dream

Harry cajoled Hermione into stopping by his office. She was impressed with its lavishness. Harry returned the legs of the large mahogany desk and the rest of the furnishings to their normal size and brought out the large cushioned chair. He sat behind his desk, pulled Hermione into his lap and proceeded to spin the chair like a child.

“Harry! Stop this instant!” Hermione scolded. “You are going to harm yourself your first day walking!”

Harry couldn’t control his laughter. “It was fun! I’ve wanted to do that since that chair was delivered. Ron and Luna already had a go on his. One more time, please?”

Hermione rolled her eyes mumbling under her breath. Harry didn’t hear what she was saying, but distinctly heard “irresponsible” and “Ministry official” in the mix. She sat back down on his lap and held on; changing her mind, she kissed him soundly. He forgot what he had planned and melted into her.

“What was that for?” he asked bemused.

“The best way to get a child to stop doing something is to distract them with something else they’d enjoy,” she lectured.

“Oi, Hermione, that hurt. Are you truly comparing me, The-so-called-savior-of-the-wizarding-world, to a tot?”

“If the maturity level fits…” she teased. At this, Harry pouted like he assumed a baby would and walked around the other side of the desk, leading her by the arm. He backed her up until she was almost sitting on it and leaned into her capturing her lips.

“Shall we test my power level by seeing how well the wards hold?” Harry asked breathily.

“Another time, Romeo. I need sleep,” she said.

“Me thinks my Juliet is getting a mite cranky,” teased Harry, “but you are right. I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have kept you. Let’s go home.”

Harry had only been sleeping a few minutes when the dream began.

“I see you’ve survived, Potter. Too bad I wasn’t able to be there for your coronation.” Severus Snape sneered.

“Coronation?” Harry replied. “I wasn’t crowned anything. What are you talking about?”

“Surely the famous Harry Potter received his much needed adoration for ridding the world of Voldemort” hissed Snape.” Your immense ego wouldn’t allow the opportunity to go unnoticed. So, what did you get for you efforts? A Ministry office? Galleons by the bagful? A medal, perhaps? I see that the Know-it-all has finally found her way into your bed.”

Harry glared at his former Professor, but did not answer. “It’s just a dream. It’s only a dream.” he told himself.

“A dream, perhaps, or maybe a look into your conscience?”

“How do you know what I’m thinking?” Harry asked in disbelief. “You can’t be talking to me. They told me you were dead.”

“Ah, yes, the next great adventure. Of course I’m dead, you idiot! You were still questioning which side I was truly on, even after I had died. I’ll be taking that as a compliment to my acting abilities.” Snape said in his usual contemptuous voice.

“Where were you?” Harry asked. “During the Final Battle, I mean.”

“I was already dead “ Snape said. “Certainly you would have figured that out by now. The Dark Lord saw through you meager shields and figured out that I was aiding Dumbledore. And with that, you stupid boy, you signed my death warrant.”

“He never got through!” charged Harry. “I would have known…”

“Oh, yes. I had forgotten. You’ve always overestimated your meager skills. You think that just because you showed a bit of ability in Occlumency, that you could block out the Dark Lord?”

“I was able to keep you out,” Harry challenged. ”You were supposed to be a master at it. In fact, if memory serves, I was able to reverse it on you, as well as Voldemort.”

“Simple. You got lucky a time or two. Luck, Potter, has been following you. I’d like to warn you, however, that luck is much like a Gringotts bank account. You can’t keep making withdrawals without making deposits. You’ll find that Lady Luck can turn on you, anytime, any day.”

“I believe I’ve had my share of luck of both sorts,” Harry scoffed.

“Oh yes, your little injury. I’d forgotten. I found it hilarious that The-boy-who-lived was unable to wipe his own arse for over a year. I’m sure your parents would be proud.”

“Have you seen my parents?” asked Harry hopefully.

“A time or two,” Snape replied vaguely. “We don’t exactly travel in the same circles.”

“Have you seen Sirius?”

“I’ve seen Black. We haven’t spoken. We’ve no need to.” answered Snape. “As your list of victims grows ever longer, I get to meet up with many old acquaintances. Moody, Black, the Potters, Madam Vance, Lucius Malfoy, Narcissa Malfoy, I hear soon Draco will be joining us as well. I must make plans to give him a welcoming party.”

“You would…” said Harry with a sneer. “What is it like there? How is it that you and the Malfoys and my parents are all in the same place?”

“Do you think I would truly answer that?” replied Snape coldly. “Oh, that’s right. You’ve always thought yourself above mere rules. Let me tell you what I’ve come to say and stop wasting my time with foolish questions. Before you start celebrating the end of evil, you should know that it isn’t over. Why the Ministry put such an insipid maggot in a position of Intelligence,” Snape laughed derisively, “is beyond comprehension.”

“Look, what do you want from me? Why are you here?” asked Harry, tiring of being insulted.

“I wanted to warn you. You are still a target and not all of Voldemort’s minions have been apprehended.”

“I realize that. I’m not completely stupid.”

“As much as I’d cherish the thought of that debate, there’s no time to waste. There’s soon to be a meeting at the graveyard that holds Senior Riddle’s remains. A new Dark Lord is being sought. You need to send a strong message to those who choose to instigate this that it will not be tolerated. As much as I am loathe to admit it, you are very powerful. You, alone, can stop this before it starts. Put on a little display of your wandless abilities and I assure you that it will go far in preventing another war. I must leave now. Remember what I’ve told you.”

“Wait! Professor, wait! I…”

“Harry, wake up!” cried a distressed Hermione. “You were having another nightmare.”

“Sorry,” said Harry. “I didn’t mean to wake you. Go back to sleep. I’m fine.”

“Can you tell me what it was about?” she asked.

Harry relayed what he could remember of the dream. “It was so real, Hermione. It was as if he were here… in this room! He even mentioned you being here. I don’t know what to make of it.”

“It was just a dream, Harry, like you said. He knew I was here because you knew I was here.”

“I know, but I’m still going to check out his warning, see if it corresponds to the other intelligence we’ve received. If someone is planning to become another Voldemort, then it would serve me well to put a stop to it. I can have a team stake out the graveyard on a regular basis for other reasons, and then if something does happen we’ll be ready. I think I should bring the department in on this, though. I’ll tell Ron the whole story.”

Hermione rose. “Well, if you wanted to get your list done, you’d better move.”

“Hermione,” Harry pleaded. “You’ve only slept a couple of hours. You still look exhausted. Come back to bed.”

Hermione looked around as if deciding. “No, I think I’ll get up. I’m wide awake. We can just retire early this evening. Besides, I haven’t the only claim in the ‘exhausted looking’ department. You couldn’t have gotten much sleep last night.”

“If you’re sure…” Harry reluctantly agreed.

“I’ve been waiting very impatiently to show you your home. You’ve lived here for ages, yet haven’t been able to see it fully. Let me show you around.”

Harry followed Hermione around his house as she exclaimed over this or that. He was impressed. He knew he liked the parts of the house he’d seen, however as a whole, it was a wonderful house. It had rooms galore and little intricacies that made it a uniquely wizarding home. He liked the little bedrooms for the house elves, the dueling room, even the library was impressive. The house wasn’t overly large; it just maximized the space it held. Harry was particularly awed by the attic. It was set up for astral observation, similar to the Astronomy Tower back at school. He’d enjoyed Astronomy in school and looked forward to star gazing in the future.


Harry couldn’t resist going from the bottom of each staircase to the top and back again. Hermione laughed at his child-like enthusiasm. She couldn’t imagine how he thought this was fun. However, she’d not experienced injuries such as he had. She wondered if there was any unforgivable or other horrible curse that he hadn’t endured. She didn’t think so, but did not wish to ask. Not that he’d answer anyway.

“Don’t run,” she called after her fiancé as if she were scolding a youngster. “You’ll fall and hurt yourself.”

“Aw, crikey, mum, you spoil all my fun,” he teased in return, stomping his feet in petulance.

“We’d best get ready to go to the Burrow, Harry,” then dropped her tone to one used to explain to a toddler why they had to stop playing before continuing, “You can play outside later if we get back in time.”

Harry gave her a look that was far from childish. “After dark, I still intend to ‘play’.”

They arrived at the Burrow and Hermione entered first. They had planned to surprise Ron’s parents with Harry’s mobility.

“Hermione!” greeted Mrs. Weasley. “It’s so nice to see you dear. Where’s Harry?”

“Oh, he’ll be along shortly…” Hermione answered casually.

“Oh, dear,” cried Mrs. Weasley, “won’t be he needing help? I swear that contraption Luna and Ron fitted him up with has him zooming around like he’s in a race and don’t get me started on the broom riding in the house…”

“…It’s simply disgraceful!” said Harry in a tone vaguely resembling Mrs. Weasley once she got going about something. “If he weren’t already injured, I swear, I’d hex him. What on earth is that boy thinking...?” Harry walked up to her and tears sprang immediately to her eyes. Mr. Weasley seemed to about to implode with pent up laughter.

“You’re walking! Look, Arthur, he’s walking!”

“Yes, he certainly is,” replied Mr. Weasley. Both adults pulled Harry into a combination hug-huddle.

“I wanted to let you know right off that I am better and on my feet, a little shaky, but I’m walking about on my own.”

After much discussion of Harry’s recovery, Mrs. Weasley, (“You can call me ‘Molly’, dear”) prepared dinner with Hermione’s assistance. Harry took the opportunity of asking Arthur for a word. Arthur showed Harry out to his shed. “If this is Ministry business, Harry, then I’d prefer it wait until later. I don’t like to discuss business right before a meal. Indigestion, you know…” stated Arthur Weasley, rubbing his stomach.

“It’s sort of Ministry business, but not the sort that would cause distress, I’m hoping. I need to ask about proper protocol. As you well know, Hermione ands I are getting married. I was wondering if I, as a Ministry official, am I required to have a large Ministry gala or would a private service be alright?” Harry asked the older man.

Arthur smiled. “Well, now that you mention it, Harry, a Ministry gala might be just the thing to introduce you to your counterparts on the continent and in the muggle world. I’m glad to hear that you are open to the idea. It is not required, however. The main thing is that you and Hermione have the wedding that you want. Is a gala what you want?” At Harry’s scowling expression, Arthur continued, “Maybe a nice compromise is a private wedding, or elopement, if that is what you two truly want, then a public reception at the Ministry. That way, you could invite anyone you choose, plus Minister Bones and I would have the honor of recognizing you formally without adding another ball to our already overworked schedules. How would that be?”

“That sounds excellent, sir. I don’t really relish turning something so special…so private…into a media circus, while I, also, recognize my duty to the public. I think it is a brilliant idea. Thank you. I’ll speak to Hermione about it when we get home so if she agrees, plans can get underway.”

They returned to the house to find dinner was being set on the table. The enticing odor of the stew and crusty bread filled the house with warmth. Hermione snickered to herself as Harry helped himself to thirds. Harry never was one to eat a lot and if something was bothering him, he’d eat very little, if at all. Hermione took a habit she’d picked up in school: determine Harry’s state of mind by the amount he consumes. As Harry reached for seconds of blueberry crumble, Hermione reinforced her knowledge that he was indeed happy.

Harry stumbled as he crossed the threshold entering his house. Hermione gasped. “Are you alright?” she asked.

“I’m fine,” he answered. “I just lost my footing, that’s all. You know, I’m not going to break, but I may get a few bumps and bruises until I get used to this again. Don’t worry so much.”

“So says the man who got his leg shattered by Ginny Weasley…” Hermione mumbled under her breath.

“I heard that…” Harry replied as he headed up the stairs.

Hermione found him on the balcony as promised. He was nonchalantly looking at the stars.

“See anything interesting?” she asked.

“No, just trying to appear casual, so that you wouldn’t know how badly I wanted you to join me.”

“Casual, huh?” she purred as she began unbuttoning his shirt. “I always keep my promises.”

“I do love that about you,” he responded, as she trailed kisses across his bare chest. “I was just casually trying to avoid looking as eager as I’m feeling…”

“Ooooh, now you’re eager, are you?”

“A bit too eager, I think,” he said. He knew he wasn’t allowed to lift her, though he wanted desperately to do just that and wrap her legs around his waist. He began working the clasp of her shirt. “Did you charm the door when you came in?” he whispered. She mumbled an affirmative never removing her lips from his skin. He urgently attempted to gain enough concentration to put up a silencing charm, as well as a repelling charm, so they wouldn’t be interrupted. “I want you, Hermione,” he said breathily. “Right here, right now.”

She carefully slid her jeans and knickers to the floor as his eyes feasted on her body. “You have me, for now…for forever.”

He carefully maneuvered them to the same chaise they’d occupied earlier, laid her down on it, leaning over her. “I finally get to do this right…” he said. He carefully parted her knees with his own allowing him to fit his hips between her thighs. She grasped the waistband of his jeans and pulled him closer. While he was raised above her, she slid down and undid his zipper with her teeth. Harry groaned his appreciation. “I’ve always wanted to do that…” she said huskily.

Saturday arrived dark and dreary as a steady drizzle pelted down. Hermione left Harry sleeping, or so she thought, as she prepared herself for work. She had the day shift, which he knew she preferred. She had fed Hedwig, who hooted happily at her company. Harry thought that it must be a sort of female bonding ritual between the two. That suited him. His owl tended to get snooty at him often before Hermione began sleeping over more.

Hermione left to have some breakfast, with the owl following her. Harry quickly threw on his dressing gown and apparated down to the kitchen. When Hermione entered, she saw Harry nonchalantly sipping his tea.

“Very funny, Harry.” she said and greeted him with a peck on the cheek. “I thought you were still sleeping.”

“That’s what I wanted you to think.” he replied smugly.

“You’re good at that, then.”

“I’ve found it a handy trick a time or two” he answered indistinctly. “Besides, what kind of Auror would I make if I sleep so soundly that I don’t hear you get up?”

“I hate to be the one that points this out to you, but you aren’t an Auror anymore.” she teased.

Harry chuckled. “Thanks for that.” he grinned. “What would I do without you?”

“You’d probably still be out partying every night with Fred and George, shagging every witch that wiggles her hips at you.”

“You say that as if it were a bad thing...” replied Harry with a smirk.

“Honestly!” Hermione groaned. “If that’s the way you feel, then I’d be happy to move out of your way. I’m sure I could get at least a galleon for this ring here…” she added in a mock serious tone.

“Of course not, love. I was just having you on. You are the one I love and I want to spend the rest of my life with. Is that better?” Harry continued to smirk, knowing she was teasing...mostly…or at least he hoped so.

“What are going to do today, Mr. Potter, other than walk around with a silly grin on your face?”

“I believe my grin might possibly permanent, after last night. Maybe I should come to St Mungo’s and have that checked out. I hear their newly certified Healer is quite tidy. Think I’ve got a chance to chat her up?” he kidded, pulling her against him.

“Truthfully, no. I’ve heard she’s got a big strong boyfriend who is the most powerful wizard alive. Maybe you shouldn’t risk it.”

“Boyfriend?” he asked. “Have I gotten a demotion since last night?”

“No, not yet, but keep up the rubbish and you just might.” she said.

“I’ll be good, I promise” he pouted.

“That’s settled then. I should be home by half six, then we can have that picnic you promised.”

“I’ll find the perfect place and have it set up for when you get home.” he responded.

“I’ll look forward to it. Be careful, though, Harry. You can’t do everything you once could yet and remember: No running!” she chided.

“Yes, love” he repeated in a weary voice.

34. Plots and Thoughts

Plots & Thoughts

Chapter 34

Plots & Thoughts

Harry sat at his desk his fingers steepled as he listened to reports from the Aurors, Unspeakables and MLES. As his mind processed the information he was receiving, he couldn’t help but think back to what Snape had said to him in his dream.

“Thank you,” he told the group. “Give me a chance to work this out a bit. We can reconvene on Wednesday to go over our next move. Will the same time work for everyone? Good,” he replied at their affirmative nods.

After the officers had returned to their departments, Harry called Ron in. Once Ron had entered, Harry put the strongest silencing charm around his desk. He relayed his dreamed conversation with Snape to his friend.

“Hermione thinks its rubbish, but I don’t know,” Harry said. “He could be trying to tell us something.”

“He could be trying to set you up, you mean. That would be more like the Snape we knew.”

“I don’t know. I mean, the man is dead. Why would he continue that when it doesn’t matter anymore?”

“Because,” shouted Ron. “He is Snape. He was a greasy git who got off on things like that. Hell, he lived for it…”

“That’s just it,” replied Harry. “He’s dead. Do you think the dream was real?”

“I’m inclined to believe so,” said Ron. “I mean look at your dreams in the past. How many times did something you dreamed and believed to be real, wind up happening? If you think it was real, then I’m with you, mate.”

“Let’s see what Tonks this of all this. Call her in, would you?”

Ron went to fetch Tonks while Harry canceled his charm. He’d need to cast a larger one to cover three people.

“You wanted to see me, boss?” said Tonks entering the office with Ron.

“Yeah, we need to talk about something. It could be important,” replied Harry.

Under a security bubble, Harry and Ron brought Tonks up to speed on the dream, its possible ramifications and validity. Tonks stared back at them with wide eyes. Harry relayed the information from the reports he’d heard. “It all fits,” said Harry. “I don’t want to think about it, but we may have another war on our hands if we don’t.”

“But, it’s Snape!” whined Ron. “Why would that git help us? He’s dead.”

“Did he really say that Malfoy was dying?” asked Tonks. “I’ve been keeping tabs on him. He’s looking as fit as usual. I can’t wait until sentencing comes down. It’s taking way too long.”

“I can’t know details, but is there a problem there? Just answer yes or no, please,” said Harry.

“No,” said Tonks. “Nothing has been reported that you need to worry about.”

Harry signaled his understanding. “Do we have any kind of timeframe for this to be over?”

Tonks shook her head. “They are being overly cautious, if you ask me. The raid was clean, the evidence overwhelming. They are trying to prevent what happened to Sirius.”

“What happened to Sirius is that he never got a bloody trial!” stormed Harry.

“We know that, mate. We just have to be a bit more patient,” stated Ron.

Harry smiled at his friend. “Well that makes my whole year,” he joked. “I’m getting reminded to be patient by none other than Ron Weasley. We have entered a new plane of existence…”

“Shut it, you prat,” Ron smiled.

“That’s Boss Prat to you, Ronniekins,” corrected Tonks.

Harry groaned. “Let’s just get back to business here. What do we do?”

“Let me get the written reports and see what correlations are there...” offered Tonks

“I’ll see what I can come up with regarding Ferret-Face, and then I can work with Tonks to see if there is anything brewing,” continued Ron

“Get a crew posted at that graveyard. It has high significance to them. Make sure the team is small, yet highly conspicuous. Preventing a gathering is much easier than raiding one in progress,” instructed Harry.

“Got it,” said Ron. The meeting adjourned and Harry was left alone to ponder what to do. He looked over his transcriptions of both meetings.

Harry arrived at St Mungo’s shortly before his allotted time to meet Hermione.

“Harry!” called Healer Strankford. “What are you doing here? No problems, I hope.”

“No, none…” Harry replied. “I’m just taking my beautiful fiancée to lunch. Have you seen her?”

“She should be down in a mo. How are things going for you, Mr. Potter?”

“Very well, thanks,” Harry replied. “A bit shaky at first, I still stumble a bit, but I’m very glad to be walking. Thank you for everything you did for me.”

“No thanks are necessary,” the Healer replied. “It’s my job. Besides, with your success and the …er…brackles, your friends developed for you, I should make the best magi-medical journals, don’t you think? That certainly comes in handy come review time,” The Healer slung an arm around Harry’s shoulders. “I do believe my wife and I will be thanking you for many years to come, and that has nothing to do with the Defeat. However, I would like to hear the entire story from you whenever you are ready to tell it.”

“Hermione is always preaching to me to ‘talk about things” so I might just take you up on that…someday,” responded Harry.

“I don’t preach,” reprimanded Hermione. “As your Healer, I offer suggestions to help improve your well-being.”

“In a bossy, ‘you’ll do as I say or else’ tone,” added Harry.

Healer Strankford laughed. “I know how she is. Are you sure you want to marry this one?” Hermione scowled, yet knew they were teasing her.

“I love it when she gets all domineering,” stated Harry with an exaggerated shiver, which caused Healer Strankford to laugh even harder.

“You are certainly in a good mood today,” Hermione observed.

“I’m going home to my lovely house to eat lunch with my beautiful fiancée. I’ll worry about the rest of it afterward,” Harry explained. “There’s some stuff I need to work out at the office and it can wait.”

“You just want to a bit of snogging more than stimulating conversation,” Hermione guessed.

“I’ll settle for stimulating snogging….” replied Harry with a smirk.

Healer Strankford backed up saying, “Before this conversation goes any farther into the ‘I don’t want to hear this about a colleague’ category, I must be off.”

They said their goodbyes, and then headed home. Winky had made sandwiches and fruit, which the couple took up to Harry’s balcony. After the sandwiches were eaten they began playing a messy game of mouth target, aiming fruit chunks at the other person’s open mouth. The score was even until Harry decided the neck of Hermione’s shirt made a better target.

“Harry!” she shrieked. “You’re going to get me all sticky!”

“That, love, is my intention,” he replied with a waggle of his eyebrows.

“We don’t have time for that or a shower,” she stated.

“You’re no fun,” Harry said with a playful pout. “How about tonight? We can request more fruit after dinner. I’ve some ideas for a new game…”

“You, sir, are insatiable,” Hermione stated.

“Just the way you like me…” replied Harry.

“True,” she agreed, “but your timing is way off.”

Harry arrived back at his office after lunch, with some thoughts about the possible upcoming Death Eater event. He had a theory, but wanted to run it by his resident strategy expert first.

“Ron, can I see you in my office a minute?” he asked.

“Be right there…” stated Ron as he finished up the report he was working on. He joined Harry in the office and placed his report in the basket on Harry’s desk.

“What’s that?” Harry asked.

“That’s just some thoughts about the git’s dream that I wanted to write up before I forgot.”

“That’s why I asked you here,” stated Harry. “I wanted to run some ideas by you like we did in school. What have you got?”

“First…” explained Ron. “I went through possible scenarios in the case that this was only a dream. You know, what is your subconscious trying to tell you. Then, I covered the angle of if Snape were trying to warn you and what are the reasons; possibilities; and ramifications, both ways.”

“Excellent work, mate. Let’s see them. I’ve got a hunch of my own. I wanted to see what you thought of it.”

“What are you thinking, mate?” Ron asked.

“First I want to see if my hunch is on your list. That would give it merit in my opinion. I may be way off base,” replied Harry.

The two men went thoroughly through Ron’s report. To Harry’s amazement, his idea was near the top of Ron’s thoughts regarding if the dream was real.

“So you think it has to do with Malfoy, too,” asked Ron.

“That’s my best guess,” Harry responded. “Snape has always had a soft spot for Malfoy. It would make sense that he’d want to protect him, even from beyond. He said it in such a way that would provoke me to get involved in preventing whatever is slated to kill him.”

“But what?” asked Ron. “What could they have planned for that loser that would kill him?”

“It’s far fetched enough that we’d dismiss it, yet it is close enough to the truth to cause concern. Do you think it merits bringing it to the department yet…” Harry queried, “…or bring only Tonks in, or keep it between the two of us? We are operating under a microscope here.”

“A what?” asked Ron.

“It’s a muggle device to look at things very close up, like you look through it at a drop of blood and see all of the cells in it.”

“Sounds a bit dodgy to me,” Ron declared. “So what does it mean that we’re under a misocrope thing?”

“It just means that we are being watched carefully to make sure we can handle the job,” Harry explained.

“Mate,” Ron started, “they’ve already watched you do the impossible more than once. What more evidence could they want that you are a good as they say?”

“Thanks for the vote of confidence; but we still need to watch our step. Any ideas on who to bring in on this?” Harry asked.

“I’d say just Tonks, for now,” offered Ron. “We can trust her, plus she can help watch for action from the reports. She may be able to spot something we miss, but it’s really your call, mate. It’ll be your head that rolls if this is a waste of time.”

“I’ve thought of that. However, it’ll be worse, much worse if we ignore it and it was true,” replied Harry.

Ron stepped to the door and called for Tonks. Tonks came in immediately as Harry replaced the silencing charm. They quickly filled Tonks in on their discussion and how they’ve reached their conclusions. Tonks listened carefully to their wild idea before commenting.

“I agree that there’s something happening out there,” she commented. “There’s a buzz of activity, nothing enough to draw attention, mind, but a steady increase in activity has been noted. I’m not sure that Draco Malfoy could possibly be involved. I mean, he’s in Ministry custody…”

“So was Bellatrix at one time…” interrupted Harry. “Ministry security isn’t fool proof, Hell, even Sirius escaped from Azkaban. If the three of us can decide that this is the right course of action, it’ll stay between the three of us. All we need to do, for now, is keep to the plan and station a small crew at the graveyard and equip them with the means to call for help should this meeting come about. In the meantime, until that call comes in, we can plan what we should do about it. Snape suggested that I show up and toss a few spells around, flex a little magical muscle and, according to him, their plans will dissipate. We need to figure out what they are planning in regards to Malfoy and keep a strong eye on him, because if what Snape hinted at is true then he is a major player in the entire scheme and he doesn’t even know it. He’d be on the next portkey to China if he knew!”

“Wasn’t he at the Final Battle?” asked Ron.

Harry couldn’t control his laughter. “He was there alright, however briefly... He ran like a scared puffskein once he laid eyes on Voldemort,” Harry told his colleagues the entire story of the Final Battle. It got easier to tell now that he’d told a couple of people and so far no one had thought badly of how he had ended it.

“So all of that was happening in the Forbidden Forest, while you had Hermione and I evacuating the school?” Ron asked incredulously.

“Yep,” answered Harry. “I was trying to keep you safe. I knew Voldemort was onto the curse Hermione found and I knew he wanted all three of us dead. If I were to lose, you still had each other.”

“Well, mate, even though she was my girlfriend at the time, she was fit to burst when we figured out you’d gone. She was in a right state until we got word that you’d arrived at St Mungo’s and were going to be alright.”

“You two broke up soon after…That wasn’t because of me, was it?” Harry asked. He’d always been curious as to what happened to their relationship; however he’d never asked before.

“No,” Ron answered, “Not really. I mean it probably was a part of it somewhere, but she and I just didn’t work as a couple. I found that having a crush on her much more enjoyable than the actual dating. We just decided we were wrong for each other.”

“Which leads us back to the conversation in question,” redirected Tonks. “Now, how do we prove whether or not it is real, boss?”

“We keep our eyes and ears open, first off,” replied Harry. “Then we keep an eye on both the graveyard and Malfoy. There has to be a reason why he hasn’t been sentenced yet. We need to figure out the mastermind behind it all. There is no way to convince me that Malfoy is anything other than a figurehead. His father was a high ranking Death Eater. Maybe that is enough to offer up Malfoy, perhaps not. ”

“We also need to have a look at those that claimed ‘Imperious’ this time round. That should steer us in the right direction, then talk to those in custody and see what they know. Sure, they are singing like a phoenix, but they can’t be telling the whole story,” offered Ron.

“I can have a chat with Shacklebolt about that,” said Tonks. “I won’t divulge why, but I can hint at something being planned. He’ll take it from there. I can have him assign a team to the graveyard as well.”

“Excellent,” Harry praised his team. “Make sure they are outfitted with the scramblers. We don’t want to alert them that we may be onto them in advance.”

“Boss, you aren’t planning to show up in the field, if something happens, are you?”

“I’ll have to, won’t I?” responded Harry. “I’ll be an irresistible target.”

“Harry, NO!!” objected Ron. “You can’t do this. You know the risks, besides Hermione will never let you…”

“I don’t tell her what potions to give her patients and she doesn’t tell me how to do my job either. Besides, when have I ever run from a challenge based on risk?” Harry retorted with a snort.

“Boss,” Tonks said in a pleading tone, “you can’t be serious. There has to be another way!”

“Let’s just cross that bridge when we get to it. For now, we’ll just figure out what they are planning and finish it once and for all.”

35. When the Going Gets Tough

When the Going Gets Tough

Chapter 35

When the Going Gets Tough

Harry’s bodyguard showed up for duty the next morning. Harry spent a great deal of time showing him, Edgar, around and getting to know him. Edgar seemed pleased by the opportunity and consistently had to be reminded not to gush. The strapping young man was definitely star struck.

“Edgar, please,“ Harry begged, “I can use the loo by myself. You can wait outside.”

“But Boss, there may be DE’s in there! Let me check it out first at least.”

Harry motioned Edgar forward. “Be my guest.”

After a few minutes, Edgar came out. “All clear, Boss” he said.

“Thank you,” Harry responded with a weary tone.

Harry returned to his office to find his fiancée in a strangle-hold by his new bodyguard. “Edgar!” he shouted. “Let Hermione go! She’s going to be my wife soon. I’m sure if she wanted to kill me, she’d have done it long ago at home.”

“It could be Polyjuice, Boss. Ask her something only she would know.”

“What did I have for pudding last night?” He asked her with a wicked grin.

“Not much of anything, luv,” she answered with a matching smirk. “You were too busy smearing it all over my…”

“It’s her. Release her, please,” Harry directed.


Edgar released the struggling Healer, his face a deep red. Hermione harrumphed her displeasure.

“Wait outside, please, Edgar,” Harry instructed. Edgar bowed his head and ducked out of the office.

“I can’t deal with this,” Harry complained. “I don’t like having a bodyguard, always skulking about, mumbling about DE’s, following me into the loo... I can take care of myself.”

Hermione got over her anger and went to Harry’s side. “I think you need one to at the very least save you from yourself,” she said in a business-like tone. “Anyway, he’s good at what he does. You can’t fire him. He’ll be crushed.”

“I won’t fire him,” Harry agreed more to please her than himself. “We’ve still got posts to fill in the department. He’s a good Auror, maybe I’ll assign him to Ron or Tonks, even.”

Harry made a mental note to check to see if there was another spot for Edgar, however he had a more pressing problem. He had to convince the Minister that Malfoy was somehow mixed up in the Death Eater plot. He knew that if he were wrong, he’d be a laughingstock. He’d certainly been there before. They needed more evidence. The Minister would never accept that his dead former professor, who by the way always hated him, talked to him in a dream. He needed to talk to Malfoy. That was sure to be pleasant, he thought sarcastically.

“Boss?” Tonks called from the doorway, shortly after Hermione had left. Harry motioned her in. “I’ve been thinking…” she began, “What if you talked to Malfoy? He won’t respond to me. I was the arresting Auror. If what I hear about your rivalry in school is true, then he might be persuaded to boast a bit, if you goad him quite right.”

“Unfortunately, I had the same thought.” said Harry. “That’s the only way I can see to get the evidence we need. I hate this waiting around waiting for them to make a move. If I taunt him a bit, he might tell us what we want to know.”

“Oh!” said Ron, sticking his head in. “I didn’t mean to interrupt.”

“We were just talking. Come on in.” said Harry.

“I’ve a thought on why Snape came to you. Care to hear it?” stated Ron casually in order to bait his colleagues a bit.

“I’d love to know,” replied Harry.

“Malfoy has always been Snape’s pet, right?” Ron began. Harry nodded. “Well, what if the ‘event’ were to place Malfoy in danger. That would explain the ‘Malfoy will be joining us soon’ comment. He wants to continue to protect the prat. He’d rather see Malfoy rot in Azkaban than whatever the Death Eaters have planned. What do you think?”

“It’s better than anything else we’ve got,” offered Tonks.

“O-kay,” Harry sighed. “The plan, as it sits, is I will go and talk to Malfoy…see what I can find out. We’ll convene and talk about it, then plan our next move. For now, could someone, please, find Edgar something to do other than follow me around?” He’d thought a “Constant Vigilance” sort of bodyguard was what he needed, however the reality was that he found it annoying. He should’ve remembered from his youth his distaste for being followed and watched.

Harry took the lift down to the lowest level it would go. From there he had to pass by Courtroom 10 where he had been held hostage by Malfoy. He shuddered as he passed it. Finally he arrived at the holding cells. Malfoy’s trial had been over for months. It didn’t bode well that the sentencing was delayed this long. He’d been found guilty of all charges. How hard could it be to pass sentence? Harry knew there must be someone working against them on the inside. What he didn’t know is who it is and how it ties in with the rest.

He arrived at the appointed doorway and flashed his credentials. He was shown immediately to a small room to wait for the prisoner to arrive. He remained standing, rather than sit at the small table. He knew it was a power play, yet didn’t care. If he was going to goad Malfoy, he’d best start off correctly.

“Potter,” spat Malfoy, “come to see your handiwork of Ministry incompetence?”

“My incompetence?” Harry snarled. “Forgive me for stating the obvious, but I’m not the one in shackles, am I?”

Malfoy ran a hand through his dirty blonde hair. “You’ve no idea what you’ve done. You can’t lock me up…”

“See previous statement…” Harry interrupted. He was almost there. He could feel it. “What have I done? Well, besides killing your mate Voldemort, removing loads of Death Eater scum from society, saving the wizarding world from…”

“You just don’t get it, do you?” shrieked Malfoy.

“Suppose you tell me what I don’t get. But speak slowly; I am a mere half-blood after all,” Harry sarcastically replied.

“You and your merry band of do-gooders, you have no idea who you are dealing with. You think locking me up will stop them?”

“It’s done fairly well so far…” Harry stated casually.

“You just wait,” snarled Malfoy. “I’m still here for my protection. They don’t want anything to happen to me until…” Malfoy broke off.

“Until? Until after you’ve been given the kiss? After you’ve got your cell in Azkaban all sorted?”

“YOU IMBECILE!” Malfoy roared. “You haven’t got a clue! Rabastan is…”

“What is Rabastan planning?” Harry asked with a wicked grin.

“I’m…” Malfoy sputtered. “I’m not telling you anything,” he continued with a marked lack of conviction.

“You listen to me, Malfoy and listen well. I am your only hope out of this alive,” Harry sneered.

“Why would I listen to you?” Malfoy returned with a sneer of his own.

“Because you are scared to die. You are too much of a coward to partake of this little ritual…”

“What do you know about the ritual?” Malfoy asked in surprise.

“I know enough,” said Harry. “I want to know more, that’s where you come in.”

“I’ll tell you NOTHING!” Malfoy spat.

Harry had had enough of his posturing. He grabbed Malfoy by the collar and leaned down until his face was only inches from the frightened blonde’s. “Suit yourself. However, before deciding, keep these facts in mind and I don’t wish to repeat myself. You will either be going to Azkaban or get the kiss, if you stay here. Either way, you are dead in a month. Another option is to tell me what you know. I am sufficiently connected to be able to help you. The final option is to keep to the plan. The ritual is designed to kill you. I don’t have all of the details, but I know the final outcome…you are dead and Rabastan is still here. I will get him, make no mistake about that, but you’ll still be dead. I’ve never known you to be the magnanimous sort...” Harry released him and walked to the farthest corner, keeping his back to Malfoy.

“My father…” Malfoy sneered in his former arrogant tone.

“IS DEAD!” Harry turned and shouted back. “He can’t help you with this. I am the only hope you’ve got to survive. I’m not going to make it easy for you, but I can help you for a price.”

“How much?” asked Malfoy. “I never knew you to be the sort to stoop to blackmail, but I’ll play your game. How much of my family’s wealth are you after? The mansion? Galleons? Name your price.”

Harry stared at him in amazement. “You think this is about money??? I’ve plenty of that, more than I need really. Mansion? Got one, thanks.”

“WHAT DO YOU WANT FROM ME?” screamed Malfoy.

“I want information. I want to stop Rastaban and prevent this ritual from taking place. The quality of the information will determine what I will offer in return. If you help me, I will spare your life. Cross me and I will kill you myself.”

“Saint Potter is issuing a threat? Don’t make me laugh.” snarled Malfoy.

“I don’t threaten. I am making a promise and I WILL deliver on it.” Harry growled.

“You’re too confident in your abilities. You wouldn’t last five seconds against me in a duel.”

“Oh yeah?” smiled Harry. “Your mate Voldemort thought that as well. Funny thing, though, he isn’t around to say it anymore. Curious thing, that, don’t you think?”

“Are you referring to the Final Battle? I was there, remember?” sneered Malfoy in contempt.

“Oh yeah, I remember everything.” stated Harry coldly. “I remember him firing the Killing Curse at me,” he said, his voice gradually increasing in volume. “Bill Weasley was killed when I ducked the curse. I remember that you ran screaming like a banshee at the sight of Voldemort. I remember what it felt like to fire the curse at him. I remember what it felt like as his spirit left his body and filled the orb I held. AND I REMEMBER DESTROYING THAT ORB AND SHATTERING VOLDEMORT’S SPIRIT INTO A MILLION PIECES, THEN VANISHING THEM FROM EXISTENCE WITH A SPELL OLDER THAN MALFOY BLOOD!” Harry lowered his voice as Malfoy visibly shrank away from him in fear. Harry continued, “So let me state this in a different way, you help me and I’ll help you. Screw me and you are a dead man.” Harry strode from the room with Malfoy calling after him.

Harry arrived back at his office, his head fit to burst. He locked himself in his office, hiding from the world. He struggled with his barely contained control. “Calm down” he told himself. “Don’t let him get to you.” He figured out he was in for another nightmare tonight and wondered if Hermione would be there or Lupin. He was torn between who he preferred to be there. It was fine if neither were there as well. Hermione made him feel better by running her fingers through his hair which woke him up in the most pleasant way. Lupin left him alone, yet stayed close in case he was needed.

Later that evening, Tonks stopped by Harry’s to see Lupin, who had gone to his own flat for a bit. She could tell by the look in Harry’s eyes that he was in a bad way. While he was getting them drinks from the bar, she beckoned his snowy owl to the loo for a private chat.

“Where’s Hedwig?” asked Harry. “She was just here a minute ago.”

“I let her out to hunt. You know I can’t deny her when she looks at me like she does,” Tonks lied.

“You spoil her, you mean,” smiled Harry. “That’s fine. Shall we see what’s for dinner?”

“I can’t stay, boss. I wanted to catch up to Remus, remember?” she said.

“Alright,” Harry said wearily. He mentally berated himself for his weakness. He could handle this alone.

“Hey, Boss,” she said gently. “Are you going to be alright?”

“I’m fine,” he said with more conviction than he felt. Tonks gave him a look of pity, which he found irritating. She laid her hand on his cheek and murmured her goodbyes.

Harry poured himself a large tankard of mulled mead and took a long swallow. He quickly found that the alcoholic drink wasn’t helping the aching, so he dumped the rest and climbed the stairs to bed.

He’d just entered his bedroom, when he heard a pop. Hermione had arrived. He was torn between pleasure at her company and embarrassment that she was there. She gave him a concerned look. Shame won the battle, as Harry ducked his head and prepared to charm his conjured bindings.

“Bad?” Hermione asked gently.

Harry nodded, his face flaming. Hermione came to him and drew him into her arms, she held him as she would a sick child until she felt his body relax. Leading him to the bed, she helped him lie down, never releasing him from her touch. She vanished his shirt and jeans to the laundry, then rubbed his temples. While softly humming to him a lullaby, she stroked his skin up and down his body as he drifted off to sleep.

The long night was finally over. Harry’s nightmare was one of the worst he’d ever experienced. Hermione had made it survivable. She ran her fingers through his hair as he writhed in the hell of his dreams. Sometime in the early morning he had broken the bindings he’d placed on his arms. His face bore scratches and bruises. Hermione gave him a calming draught to help him through the worst of it.

Harry opened his eyes to see his fiancée smiling at him. “What?” he asked self-consciously.

“You look like Remus after the full moon...” she snickered. “It’s kind of sexy in a way, those scratches. It makes you look like some sort of lion tamer or something.”

“You are mental,” he replied, reaching for her. “Want to heal them for me or leave them?”

“Let’s leave them for now, I think,” she said in a husky voice, leaving him no doubts about what she had in mind. “If you are alright, that is…”

“We can leave them…for now,” he responded while removing the bindings on his legs. “Thank you for last night. You really helped.”

“I wish we could find a cure for them.” she said. “I’ll see what Healer Strankford says. He’d love to get his name in more magi-medical journals.”

Harry made a revolted face and went back to nibbling her neck below her ear. A faint popping sound drew his attention away. He looked at the bedside table and was pleased to notice his house elves had sent a variety of fruit and cream cakes for breakfast.

He dragged his finger through the creamy filling of a cake and spread the fluffy cream onto Hermione’s neck. “My house elves need an increase in pay,” he said before laving the filling with his tongue.

Hermione whimpered in appreciation of his efforts and mumbled, “A large increase…” She spread the fruit filling along his abdomen and returned the favor.

Harry arrived at work exhausted from lack of sleep, yet alert due to his other pursuits of the morning. He was almost late to the meeting he had called.

“Good morning, Ladies and Gentlemen,” he called with more confidence than he felt, as he strode through the door. The conversations among the group immediately halted as all attention turned to Harry’s arrival. “Thank you for coming.” Harry took his place behind his desk and faced the assembled group of Department Heads who dealt with security, as well as his own staff. He cast a strong Imperturbable Charm on the area. “What I’m about to tell you cannot leave this room. I need your input as to the validity of the threat and any substantiating or conflicting evidence you may have run across.”

Ron looked aghast that Harry was going to the Ministry with this. Harry gave him a quick wink to let him know that he knew what he was doing. Harry told the assembled witches and wizards what he knew about the ritual and the plans for the remaining Death Eaters to regain power. He kept his visit to Malfoy to himself, until he finished what he had started. He knew it would only be a matter of time before Malfoy would see things his way.

“That makes sense,” stated Shacklebolt. “We’ve heard mumblings about a new rising. You are number one on the hit list, Potter.”

“When haven’t I been?” Harry returned. “Anyone else?”

The frumpy witch who leads the Unspeakables spoke up. “My sources state that the old graveyard where You-know-who…”

“His name is Voldemort. He is dead. Use his name, please, or Tom Marvolo Riddle, that was his given name. We are the cream of the crop in Ministry security. If we are afraid to say a name then we don’t belong here. Please continue.” Harry finished his speech never looking up from his stack of parchments. He didn’t want the witch to think he was reprimanding her.

“Yes, sir,” she replied. “Our sources are saying that something is planned at the graveyard where V-v-v-oldemort’s father is buried.”

“Excellent work.” Harry said as he gave her a wink and a smile. “We need a small, high profile team stationed there. We need people who can spot an event before it starts. Mr. Shacklebolt, do you have a team available?” Harry was still unused to being Kingsley Shacklebolt’s superior when for so many years it was the other way around.

“Not a problem, Mr. Potter,” Shacklebolt said with a smile. “I can have a team stationed in one hour.”

“Brilliant,” praised Harry. “Make sure they know it is a preventative step and to make sure they are seen. If we can stop this before it starts, we’ll have a better chance of taking down the Death Eaters before they can cause any harm. Does anyone have anything else to add?”

When Harry looked around the room and made eye contact with each person to make sure everyone had a chance to speak, if they chose. Tonks gave him a saucy wink and Ron was trying to signal to Harry that he wanted to talk to him after the meeting.

“I guess that’s it, then,” Harry said. “Let’s make this a weekly meeting, at least until we get a handle on this. Same time, same day?” No one responded to his question, so he took it as consent. He was reminded of when he was at school and a professor was asking a question as the bell rang; everyone was too busy packing away their quills and parchment to answer. “Great. I’ll see you next week, if not before. Thank you for coming.”

The group filed out of the office. Harry watched as each one who left gave a shiver as they crossed his wards. Ron and Tonks remained behind to speak to him. As soon as the last person files out, Harry cast a strong Imperturbable Charm.

“You are brilliant, mate.” stated Ron. “You’ve got your departments thinking along the same lines and gave away nothing. Absolutely brilliant.” Harry grinned at him.

“I hate to interrupt, Boss, but I got word that Malfoy is demanding to talk to you. What did you say to him? He’s causing quite a ruckus...” said Tonks with suspicion.

“Let’s just say I gave him an offer he couldn’t refuse.” Harry replied.

“You didn’t!” exclaimed Ron. “Please tell me you aren’t letting that ferret go free.”

“I didn’t say that,” Harry said coolly. “He knows that we know about the ritual, so we know the ritual is real. We know that the ritual is going to kill him. What we didn’t know was who was behind it and he so kindly filled me in on that. It’s Rabastan.”

“You’re going back in the field, aren’t you?” asked Tonks.

“I don’t have a choice.” said Harry, his voice getting gradually louder. “We have to make a statement. We have to show them that we won’t tolerate another uprising. We have to show them what it means to go up against us.”

Ron shook his head at him. “Hermione isn’t going to like it, mate. I don’t want to be in your shoes when she finds out.”

“She’ll understand. I can’t live my life with a target on my back. I want a normal life and a family. I can’t have what I want until this is over. She has to understand. She just has to.”

36. The Tough Get Going

The Tough Get Going

Chapter 36

The Tough Get Going

Harry strode confidently into the Ministry holding cell, as if he owned it. Draco Malfoy was sitting at the table where inmates receive visitors.

“About bloody time you got here,” snarled Malfoy.

Harry gave him a cheesy grin. “I’ve been busy. That happens to people who aren’t in jail.”

“I demand that you release me immediately. I am a Malfoy and…”

“Yeah, yeah, yeah…” Harry said with mock casualness. “You are a Malfoy and you have been convicted, much like your father was and since you don’t have his connections to arrange an escape, you want me to provide you with the means to be released. What else is new?”

Malfoy’s face flushed with rage. “See here, Scarhead…”

Leaning against the wall with relaxed ease, Harry rolled his eyes to the dingy ceiling as if he was looking up into a clear sky. “Name calling is not endearing you to me,” he drawled.

Malfoy’s eyes bulged in outrage.

Harry continued, “I truly don’t care to repeat myself, but I will just this once.” Harry held up his index finger. One, the ritual is designed to kill you.” He raised another finger. Two, your sentence is going to be a Kiss when it comes down.” He lifted a third finger. “And three, I, alone, have the means for your survival. What I want is information and cooperation.”

Malfoy lifted his haughty chin, yet held his tongue.

“This is my game,” stated Harry in a cold grave voice. “I make the rules; I referee; I tally the score. You step an inch out of line and I will escort you to the dementors myself.” He walked around behind Malfoy and lowered his voice to almost a whisper. “It’s your choice, Malfoy. Either tell me what I want to know, right here, right now or I walk out of here and leave you to whoever cares to kill you first.”

“I’ll tell you NOTHING!” Malfoy exclaimed.

“Then allow me to use your own words against you. You’re dead, Malfoy…” Harry turned toward the door as if to leave.

“WAIT!” Malfoy shouted. Harry allowed a brief grin before turning back toward Malfoy. He raised an eyebrow, yet left his face expressionless.

“What do you want to know?” Malfoy asked meekly. Gone was the previous arrogance. All that was left was a man who had nothing left to lose.

Harry gave him a wry smile. “Let’s start at the beginning…”

A few hours later, Harry strolled casually into the office, whistling, his arms swinging by his sides.

“What’s with you, Boss?” queried Tonks, then her eyes widening in surprise. “You did it? He spilled his guts?”

Harry chuckled softly. “Let’s just say we know ‘who’, ‘what’, and ‘where’. The only question remaining is ‘when’. Is Minister Bones in her office, do you know? I need to speak with her and Junior Minister Weasley about a plea agreement for Mr. Malfoy.”

Tonks smiled widely. “Let me see if I can get you in.” She turned on her heel and walked to the floo.

Harry sat at his desk, lost in thought. He stared at nothing as he filtered and sorted the information he had received.

“Boss?... Harry?” Harry noticed she sounded as if she’d been trying to get his attention for ages.

“Sorry,” he said. “I was just thinking about some things.”

Tonks smirked at him. “I know that look. You’ve got a plan.”

“Maybe…” he returned uncommitted.

“Minister Bones can see you in twenty minutes. The Junior Minister is with Ron and can join when they are finished.”

“No, have Ron join us when he’s finished with his dad. You and I can go over things until it’s time to head over there.”

“You want us there, Boss?”

“Well, I don’t want to tell this twice.” He grinned back at her.

Harry and Tonks were exchanging pleasantries with the Minister until the two Weasley’s arrived. Since dancing with Minister Bones at the celebration, she always insisted on greeting him with a hug, which he accepted reluctantly.

When Ron and his father arrived, Harry launched into the story of what Malfoy told him and relayed his plan to stop the planned ritual.

“What did we offer Mr. Malfoy for his information?” Mr. Weasley asked with a lack of enthusiasm.

“His life,” stated Harry evenly. “I told him I would stop the ritual as well as prevent him from receiving the Kiss.”

“That’s all?” cried a surprised Minister Bones. “I would have thought a Malfoy would demand a great deal more than that.”

“He demanded many things. That is all I agreed to. Malfoy is arrogant and cunning, but he certainly isn’t stupid. I wasn’t about to offer something I can’t authorize.”

“Harry, if we can prevent another war, authorization mustn’t be an issue,” scolded the Minister.

“Thanks…” mumbled Harry. “…but I prefer that we all be on board with this. I’ll take the fall if we aren’t successful, but I want the Ministry involved the whole way.”

Arthur Weasley smiled at Harry proudly. “Excellent idea, Harry. Now, what do we reward Mr. Malfoy with for his candor?”

“I was thinking that we could release him from Azkaban…” replied Harry.

“No way!” stormed Ron. “We can’t let that bastard go free!”

“I never said free, Ron. I was thinking more of a ‘house arrest” sort of deal. He could reside at Malfoy Manor, unable to leave. It’s already been stripped of all Dark material. We’d post a guard with him at all times. I see it as a win-win proposition. He’s allowed some freedoms, yet we have him locked away.”

“Who do you see guarding him?” asked Minister Bones.

Harry looked at Tonks with a wide grin.

“Edgar?” Tonks sputtered in amazement. “I think I’d choose Azkaban!”

Harry laughed. “Call him in, would you?” he asked Tonks, noticing his bosses’ confusion.

“You wanted to see me, Boss?” asked Edgar appearing from the fireplace. He looked around the Minister’s office in wonderment.

“Yes. Thank you for coming.” He introduced Edgar to the Minister and Junior Minister, and then sat down to watch Edgar work. He, Ron and Tonks exchanged smirks as Edgar scoured the room for dangerous articles.

“Boss…” Edgar stated. “There are two listening devices hidden in the draperies. I don’t think we should talk here.”

“Two?” cried Minister Bones. “There is only supposed to be one. That one goes to my Security Detail. Are you sure there are two?”

“Yes, Minister,” Edgar replied. “There is one on the third panel, with the second on the hem of the fourth.”

“The one on the third panel…” said Mr. Weasley. “Bring that one here.”

Edgar retrieved the bug and gave it Mr. Weasley. “This was only a preliminary search, Mr. Junior Minister, sir. I can do a full scan within the hour, if you wish.”

“Yes, please, “ said Minister Bones, looking at the charmed device. “We’ll be adjourning soon. Please allow my security team to assist you.”

“Yes, Minister Bones, Ma’am.” Edgar mumbled, clearly intimidated.

“Shall we take this to my office?” offered Harry. “That way we can finish up while Edgar gets started.”

The group broke off and headed to Harry’s office. Upon arriving, Harry felt a bit foolish taking his own chair, so he offered it to Minister Bones.

“That’s fine, Mr. Potter, no need to stand on ceremony. Take your chair,” she said with a wave of her hand.

“The other thing I wanted to go over is the leaks at the Ministry. I feel that within the hour, we’ll know who the suspect is. I didn’t want to mention this upstairs, but I’ve had a map created that has shown me who visits Mr. Malfoy. He’s had three visitors, other than me. Those visitors are Ginny Weasley…” he said with a sympathetic look toward Mr. Weasley, “…Ian Stranton and Alfred Kensington. I’ve placed a scrambler on Mr. Malfoy’s person, without his knowledge; therefore I have recorded all conversation that took place…”

“Harry!” gasped Arthur Weasley. “Do you know what you are doing?”

Ron gaped at his friend. Tonks was wide-eyed in disbelief.

“Yes, Mr. Weasley, I’m very possibly committing occupational suicide, however I feel that once the facts come to light, that you will see as I do, that we have our leak. My job is to save lives. I would be going against the contract I signed if I don’t do this.”

Harry waved a hand at a silver instrument on the table. The ghostly form of Ginny Weasley floated above it.

“Draco, let me talk to Harry. I think I can get him to free you. I meant something to him once, maybe he will listen.”

“Save your breath, sweet, besides after the stunts you pulled, I doubt he’ll listen to a word you have to say,” Draco returned. “I’d rather you didn’t have do all of that anyway. I only asked you to get close to him…”

“I thought I could persuade him to go easy on you, love, but he wouldn’t even listen. Then, when I tried to make him a laughingstock, it backfired as well. I’m sorry, Draco. I tried.”

“’Potter, the stud’ is an idea that will baffle the gods forever,” Malfoy scoffed. “It was all a lie. Please tell me that the whole interview was a lie.”

“I wish I could, darling,” she said with a heavy sigh. “ He was just…”

“Next!” muttered Harry. The figure of Ginny vanished as a muscular wizard appeared.

“Malfoy, the stage is set. The ritual will commence as planned and you, my dear friend, will become the next Dark Lord, ‘Lord Mayacof”, if you will.”

“You’re sure the plan will work? My father didn’t kiss the last Dark Lord’s hems for nothing, you know.”

“I’m well aware of your father’s plans, Draco. The ritual will fulfill them, never fear.”

“Where did you come up with Lord Mayacof? That sounds strange.”

“The same way Voldemort did. It is the letters of your name rearranged.”

“Lord Mayacof…Lord Mayacof…I think I like Lord Malfoy better.”

“Figurehead Dark Lords don’t get that choice, Draco. Accept it and get used to it. I’ll be back in a few days to finalize the plans. Start using the name.”

The figure of Ian faded as another figure arose. It was Alfred Kensington, Head of the Department of Aurors.

“Wake up, Malfoy. I need to talk to you.”

“Kensington! What are you doing here? Is this safe?” answered Malfoy.

“We need to act quickly,” Kensington replied. “Potter is onto us. The ritual will have to be postponed. He is stationing Aurors at the graveyard to wait. If no ritual takes place within a few months, then Potter will be ruined. He’s already taking the heat because his scramblers aren’t working. It was just luck he kept it on when we captured him.”

“How much longer will I have to stay here?” Malfoy asked.

“I’ve got your sentencing put off until after the New Year. By then Potter will be out of here and we can take over the wizarding world, as your father intended. Can you hold out that long?”

“I can,” answered Malfoy.

“Good, in exchange for your cooperation, Rabastan has arranged to have that pretty little redhead visit again, if you are sure…if we have your word, that she is trustworthy.”

“She loves me. She has no idea what we are up to,” Draco answered.

“She’d better not screw this up. Dolohov is still wanting to finish what he started before Potter stuck his nose in. The only thing protecting her is your cooperation…”

“I understand,” mumbled Malfoy.

Harry waved a hand at the silver apparatus and looked out at the faces pale with disbelief. “Well, that’s all I have,” Harry stated evenly.

After several tense seconds, Minister Bones spoke up. “Mr. Potter, please excuse us while we discuss your findings.”

“By all means,” stated Harry. “I’ll just trot up to your office, Madam Bones, and see if Edgar is finished there.”

The Minister nodded her assent and Harry strode out, quickly followed by Ron and Tonks. Upon closing the door behind them, Harry immediately put a silencing charm around the three of them.

“Bloody hell, Harry!” Ron exclaimed. “You’ve kept all of this to yourself for how long?”

“Since just before Hermione and I got broke up. I couldn’t say anything, mate. You understand that don’t you?”

“Of course, I do, but bloody hell!”

“You said that before, Ron,” teased Tonks. “Boss? Do you really think they’ll sack you?”

“It’s entirely possible. I’ve produced evidence against a high ranking Ministry Official, who obviously has connections, I’ve implicated the Junior Minister’s only daughter in the scheme, which she was only a bit player, plus I’ve pissed off Minister Bones by implying that her security staff was lax. Doesn’t bode too well for me, now does it?”

“They can’t sack you for doing what is right, Boss,” reassured Tonks.

“And Hermione calls me naïve…” Harry said. “Let’s go check on Edgar.”

After finding many security breaches in the Ministry Executive offices, Edgar was waiting for them to return. “Excellent work, Edgar,” praised Harry upon seeing the myriad of spying devices. Let’s load this stuff up and head back, shall we?”

“I labeled each piece with its name or moniker, as well as its use and lifespan,” Edgar explained.

Harry slung his arm around Edgar’s shoulder, giving him a quick pat on the other shoulder. “Brilliant job. You are an asset to this team.”

Edgar blushed bright at the commendation and took a seat at his desk.

Soon, the Minister and Junior Minister came from his office. Harry tried to read their expressions, but found them blank. Minister Bones sent a secure memo to Kingsley Shacklebolt. “Mr. Potter, if we might have a word, if you please,” she stated as she waved Harry back into his own office. Once again, he didn’t immediately take his chair, however this time Minister Bones did. Harry’s shoulders slumped in resignation. He wished they’d get on with it.

“Harry,” Mr. Weasley began, “can you swear to me that this isn’t retaliation against Ginny and the way she treated you?”

“I swear, sir,” he answered. “I mean, it could possibly be construed that way in the beginning. I mean no disrespect to you or your family, sir, but she slept with Stanton in my house…in my bed. That’s how I came upon this whole thing. I take my personal security very seriously. If anyone enters my bedroom without my permission, I know all about it. I wanted to know why they were there. He was obviously there to search my room and she was trying to help Malfoy using any means necessary. They had been pretending to see one another for awhile, so…”

“And none of this is an effort to cause trouble for your former girlfriend?” asked Minister Bones.

“No, I swear it. I don’t dislike Ginny. She may have infuriated me on occasion, yet it is my opinion that she is a pawn in a greater scheme. Malfoy apparently has feelings for her due to the lengths he will go in order to protect her. She hasn’t made the best choices, but I truly don’t think she had any evil intent.”

“You realize we’ll have to arrest her…” said Mr. Weasley sadly.

“Why?” asked Harry. “I don’t see any prosecutable offense.”

“She has been consorting with known Death Eaters, Harry,” he explained. The Minister remained silent.

“She fell in love with Malfoy and used me to save him, that’s all we have evidence of. Any charges will be dropped. There won’t stick. There are no other witnesses to any of this. From where I sit, a stern lecture from her parents about love and ethics is all that is needed.”

“Are you saying you won’t press charges against her, Harry? You have every right to…” added Minister Bones.

“I’d rather not dredge all of that up again. I’d rather concentrate on my upcoming wedding than harbor any ill will toward a girl I had no business pursuing in the first place.”

“Are you sure, son?” asked Mr. Weasley. “Molly and I wouldn’t hold it against you if you did. Who knows, maybe being arrested could teach her more than Molly and I were able to.”

“We’ve all made bad choices in our youth. If that were a crime, then we’d all be guilty. I’m sure if you explained how her actions nearly cost lives, including Malfoy’s, then I’m sure she’ll pay attention. She needs to understand that the ends don’t always justify the means. My life with Hermione is worth more to me than that does. I, for one, would like to put that part of the past behind me.”

“How did you connect Stanton to Malfoy?” asked Minister Bones.

“I was curious why he wanted to search my flat. After that, I had him followed. He led me right to Malfoy.”

“What is the plan regarding the ritual?” questioned Mr. Weasley.

“My suggestion is to keep as we have been. They know we are onto them. They are planning to wait us out. In the meantime, we continue to try to break the ring, take out Dolohov and Rabastan, then watch it collapse. If the ritual becomes apparent, then we stop it from happening.”

“In summary,” began Minister Bones, “no charges will be filed against Ginny Weasley, Alfred Kensington and Ian Stanton have been arrested, and that leaves us to you, Mr. Potter.”

“You have broken a fair amount of departmental rules with this investigation of yours and proper protocol was disregarded,” began Mr. Weasley. “Your rule-breaking tendencies were taken into account when this post was offered to you. However since you were only acting out of concern for other people and the good of our world, you won’t be dismissed.”

Minister Bones continued, “That being said, we can’t let you off without a reprimand of some sort. We have a chain of command in place for our own protection. It is not without its flaws. Our former Minister was evidence of that.” Harry resisted the urge to roll his eyes. “While we can’t find fault with your instincts, your research or your conclusions, we cannot allow you to disregard proper protocol.” Harry wished they’d save the lecture and get on telling him his punishment.

“Harry,” Mr. Weasley took over, “we need you to come to us with your hunches, not your conclusions. We need to be a part of the decision process.”

“If I had come to you with this when I first started putting it together,” Harry stated evenly, “would you have believed me? You’ve already thought that I was doing this just to get back at Ginny.”

“I won’t say that we would have, Mr. Potter, but at least then we would know what was happening. It is our necks on the line if something happened,” argued Minister Bones.

Harry sat forward in the chair across from his desk and looked the Minister in the eye. “I hear what you are saying, truly I do. I’d like to point out in my defense that Article 6 of the Decree for the Ministry of Magic Outlining the Duties and Responsibilities Therein states that any Ministry Official that is privy to information…”

“We are aware of the statute, Mr. Potter; it was perfectly legal to withhold this information. We aren’t questioning that. We are questioning your disregard for protocol. Proper procedure is to inform your superiors before taking action.”

“What ‘action’ have I taken? I visited Malfoy, with your approval. I gathered evidence and relayed my evidence with conclusions, exactly how my contract states that I should. What’s going on here, really? I mean, I know I have a ‘saving-people-thing’, or as Ron puts it a need to play the hero. Isn’t that very trait the reason you hired me in the first place? To be able to show the world that the Boy-who-lived is on the job?” Harry froze in place, his mouth open. Then he smiled, his eyes cold and deadly. “Oh…I get it now. That’s it isn’t it? This position was for visibility only. I have no real authority, regardless of what was put in writing.”

“Harry, please, listen to me…” pleaded Mr. Weasley.

“I think I’ve heard enough, thanks, “ Harry stated coldly and swept from the room, slamming the door behind him. Ron and Tonks rushed over to him to find out what had happened. Harry brushed by them, ignoring them completely and apparated away.

37. Clearing the Air

Clearing the Air

Chapter 37

Clearing the Air

Harry arrived at The Hog’s Head ready to explode. He ordered a firewhiskey and kept the bottle but didn’t drink a drop. He just left it, as well as the glass, on the table in front of him, laid his head down on his arm and stared at it. “How could I have been so stupid?” he asked himself. “I should have known this. I should have expected it. I trusted Mr. Weasley. I suppose that was my first mistake, trusting anyone. With the exception of Ron and Hermione, is there anyone else that’s deserved it?” He lifted the bottle and poured a glass, replaced the bottle and let his eyes move back and forth from one to the other.

Several hours passed as he stared at the liquor, while his mind raced. “Harry?” said Hermione as she approached him. “Do you need help? Are you drunk?”

“No,” Harry sighed. “I haven’t drank anything, just thought on it.”

“I heard what happened. Are you alright?” she asked gently. It was fairly obvious to her by his darting eyes and twitching fingers that his control was coming to an end. “Let’s go home, love.”

“Why?” he asked.

“I want to hold you, talk to you, run my fingers through your hair, rub your back…”

“It hurts, Hermione... Why give me the bloody position anyway? Was it, ‘Let’s give some charity to the invalid;’ or “Let’s keep him where we can keep an eye on him.’ I worked so bloody hard setting up the department and getting the right people in place. And what was the point? I think I preferred Fudge. At least with him, I could see it coming. He was always out for himself. If I stood in his way, then he’d be out to get me. I can’t believe that Arthur Weasley went along with this.”

“Ron said that after you left, he barged into the office and demanded his father tell him what had happened. He was livid. He couldn’t believe it either. He told his dad that he was ashamed of him and that he liked him better when he was stuck in the Misuse of Muggle Artifacts Office.”

Harry smiled sadly. “Has he changed that much since he was promoted? Why didn’t I see it coming?”

“Let’s go home, love. I’m sure Ron and Tonks are there wanting to talk to you.”

“Sam?” Harry called to the bartender, “Can I take this with me?”

“Ye paid fer it, din ya?” Sam returned.

Harry muttered his thanks, left a substantial gratuity and apparated away with his fiancée by his side.

“Harry, mate,” said Ron sympathetically. “I can’t believe he did this to you.”

Tonks rushed over and added, “Are you okay, Boss?”

Harry gave her a half-hearted grin. “I’m not your boss, Tonks. I never was..”

Just then, the floo roared to life and Molly Weasley stepped out.

“Oh, Harry, dear, I heard what happened. Arthur is just sick over it, just sick.”

“As he should be…” stated Ron.

“Ronald, show your father some respect,” she scolded.

“Like the respect he showed Harry? It’s got to feel worse that someone who ‘knows and loves’ him would use him like that.”

“Thanks, Ron,” Harry said sarcastically.

“Harry, please understand, dear, he’s been under a lot of pressure at the Ministry.”

“So have I, Mrs. Weasley, but you don’t see me selling anyone out, do you?” Harry retorted.

Ron stood with his arm around Harry to give no doubt to his loyalty and stated, “At least we know that Percy came by it honestly. The two of them deserve each other.”

“Ronald Weasley! I’ll not have you speak about your father that way! He was only doing his job!”

“He’s been acting like a self-serving git!” Ron screamed. “What is wrong with you people? You get a title at the Ministry, then that gives you the right to stab your friends in the back?” He started pacing back and forth. “Doesn’t anyone else see anything wrong with that? Look at what Percy did to him back in fifth year, then Ginny last year, now Dad? It’s amazing to me that he even wants to be friends with me anymore!”

“Ron, no one is denying that what Ginny did was wrong. But your father…”

Ron’s voice turned cold and hard. “My father sold out a man he’s claimed for years to be a part of our family, to be like a son to him…Plus, he allowed me, Harry, and the rest of the people there think that we were providing a service.”

“Ron, please,” said Harry. “Don’t let me be the cause of friction in your family. I couldn’t bear that. Just let me handle it in my own way, in my own time. Mrs., Weasley, I appreciate your coming over here. Your support means a lot. I’m sure your husband is feeling badly, so please, go to him. He is your first priority.”

“He asked me to come to see if you were alright. He loves you, Harry. He’s very concerned.”

“I’m sure he is. He is concerned about how the public will feel about what they’ve done. He’s probably concerned that I’m going to go public with this. Please tell him I’m not. I think I’ve been humiliated enough. The sheer fact that he thought so little of me as to fabricate a position, build it up to me as a worthwhile endeavor, and allow me to believe I was actually doing something…to me that is worse than what Ginny did. She never told me she loved me or that I was part of her family. I’m sorry, Mrs. Weasley, but if that is what families do to each other, then I am glad I never had one.”

Hermione cleared everyone out, knowing that the offers of support touched him, yet embarrassed him. She pulled him onto the couch. She sat down and pulled his head into her lap.

“Maybe something good will come of this,” she suggested.

“Like what?” he asked.

“Oh, I don’t know,” she returned, running her fingers through his hair. “Maybe with one of us not quite so busy, we’ll have more time to spend together…I could come home for lunch, ravish you in the garden…Oh, I can just see it now, you all sweaty, muscles flexed as you landscape for our wedding. Be still my heart…”

He smiled. “See me as a manual labor sort, do you?”

“Not every day, but it’s quite a fantasy of mine…”

“Tell me about it,” he replied.

“No, I’d rather show you…when the time is right. And just think… you’ll be so curious that the landscaping will be done quite quickly in your haste to get me to catch you.”

“You are very manipulative, you know that?”

Oh, yes, I’m very evil…” she purred. “Er, Harry, speaking of evil, what’s going to happen with the ritual and all that? You aren’t planning to be a part of it, are you?”

Harry tensed. “I promised Snape I’d take care of it and I will.”

Hermione rose quickly nearly dropping him to the floor. “Harry, you can’t! You know the risks. You don’t even work there anymore. Promise me you won’t.”

“The plans are in motion, Hermione, and I am a part of them. I can’t just sit back and do nothing…”

“Let the Aurors handle it. You don’t need to do this!”

Harry slowly rose, his shoulders slumped, and eyes cast down. “Well that certainly proves me wrong…” he said dejectedly.

“What do you mean?” she asked.

“I told myself at the bar that I couldn’t possibly feel any more useless. Thanks for clearing that up for me.” He strode quickly from the room and up the stairs.

Hermione entered and he pretended to be asleep. She lay down beside him. He turned toward the wall.

“I want to talk to you,” she stated as she lay down. “I know you aren’t asleep, so don’t bother pretending you are.” She received no response. “Harry, I know you are hurt. I understand that. Don’t think for a minute that I find you useless. You are an amazing wizard. You have so many skills that any organization would be lucky to have you on their side.” Harry snorted, which reassured her that he was listening. “I just worry that something will go wrong and I’ll lose you. I couldn’t bear that. I know you feel you have to do this. You wouldn’t be the man I love if you didn’t. Just, please be careful.” Harry rolled over and hauled her to him, yet didn’t speak.

The next morning, after seeing his fiancée off to work, Harry decided to have a lie in. Upon awakening a second time, he went down to the kitchen and was amazed to find Arthur Weasley sitting at his table, casually sipping tea.

“What are you doing here?” Harry growled.

“Ah, Harry, just the man I wanted to see!” he said with an enthusiasm that didn’t reach his eyes.

Harry glared at him. “What did you want to see me about?”

“Considering you let no one know you’d not be in the office, I came by to see why you skived off work…”

Harry slammed his fist on the table. Winky, who had just appeared to serve breakfast, jumped in fright. “You can’t honestly believe that I am going back there, to be some poster child for the Ministry! Surely, you know me better than that. I wouldn’t do it for Fudge and I won’t do it for you.”

“I’m asking you to come back and do the job you are under contract to do,” Mr. Weasley returned, grabbing a plate and started to fill it.

“My contract is worthless,” said Harry ignoring the food.

Mr. Weasley laughed. “Actually, that contract costs the Ministry a lot of gold”

“Keep your precious gold. I don’t want it,” he snarled.

“Harry, I know you’re angry with me and you feel I betrayed your trust. But please hear me out. You’ve known me for a long time…”

“I thought I did,” Harry snorted, interrupting him.

“Hear me out... We took another look at the testimony and evidence you provided. I can’t say that you are off the hook, but in essence you really didn’t violate the rules of protocol as flagrantly as we originally thought. You may have put a toe over the line, but that’s it. You presented your case like a true Auror and we were expecting you to behave like a diplomat.”

Harry harrumphed in derision. Mr. Weasley continued, ”An Auror recognizes incongruities, takes steps to prevent a crime, failing that, researches the case, develops a theory, collects evidence, solves the puzzle, makes the arrest, and even testifies at the hearing, basically all on his or her own. A diplomat is much more subtle. They recognize an incongruity and report it. They assist in the committee assigned to develop a theory. The committee reports every little smidgeon of information they come across and assist another committee in resolving the case, which is turned over to yet another committee for resolution. That’s what we expected. That isn’t what we received and we were taken by surprise. There are adjustment periods in every new position, Son. Don’t let this misunderstanding cause you to make hasty decisions.”

“Mr. Weasley, I am an Auror. I probably always will be. I don’t know any other way to act. My Auror instincts have saved my arse on more than one occasion.”

“I know that, Son,” the older man responded. “What I am asking of you is to be patient with us while we all adjust. I mean, when you think about it, we didn’t expect your department to even be operational for another two months. You’ve got it set up and running, as well as broken a case that has had us all baffled for almost a year. Relax, Harry. You have proven yourself capable of your position. The only one that has any doubts is you…”

Harry’s shoulders slumped as the tension left his body. “Thanks, Mr. Weasley. I appreciate your confidence in me.”

Mr. Weasley walked over to the younger man and slung an arm around his shoulder. “Now maybe Molly will cook for me again. I’ve been banished to the couch until I made it up with you.” Harry grinned. “She loves you so much, Harry, we all do. I realize some members of my family have done you a wrong turn, but don’t cast us all in the same light. Before I go, is there anything else I need to know about this Malfoy situation?”

Harry relayed all he knew about the ritual, Malfoy’s role, even the dream he had with Professor Snape. “My thought is this…” Harry got up to pace.

“Ah, you have a plan already…” Mr. Weasley smiled.

Harry smiled back. “Not much of one, just an idea maybe…they are scared of me, we know this. What if we made my disagreement with the Ministry more permanent and obvious? They might take the opportunity to proceed with the ritual and we’ve got them.”

“How will that help? Tell me the whole idea and let’s work on it.”

“Well, your son is the strategist of the group. He’d be able to plan the contingencies. We’ll need to consult with him straight away. And Tonks, too. She handles the coordination of the departments. They’ll have to know what we’re up to…”

“But if Ron knows, then won’t he have to stay angry with me as well?” asked Mr. Weasley.

Harry gave the man a sympathetic look. “I suppose he will. He’s an excellent actor, though. He can pull it off.”

“What about your medical condition? I won’t agree to something that puts you at risk. What about Polyjuice?”

“Ron and I discussed that. I won’t risk anyone else getting killed for me. I’ll take my chances. Polyjuice won’t work because I need to perform a display of wandless magic like has never been done before. These guys don’t remember that Voldemort’s wand won’t work against mine. They also don’t know what I can do wandlessly. They think mine and Voldemort’s wands are the source of our power. I need to be able to recreate Priori Incantatum. If I can get the dome large enough, I think I can render them powerless. Dumbledore taught me a wicked disapparition jinx. I’ll need someone to maintain that while I do my stuff.”

“Have you spoken to your fiancée about this?” Mr. Weasley gently probed.

“She made her feelings clear,” returned Harry. “She doesn’t want me to do it, but she knows that I have to.”

Mr. Weasley gave a Harry a sympathetic look. “What do we need to do?” he asked.

“First off, I need to take a leave of absence. Then you and Minister Bones will meet with me, Tonks and Ron to get this all ironed out, so that everyone knows the part they need to play. I don’t have to tell you that secrecy is of utmost importance.”

“No, you don’t,” said Mr. Weasley as he took off his glasses and wiped the lenses on his shirttail.

“I think that they will make a move sooner rather than later in order to strike while I’m ‘on the outs’ with the Ministry. When the Aurors report action in the graveyard, someone contacts me here and I’ll apparate there immediately.”

“What about a ward to prevent apparition?” a concerned Mr. Weasley asked. “You don’t want to get splinched.”

“I won’t,” stated Harry confidently. “I’ve been able to cross wards for a long time.” Harry ducked his head humbly.

“Just how powerful are you, Harry?” he asked.

“I don’t know. You’ll have to ask Hermione.” Harry’s face reddened at the admission, as well as the memory of Hermione’s revelation of how exciting she found evaluating his power.

“If we plan the meeting tonight, it would seem as if the Ministry is attempting to mend the rift between us and won’t look like we are plotting,” said Mr. Weasley.

Harry grinned at the other man. “Now you’re thinking like an Auror...”

Mr. Weasley chuckled, “…And you are sounding like a diplomat.” The two men shared a forgiving smile.

Their discussion finished, Mr. Weasley left for the Ministry. Harry went to relax by riding his broom around the field. After a couple hours of flying, complete with daring loops and dives, since Hermione wasn’t home to scold him, Harry returned to the house to have a quick shower before she came home for lunch.

Hermione apparated to the back yard, expecting Harry to be slaving away at landscaping. She found him waiting for her at a table laid with a lovely lunch of salad and fruit. He grinned as she approached and rose to greet her.

“I’ve missed you,” he sighed as he wrapped his arms around her.

“I missed you, too,” she responded. “What have you done with yourself this morning?”

“Oh, this and that…” he replied vaguely.

She eyed him skeptically. “What are you up to?” she asked.

“Nothing,” he replied glancing around, his eyes looking everywhere but at her.

“Alright,” she responded, “I’ll let you have your privacy…”

“It’s not that I’m keeping a secret from you. It’s just that…,” he began, his eyes still scanning.

A look of comprehension spread over her face. “Want to put up a privacy bubble or shall I?” she asked.

“Let’s eat first,” he said as a small grin crossed his face. “Then we can go inside.”

“Alright,” she replied knowing the importance by hearing what he wasn’t saying. She picked up her fork and speared a strawberry waving it as she spoke.

“I talked to Healer Strankford about your nightmares. I told him how you’ve been dealing with them and how Dreamless Sleep potion makes them worse.”

“Did he have any more ideas?” Harry asked.

“He wasn’t surprised that you can break even your own binding charms. He thinks Wolfsbane potion might bring you some relief. He wants to try it.” She laughed at the grimace on Harry’s face.

“Have you smelled that stuff?” he asked scowling. “It’s all I can do to retain the contents of my stomach if I have to help Lupin prepare it…”

“Oh, honestly, Harry, it’s not as if you have to take it daily. You said yourself they are only really bad once a month or so.”

Harry lowered his eyes, embarrassed. “I wish you didn’t know about them. It’s…disconcerting, to say the least.”

“Harry, sometimes you need to look past the fact that you love me and see me clinically as your Healer…”

“I’d rather see you clinically naked…” he smirked.

“Quit that!” she scolded as his hand crept under her robes and up her leg underneath the table. “You are so obvious!” she said with a laugh at his sulking expression, “I’m sorry if this makes you uncomfortable, but if I can get you help with the nightmares, then it’s worth it.”

“I know, love. I just…”

“…don’t want to talk about it...” she finished for him.

“Can you blame me for that?” he asked getting irritated.

“You really are a master at this,” she said with a smile. “I want to talk to you about your headaches and the nightmares that accompany them. You failed at distracting me physically, so now the topic is changed to ‘Why doesn’t Harry want to talk about this” rather than just getting on with it.”

Harry snorted his displeasure. “What do I need to do? Check into St Mungo’s again? They’ve tried everything they knew how to do. I mean it’s not bloody likely that anyone else would ever have to suffer from these…”

“Oh, Harry, honey,” she said sympathetically, her mind racing with surprise that actually admitted how bad they are, “It’s not just to learn to help other people, it’s you, too. You shouldn’t have to endure it and if we can find a way to help you, then we can use that information to help others, if that is even possible. We, Healers, thrive on helping our patients, then using what we learn about each individual case to help solve other cases. Our first priority is the patient and that patient is you.”

“I don’t like being a patient anyway. It’s not that bad, really, Hermione. I can deal with it,” he grumbled.

Hermione sighed, knowing that he was lying about the severity and that pushing further would be futile. She replaced his hand on her thigh. “I know you can, so we’ll just table this conversation until another time. I would like to try the Wolfsbane next time, though.”

“Or maybe we could try the remedy we used with the Skele-gro…” he answered with a smirk.

“You are incorrigible!” she laughed.

“Just the way you like me…” he returned.

38. The Stage is Set

The Stage is Set

Chapter 38

The Stage is Set

Shortly after dinner, Ron and Tonks arrived at Harry’s, followed by Mr. Weasley and Minister Bones. Harry showed them in and led them to his secure room. He’d decided it was too much hassle to cast a ward large enough for them all.

“Where’s Hermione?” asked Ron.

“She’s working. We’re thinking of taking a daytrip this weekend, so she is working a double shift to pay back the Healer who switched with her.”

“Mr. Potter, let me apologize for the misunderstanding the other day,” stated Minister Bones. “Was that just yesterday? In any event, please know there will be no repercussions. You are doing a fine job.”

“Thank you, Minister, I’m sorry, as well. I let my temper get the better of me.”

“Now that that’s taken care of, let’s get down to business,” suggested Minister Bones. “I hear you have a plan to take care of the rest of the Death Eaters, Mr. Potter?

“Sort of,” he answered. “I just have a few ideas that we can start with…” Harry relayed all of his information and concepts to the group. They listened raptly, even though all but Minister Bones had heard it before.

“So, I would need to have another row with Dad?” asked Ron.

“Yeah,” replied Harry. “We need them to think I’m out of it. If you are still there, then it won’t work.”

“Mum will kill me,” Ron confessed, then a wide grin spread across his face, “but it could be worth it!”

“Just watch yourself, young man,” scolded Mr. Weasley. “I may be your father, but I am also your employer. Just because I know it isn’t real, doesn’t mean I’ll allow you to be disrespectful.”

“Aw, Dad, Have a little faith, would you?” he smirked at his father. “Ok, I think I’ve got a plan.” He walked to the board on the wall and hastily drew a crude map. “Tomorrow, Tonks and I will go into work as usual, not realizing Harry has quit.” He drew a quick sketch of the Ministry atrium. “Dad, you can meet us in the atrium and tell us that the department has been binned. We’ll have a go at you in front of everyone and leave in a huff. We need Kingsley Shacklebolt in on the plan as well, so that he can tell us if there’s anything going on at the graveyard and when they’ve busted out Malfoy. Harry, Tonks and I can have supper here so that we’re ready. I really think they’ll move quickly since the longer they wait, the more likely Harry will return.”

The next day, Ron met Harry in the kitchen for lunch. Between bites of the hearty stew, Ron told Harry what had transpired that morning. “You should have been there, mate. It was wicked! Me, Tonks and Dad all shouting at each other. It was brilliant. I’d be surprised if the paper doesn’t report something on it.”

“Excellent. That’s just what we need,” Harry stated. “Is everything alright with you and your dad?”

“Fine, fine,” Ron answered with a casual wave of his hand. “He was the best, though. He sounded like Percy with his, ‘You couldn’t fathom the intricacies of running the Ministry,’ and “sacrifice for the good of our world...He was incredible. ’”

“Good. I don’t want you and your dad in a real row because of me. Everything is set then?”

Ron nodded enthusiastically. “We are all on leave until after this is all over. Dad is going to switch it to paid leave after. Luna isn’t in on the plan. I mean I want to tell her, but she’s with the media…”

“I understand,” Harry consoled, laying a hand on Ron’s shoulder. “I told Hermione when she got home. She’s a bit put out with me, but there’s nothing to be done for it. Don’t worry about Luna. I may not understand half the things she says, but she’s got an uncanny perception of when we need…what does she call it? ...’trio time’?”

“Don’t tell her I told you this but, I don’t understand some of the things she talks about either…” Ron admitted.

Harry chuckled. “Does she know that?”

“Are you mad???” Ron said with a grimace. “She’s always going on about how I am the only one who understands her. Merlin, I hope the baby is normal.”

Harry got a wistful look in his eye as he remembered Hermione crying on his shoulder the previous night with guilt and grief over the loss of their unborn child. He straightened his face quickly.

“I’m sorry, mate,” said Ron. “I shouldn’t have said that.”

Harry gave a sad smile. “It’s alright. You must be over the moon about the baby coming. She’s due in what? Five more months?”

Ron nodded with a wide grin. “When are you and Hermione going to try again?”

Harry looked a bit surprised. “Well, let’s get through the wedding first, please. But before we can even plan that, we have to get this ritual thing taken care of.”

Ron rose to put his bowl in the sink. “I hate this waiting, though. I mean, what if we’re wrong and they still want to wait it out?”

“Listen… Ron…” Harry began hesitantly. “Since we are going to be paid when this is all over anyway, can I least pay your salary in the meantime. You can pay me back when it’s switched to paid leave…”

Ron shook his head vigorously. “Thanks, mate, but we’ll be alright.”

“I’m sure babies are expensive. I just don’t want to cause your family any hardships on my account…” Harry explained.

“I’ll keep it in mind should this drag out, but we’re fine. We’ve been banking Luna’s wages for the baby and using only mine. We’ve got plenty of gold for now.” Harry and Ron finished their lunch and went into the secure room to go over the plans another time. Finally after several hours, they felt ready.

Mr. Weasley arrived at Harry’s door just after dinner. As planned, Harry initially wouldn’t allow him entry.

“Harry, please don’t be like this,” he called through the closed door. “We can work this out. I know we can. Please, let’s just talk about it.”

“I trusted you, Mr. Weasley,” Harry shouted back, his voice full of fake anguish. “It was all a set up! You told me that I was like a son to you! I believed it! Then you stabbed me in the back!”

“Just let in, please,” Mr. Weasley begged. “I want to talk to you about this, Harry. There are reporters skulking around the bushes out here…”

That was the cue Harry had been waiting for. He fixed his face into a scowl and opened the door. Once the door was closed, Harry gave the older man a wide grin.

“How’ve you been, Son?” Mr. Weasley whispered.

“Fine, just fine,” Harry answered as he gave Mr. Weasley a one-armed hug. “Edgar swept my place again this afternoon. We can speak freely.”

Ron and Tonks and were seated with Hermione and Remus by the time the two men entered the kitchen.

Winky and Dobby were scurrying around fetching drinks. Harry walked to where his fiancée was seated and clasped his arms around her shoulders. She leaned back into him.

“I wish this weren’t necessary,” she said, her eyes closed.

“I know, love, but with any luck at all it’ll be over soon.” Harry said as he leaned down to kiss her cheek.

“Stop that mushy stuff, Boss,” chastised Tonks. “You’re hurting my virgin eyes…” They all laughed as Lupin went into an exaggerated coughing fit.

Just then, the fire blazed a vivid green. “Potter!” called Kingsley Shacklebolt’s head from the flames.

“I’m here,” Harry responded.

“There’s movement at the cemetery,” Shacklebolt stated evenly. “This may be it. I wanted to give you time to get ready. Still have your scrambler?”

Harry replied, “Yes, the inventors gave me a prototype of an advanced model.”

“Okay, stand by.”

Harry raced up the stairs and in only a few minutes returned in full battle clothing. He found Ron and Tonks in similar attire. Mr. Weasley left for the Ministry to prepare.

Hermione quickly charmed the dragon hide pants in an attempt to protect his legs, tears flowing freely down her cheeks. He pulled her into his arms.

“Let me go with you,” she begged.

“Hermione, we’ve been over this. We need you here. If any of us get hurt, we’ll portkey back here,” responded Harry softly. “I’ll be fine, I promise. I’ll be back before you know it.”

“Don’t patronize me, please,” she said with a scowl. “I’m not going to fall apart. I just don’t want to lose you.”

“You won’t, I promise,” he said with a hug. “And I’m not trying to be patronizing. I just can’t bear it if anything happens to you. I need to do this knowing you are safe. Please try to understand. We are trained for this. We’ve planned out every last contingency. You need to be here, just in case…”

“That’s what I’m worried about.”

The fire roared again with red, then green, then the flames burned a brilliant gold. That was the signal. It was time to go. Harry gave her a kiss with all of the love he could gather, released her and apparated away.

He arrived at the assembly point they had stealthily charmed for security. He could see the small group of Death Eaters circling a large cauldron. Harry was reminded of the events in fourth year when Voldemort was reborn. He shivered at the memory. He shared a look with Ron and nodded as if to say, ‘Yes, that’s what it was like then.” Ron shuddered as well. Tonks arrived behind a set of headstones and strengthened them to protect Harry’s lower extremities from most curses, then gave a ‘thumbs up’ to Harry.

Harry nodded and looked to Shacklebolt, who made a gesture with his palm out, as if to say, ‘This is your show.” Harry nodded and made a palm down sign so everyone would know to just wait. He made eye contact with each person, asking silently if they were ready.

Only a few minutes had passed, when Rabastan arrived with a fearful Malfoy. Bellatrix LeStrange followed looking determined and haughty.

She addressed the group, who backed away bowing. “The hour approaches, my friends, a new Dark Lord will be born, or should I say Dark Lady….” Malfoy looked on in pretended confusion, as if he knew he was supposed to be the one in power. “I see I have surprised even you, young Mr. Malfoy. You didn’t truly think we’d allow an arrogant brat like yourself to do our master’s bidding, did you? We have other plans for you. You see, my Master left me with these ancient texts. They hold the keys to immortality. They hold the keys to ultimate power, but much more important they hold the key to KILL POTTER!” Harry rolled his eyes, as if to say, “Here we go again.” Ron gave him a sympathetic look. “Shall we begin?” she continued, and without waiting for an answer, she drew a wand. Harry saw that it was Voldemort’s. Harry plunged his hand into his robes and drew his own.

She aimed the wand and lit a fire under the cauldron. The gelatin-like substance inside began to liquefy.

Wand of the Master, surrendered in death, we will renew your task…” She tossed the wand into the bubbling fluid. Blinding sparks flew from the liquid as it rippled and boiled. Harry dragged his index and middle finger across his chin, signaling the others to get ready. He kept his hand at his jaw, knowing if he lowered it; the Aurors would be in motion.

Heart of the servant, forcibly taken…” Rabastan pulled out a long knife and stabbed at Malfoy. Harry immediately dropped his hand and apparated to the spot Tonks had prepared.

“Think so, do you?” he called as he placed a shield around the bound, shaking Malfoy. Ron quickly stunned Rabastan. The Aurors hastily moved into place. The Death Eaters froze in indecision. “I think Malfoy prefers his heart to remain where it is, thanks…” stated Harry. Tonks quietly snuck up behind Bellatrix and whispered, “Evenesco…” The liquid vanished, leaving only splinters of Voldemort’s wand. She then moved back into position.

“Potter!!!” shouted Bellatrix. “You cannot stop us this time. The Ministry has turned its back on you…Join us! I can teach you so many spells and curses. With your wand….”

“Bella, love, you don’t still think this wand is the source of my power, do you?” He gave an exaggerated glance over at the cauldron. “Oh, look… dammit anyway…” he said derisively. “You should really watch your potions better. They’ll just boil away if you don’t stir them properly…”

Bellatrix glanced over at the nearly empty cauldron. She screamed in frustration. “Reducto!” she cried, aiming toward his legs. Harry moved quickly out of the way. The headstones Tonks had reinforced exploded into dust.

Ron placed a portkey in the hand of the bound and bleeding Malfoy and he vanished. A vicious duel had begun in earnest. Harry lost track of the duels surrounding him as he concentrated on the woman before him.

“Expelliarmus!” cried Bellatrix at Harry. Harry was momentarily distracted as he disposed of a Death Eater that had attempted to sneak up behind him. His wand flew from his hand and over toward Bellatrix. She pocketed the wand quickly and fired off another curse. Harry pointed a finger at her and fired a binding curse that she reflected.

Bellatrix’ eyes widened as she realized that Harry truly didn’t need his wand. “Avada…”

“Silencio!” he blasted back, as he remembered Hermione doing once before to avoid a curse. He followed it with, “Incarcerous!” Bellatrix ducked away from the spell. Silenced, she ran from him to find someone to utter the counter curse. She silently made movements with her wand; sparks of various colors appeared from the tip as she shot curses at a following Harry. He was hit with a few of the curses, but most he was able to avoid. “Hermione’s not going to like this,” he thought as he felt pain in different places on his body. He needed to end it quickly. He shouted, “Reducto!” then looked on in horror as Bellatrix’ skull burst. She fell lifelessly to the ground. He heard Ron scream in pain in the distance and redoubled his efforts to finish the fight.

Harry stopped where he was, cleared his mind and centered himself. He drew on every bit of power he could pull together.

He spread his arms and screamed at the top of his lungs, “As long as there is breath in my body, and blood flowing through my veins, you, NONE of you will ever again THREATEN MY WORLD. THOSE WHO TRY WILL DEAL WITH ME!”

“PETRIFICUS TOTALIS!”

Every person on both sides in the vicinity froze in place, and subsequently dropped to the ground as stiff as timber. Harry looked around in amazement. He gazed in awe at the Death Eaters and Aurors in a Full-body bind. He staggered over to Ron and said “Finite” softly.

“What the bloody hell was that?” Ron cried upon being able to move again. Harry scratched his head in an effort to avoid confessing what he’d done. “Let’s free the others. We can talk later.”

Ron nodded his agreement. Harry headed for Kingsley Shacklebolt, as Ron raced over to Tonks. Both were astounded that the fight was over so quickly. “If I were still your superior,” stated Shacklebolt. “I’d want a full report on my desk by tomorrow morning. Since I’m not, I beg you, please let me read it!”

“Merlin’s Beard, Harry that was awesome!” she cried. Harry smiled at her praise, then his eyes rolled back into his head as he collapsed silently to the ground.

39. After Effects

After Effects

Chapter 39

After Effects

When he awoke, he realized he was once again in St Mungo’s. He went through his usual self-evaluation before opening his eyes. “Damn!” he said unable to determine the extent of his injuries.

“Decided to wake, did you?” Hermione stated tenderly.

“Why am I here?” he asked. He looked into her eyes hoping to not see worry or sympathy there. All he saw was love.

“You’re going to be fine,” she reassured him. “Your legs are weakened, but nothing a week or two’s rest won’t mend. You can still walk…although I don’t recommend it for a bit, but you’ll be just fine.”

“Why am I here?” he asked again.

“You collapsed out in the cemetery. You are suffering from a mix of exhaustion and power surge. You expended a great deal of power in a very short time,” she stated, then went on quickly, “which by the way I want to hear all about very soon, and you are not giving me that ‘classified’ rubbish.”

Harry smiled at her. “When can I leave?”

“Not for a few days yet,” she answered.

“Is Malfoy alright?”

Hermione laughed. “Yes, it was just a scratch. But to hear him the knife nearly skewered him. He wants to talk to you. Should I arrange it?”

Harry looked away from her. “I killed Bellatrix,” he said evenly.

Hermione laid a hand on his shoulder. “I know,” she said. “Did you want to talk about it?”

Harry shook his head. He didn’t want to think, much less talk about it, but the sight wouldn’t leave his mind’s eye “I didn’t mean to…” he said before he could stop himself. “She was getting away. Who dies from a Reducto curse? My aim wasn’t off. She must have ducked at a very wrong time. Her whole head…it just…it just…it just…” Harry’s voice broke. He was unable to go on.

I know, love,” she said sitting on the edge of the bed reaching to hold him. He pulled away.

“Don’t shut me out. I realize you are feeling guilty and ashamed, but no one else feels you have anything to be embarrassed about. I’m sure she wouldn’t have batted an eye at killing you.”

Harry nodded meekly and allowed her to hold him. “She’s the fourth person to die at my hand. I can’t believe I killed a woman! That is just so wrong!”

“Harry, listen to me. Don’t think of it as killing her. Think more of how many innocent lives you saved that night.”

“That night?” he asked. “How long have I been out this time?”

“Ten days,” she answered. “We were starting to get worried about you.”

Harry let that sink in, “Did I miss anything? How’s Ron? Tonks?” he inquired.

“Let’s see. Ron is fine. He is holding his own at the Ministry. He is truly enjoying the press coverage. He’s been given the duty of dealing with the press in your absence, but knowing you, that could become permanent for him. Tonks is fine, too. She and Remus have been by every day to see you. Kingsley and Mr. Weasley have been by several times. Minister Bones came by earlier. Ginny wants to talk to you.” Harry scowled at that. “She feels really bad about what she did to you, now that she knows the whole story. It’s up to you whether you want to see her or not. Malfoy has been taken back into custody, but he seems to be changing his attitude. He won’t talk to anyone until he talks to you. For someone who’s been asleep for days on end, you sure have a full social schedule…”

Harry shrugged. “Set up whatever needs to be set up, but I’m not talking to Malfoy from a sodding bed!” He scowled again. “So, are Ginny and Malfoy still together?”

“It seems that way,” she answered. “Does that bother you? I mean she used you to help him…”

“How can you ask me that? What does it matter to me anyway? I’ve got you in my life. That’s all I need.”

Hermione reached to kiss him. He quickly backed away, denying her quickly. She looked at him quizzically. “My breath could probably rival a troll. I need a toothbrush first, then you can try again.”

Hermione conjured a toothbrush and toothpaste and turned toward the window to give him his privacy. “I’m finished,” he said with a smile. She returned to her spot beside him. He was having none of it and pulled her on top of him and opened his lips to her gentle probing.

“I do hope he’s awake,” stated Lupin from the doorway. “Perhaps that sign I suggested could follow you?”

Hermione scrambled off the bed and stood. “We were just…er…”

“I realize that you were just ‘er’, should we come back later?” teased Tonks.

“How are you feeling, Harry?” Lupin asked.

“A bit tired and sore…weak, but otherwise fine,” he answered grateful for the change in subject.

Lupin was surprised by the honest response. “Winky sent muffins,” he offered. “Hermione, is he allowed outside food?”

Hermione looked at Harry’s hopeful expression and nodded. “Not too many, love. Your stomach may not be able to handle solid food yet…” Harry grinned at his visitors and dug into the basket of muffins, selecting four. With a sheepish look at Hermione, he returned two. She smiled at him. “Let’s try those two, then if they don’t upset your stomach, I’ll allow you two more.

“The Aurors are all abuzz about what you did, Harry. They want a demonstration as soon as you are able,” prattled Tonks.

Harry’s face flamed as Hermione asked what he had done. “I was certain he would have told you the whole story by now, but I realize his tongue was otherwise occupied…” said Lupin.

Harry’s face turned almost raspberry. “I haven’t been awake long,” he defended.

Tonks related the story of the battle and how Harry had ended it. He looked in his fiancée’s eyes and found the most intense look of desire he’d ever seen. He remained quiet and let Tonks finish the tale.

“I realize you won’t want to talk to Malfoy from a hospital bed, but there may be little choice. He won’t give testimony until he’s spoken to you,” stated Lupin.

Harry nodded his understanding. He wanted to get this behind him as quickly as possible as well. It would be on his terms, though. “Hermione…” he said, “When will I be able to get up and about?”

“I should think tomorrow you’ll be able to sit in a chair for a bit…” she replied.

“Can I meet him out on the terrace tomorrow then?” Harry inquired.

“I can set it up, if that’s what you want. I don’t want to rush you,” said Lupin. Harry nodded his agreement.

The next morning after breakfast, Hermione helped Harry dress and levitated him into a wheelchair and rolled him out to the hospital’s rooftop terrace. Harry gingerly moved from the wheelchair to a picnic table set up there. When he was ready and looking very little like a hospital patient, Hermione sent a memo to Lupin, who brought Malfoy over.

“Potter…” said Malfoy with less malice than normal, yet definite coldness.

“Malfoy, you wanted to see me?” Harry returned casually.

Malfoy sighed and stated, “You are going to make this difficult, are you?”

“Make what difficult?” returned Harry with a smirk.

Malfoy chuckled, a sound Harry wasn’t sure he’d heard before. “I wanted to apologize and… to thank you for your help. I’ve realized that I’m not my father and never will be. I’ve also realized that I don’t want to be like him. I’m not Death Eater material. I may be a Slytherin, but I’m not cut out for the ‘take over the world’ rubbish. I don’t have your bravery and let’s face facts here; I’m much too attractive to be kissing anyone’s hems.” Harry rolled his eyes. “We’ll probably never be friends, you and I, but I’d like us to not be adversaries. You saved my life. I was so greedy that it nearly cost me everything. I know I’ll never repay you, but I’d like to try…”

“You don’t owe me anything, Malfoy, or should I say ‘Lord Mayacof’?” Harry teased with a smirk.

“Have you heard anything so preposterous in your life? Mayacof! It has no style! It sounds like asking permission to clear your throat!” Malfoy sniggered. “’May I cough? Yes, you may…’ bloody ridiculous.”

“Help me put them all away and I have guaranteed you certain freedoms.” Harry said.

“Freedoms? I’ve done some very bad things, Potter. I agreed to help you in exchange for my life. You’ve given me that. I can live out my days in Azkaban as penance.”

“You may change your mind when I tell you what I’ve negotiated on your behalf. I had a bodyguard named Edgar. He’s a bit overboard, but he’s a good man. You will remain under house arrest at Malfoy Manor. Anywhere you go, Edgar will accompany you. You’ll check in with the Ministry regularly and never leave the country. In exchange, you will give testimony against all who were involved in the plot. What’s it going to be, Malfoy?”

“You did that for me?” the blonde asked. Harry nodded. “Why?”

“I want to get on with my life. I want to have a family some day. What I don’t want is to be constantly watching my back and worrying if my children will become targets. Help me put them away for good and we can both have what we want,” Harry explained. “Think about it and get back to me.”

“I don’t need to think about it. I accept.”

Harry nodded then signaled for Lupin to escort Malfoy back to the Ministry. As soon as they’d left Harry slumped immediately. Hermione rushed over and levitated him back into the hidden wheelchair and rolled him quickly back to his room. He was sleeping long before she got there.

Harry awoke to a conversation taking place around him. He knew he should join in or at least let them know he was listening. He was too tired. He’d join in when we was a bit more awake.

“He used a binding spell that leveled nearly fifty people? At once?” asked the male voice.

“That’s exactly what he did,” said another male voice. “No wonder he’s exhausted. It was wicked. We were fighting, then this…I don’t know what it was…like a wave…then nothing.”

“The poor dear…” added a female voice.

It hit him who his visitors were. He had a roomful of Weasleys. He opened his eyes gingerly.

“Harry, dear, how are you?” asked Mrs. Weasley, tears rolling unchecked down her cheeks.

“I’m fine, just tired. That’s all.”

“I brought you some nice treacle fudge for after your dinner…” she offered.

“You didn’t have to do that, but I’m really glad you did,” he said with a grin. “I appreciate it.”

“Harry… Ginny is outside. She wants to apologize. Shall I send her away?” asked Ron.

“I’ve heard enough apologies from her to last a lifetime. If that’s all she wants, then please, tell her I’m sleeping or something. If she just wants to visit, then she can come in.”

Ron, Fred, George, Mr. and Mrs. Weasley cleared out. With the door open, he could hear his fiancée’s voice. “He agreed to see you, but you are not to upset him. He will tire very easily, so if his eyes start drooping, get out of there. If I hear anything that sounds like distress, I’ll be in there faster than you can turn on the tears. Do you understand me?” Ginny didn’t respond, but looked in the direction of the doorway. “I said, ‘Do you understand me?” Hermione insisted her temper rising.

“I understand. I’ll only be a minute. I just…” replied Ginny.

“He doesn’t want any apologies, either,” added Ron. “For once in your life, respect his wishes.”

Ginny bowed her head in shame and stuck her head into the partially open door. “Harry…” she asked meekly. “May I come in?”

Harry looked at her and nodded.

“I won’t stay long. I just wanted to make sure you were alright,” Ginny said.

“I’m fine. How are you doing?” he returned.

Ginny looked surprised that after all she had done, he still had asked. “I’m fine, too. The Ministry has ordered me to do community service for my role in this whole thing. It’s been very good for me. I’ve seen witches and wizards with real problems. It’s made me view things much differently, especially after my Veritas Serum trap. I thought I wanted to hear all about the final battle and knew you wouldn’t tell me. I thought I needed to do it to confirm that Draco was right all along. I’ve taken a good hard look at the things I did to you to solve my problems and I didn’t like what I saw. I can’t believe I’ve been so, selfish and shallow and egocentric and superficial and selfish and…feel free to stop me at any time…”

Harry gave a small smile that didn’t reach his eyes. “You forgot manipulative, exploitive and quite honestly, a real bitch…”

Ginny smiled back at him. “I deserved that. I know you don’t want an apology, so I won’t give you one. Just know that I want to very badly. I was terrible to you. You were so lovely to me when we were together.”

“We weren’t really together, though, were we?” he corrected.

“You thought we were; which makes what I did even worse…”

“It doesn’t matter now. I have a future to be getting on with. What’s happened in the past is just that. I’d like to forget it. I was surprised when the article came out, though. You kept the classified stuff quiet. Even so, I’m very happy with the future I have planned and I’m eager to get out of here and start living it.”

“I hope you and Hermione find all the happiness you deserve. Seeing the two of you together, glowing with the love you share, makes facing the mistakes I made a tiny bit easier.” Harry looked away from her uncomfortably. “I also wanted to thank you for asking for lenience for me. Why didn’t you tell them I stole the serum and used it on you? Dad told me what you said and it wasn’t mentioned. Harry… why? Why wouldn’t you want me strung from the highest tree?”

“What was the point? I’ve experienced public humiliation more times than I can count. Why would I wish that on a Weasley?”

“Well, I don’t understand it, but thank you anyway. I’ll go and let you rest. Get better soon, alright? I will make everything up to you, I promise.”

Harry looked at her strangely, much like he looked at Luna on occasion. “Keep your promises, Ginny. All I ask is that you leave me alone.”

Ginny nodded sadly and left as Ron entered the room. “How’s it going, mate?”

“She’s going to be alright, I think,” Harry stated.

“Yeah, everyone has to grow up sometime,”

“Except Peter Pan…” Harry offered.

“Who?” asked Ron. “Anyway, I need a quote from you. The press has been murder.”

“Tell them that I’m fine, looking forward to getting out of here and will be returning to work shortly,” said Harry.

“That’s rubbish. We’ve used all that. They want something juicy…”

Harry got a wicked gleam in his eye. “Tell them that I, personally, believe that I have the sexiest Healer on staff.”

“Why, thank you, Mr. Potter,” laughed Healer Strankford as he entered the room. “I never knew you felt that way…”

Harry grimaced at the much older and very male Healer. “I meant Hermione...”

“Yes… Healer Granger…I’ve been helping her with her rotation so she can spend more time here. I see that my efforts have paid off. You are looking much better.”

“I feel fine, just a bit tired,”

“I’d say more than just a bit, but that’s to be expected. I seem to remember advising against dueling. Did you ever have any intentions of following my advice? No, don’t answer that. It could have been much worse. I need to run some more tests on you physically, as well as your magical abilities, then if all checks out, we’ll see about getting you released tomorrow.” Healer Strankford gave Harry a raised eyebrow before leaving the room.

“Hear that, Harry? You’re getting sprung tomorrow! That’s just what I needed for my next press conference!” Ron gushed before exiting as well.

Harry settled in for a quick kip before his next visitors came. His eyes flew open at the sound of a whispered, “Colloportus…” Hermione smiled wickedly at him and moved toward his bed.

“I’m off work and didn’t want to go home without seeing you,” she purred. “Are you too tired? I can just…”

“Don’t you dare…” he interrupted, as he pulled her down to where he lay. “Have you ever done it in a hospital bed?”

“Done what exactly?” she asked in return. “You need to save your strength. Anyway, Harry, there are instruments for monitoring all over the room. We can’t…not here…”

Harry smirked at the woman in his arms, retrieved his wand from under his pillow and muttered an incantation. It was as if a cloud enveloped the room.

“I can hardly see you…” she complained.

“Just close your eyes, love,” he said as he carefully removed her clothing. “You don’t need to see, just feel…”

40. The Wedding

Author’s note: A special thanks to my guest collaborator on this chapter. Thank you Izzie, without your help, there would be no wedding. I wanted to keep it off-screen. She convinced me to change that and wrote most of the ceremony herself! Thank you, also, to everyone who has read or reviewed my work. Your encouragement has helped motivate me tremendously. This is the end of the road, with only the epilogue left. I think I have answered all of the questions within the story, but if there’s anything I’ve missed, please let me know. I’d be happy to answer.

The Wedding

Chapter 40

The Wedding

Harry was released the following afternoon. Hermione left work early to accompany him home. He was forbidden to use any magic for two weeks; however he was allowed to walk when absolutely necessary.

“Can I get you anything?” Lupin asked when Harry was settled on the couch.

Harry thought a moment. “Maybe the WWN. There’s supposed to be a Puddlemere game on.”

Lupin set up the wireless and found the game. Hermione called him over and whispered in his ear.

“Since you are settled, I’m going to run into the office for a bit. Before you ask, no, I won’t bring you any work home. You are supposed to rest.”

Harry sighed and settled back into the cushions to listen to the game. Out of the corner of his eye, he caught an amazing sight.

“What are you doing?” he asked skeptically.

“Just testing out a theory…” she responded as she dropped the remainder of her clothing to the floor.

“Come here,” he requested as he feasted his eyes on her naked body.

“Harry…” started Hermione a good bit later as the couple lay wrapped in each other’s arms. “When you are better, I’d like to talk more about the wedding. Have you given any more thought to what you’d like?”

“I talked to Mr. Weasley, before that whole fiasco happened. He said that a private ceremony in the garden is fine, but he’d like to see a public reception, with foreign dignitaries and the whole works. Would you mind that so much?”

“Of course not,” she replied. “That just might be the perfect solution. We get the quiet ceremony that we want, then you’d still have the media circus that your position requires.”

Harry groaned at the thought. “Do we have to?” he asked. “The thought of it gives me a headache.”

“I know it does, but that also makes one less ball you’ll have to attend this year. You’ll be off the hook until Christmas.”

Harry closed his eyes and thought of Christmas with Hermione as his wife. “Let’s make it sooner rather than later,” he said.

“We’ll need at least six weeks to plan it out. A small garden wedding doesn’t happen overnight.”

“You aren’t planning to haul me around to look at loads of that stuff, are you?” Harry shuddered at the memory of the show in New York.

“Actually, no, I’m not,” she responded in a business-like manner. “I don’t like lacy, frilly things any more than you do. I like pretty things as much as the next woman, but I think our wedding should reflect us and the styles we are comfortable with rather than be a competition on who can use the most lace. Don’t you think?”

“Have I told you before that you are perfect for me?” he asked, impressed.

“Not today, but there’s plenty of time left…” she giggled.

“So, shall we plan on six weeks, then? That will put us almost to fall. The weather should be nice…”

“Is that enough time?” she asked. “The garden is lovely, but for a wedding we need lots of work done…”

“Remus loves to putter about gardening,” Harry suggested. “He can help; Ron and Luna, plus we can always borrow some house elves from Hogwarts…”

Harry took in the look of disappointment in Hermione’s eyes. Then it hit him. “Of course, as soon as I’m able, I’ll be able to do most of it. Just because I’m not supposed to do magic, doesn’t mean I can’t work. Who do you think kept my Aunt Petunia’s garden in shape?”

Hermione smiled at him wickedly. “You are too good to me,” she purred as she pulled him closer.

“I take fantasies very seriously. I didn’t have much else growing up…” he admitted.

“Tell me one of your fantasies, sexual or not. I don’t care.”

“That cream cake thing put any sexual fantasy I’ve ever had to shame. Merlin, that was wonderful…”

Hermione made a mental note and added, “Tell me a fantasy you’ve never told me before. From when you were a child…”

“I don’t remember any,” he lied.

“Yes, you do. Just tell me…”

“You’ll just laugh,” he said. Looking into her eyes, he knew she wouldn’t. “Alright, I’ll tell you. It’s really stupid, though. When I was a kid, I’d hear Aunt Petunia putting Dudley to bed. I could picture it in my mind. I could see her sitting beside his bed holding a book. I could hear her voice reading him a story, but I couldn’t make out what she was saying, so I would make up a story in my head and pretend my mum was telling it to me. I could hear Aunt Petunia get up and walk over to him, kiss him on the cheek and tell him goodnight. That’s when I’d realize that no one was there to kiss me. See? I told you it was stupid.” He looked at her and didn’t see any humor, just tears shining in her eyes.

“I’ll be right back,” she stated and fled the room.

“Good going, Potter,” he scolded himself.

Within seconds, Hermione was back wearing an old flannel dressing gown. She dragged a chair up the bed. “It’s not bedtime, but I hope a naptime story will suffice,” she told him lovingly.

“Hermione, you don’t have to…”

“Shush! Boys are not allowed to interrupt story time…” she scolded gently. “Once upon a time…” She told Harry a story of a witch princess who was madly in love with the handsome wizard prince, how they raised a family and mostly how they lived happily ever after. She pulled the blankets tight around him and sweetly kissed his forehead.

“Thank you,” he said sleepily. “You are going to be a wonderful mum. I can’t wait until we can tell stories to our own children.”

Several weeks passed before Harry was cleared to use magic, though to him, it felt like several months. He’d spent his time building, with a little help from magic, a gazebo for the wedding, after he’d caught Hermione doodling one on a spare scrap of parchment. He’d put up a disillusionment charm over it and hid it behind a sheet he’d enlarged. One the gazebo was finished; he began to plant fall blooming roses to climb up the fixture. He kept a careful eye on their growth, so that they’d bloom in time for the wedding.

“When can I see what you are hiding out there?” she asked him one sunny afternoon.

“On our wedding day. It’s a surprise until then,” he answered. “What do you think of a walkway down the center? I can add that easily…”

“Harry…” Hermione began hesitantly. “Are you having a bachelor party?”

“I assume so. No one’s mentioned it. Why?” he asked.

“Well, Luna has planned a party for me and I wanted us to have them on the same night,” she answered.

“That sounds fine,” he said. “Check with Ron. He’ll be the likeliest host.”

Ron indeed has a party scheduled for Harry to take place two nights before the wedding. Harry insisted that he didn’t want it on the eve of the ceremony.

Luna, Lavender Brown and Pavarti Patil arrived to pick up Hermione for her night out. They were planning to meet the other girls at the Three Broomsticks, which Luna had rented for the evening.

A bit later Ron arrived to get Harry. “I’ve rented Seamus’ for the night. It’s going to be a blast,” prattled Ron to a nervous Harry.

“You know I don’t want anything too out of hand, right?” Harry cautioned. “Your brothers didn’t help out with this, did they?

“Don’t worry, mate,” he answered. “We’ll be fine.”

They arrived at Seamus’ pub to find scantily clad waitresses milling about serving drinks. There was a stage occupying the space in the back. Harry’s anxiety increased. Immediately upon entering, he nicked a large glass off a tray. He didn’t know what exactly it was that he was drinking, but the burn down his throat indicated that it was strong.

Soon Ron made the first toast. “My friends, we have taken this opportunity to welcome my best mate, Harry, to the world of marital bliss…”

“Don’t do it! Free yourself while you can!” came a shout from the corner which sounded a lot like Neville followed by screams of laughter.

Harry laughed as Ron went on, “…I’ve gotten you a few gifts, mate, that’ll help your ‘marital’, to be more ‘blissful’.” Ron held up a box and pulled something out. “This book was passed down to me from Charlie.”

Charlie shouted, “Learn it and use it!!” Harry looked at the book Ron held.

Ron laughed and said, “This book tells us all the questions wives ask us that we really shouldn’t answer. Just look up the question and it’ll tell you the answer that won’t get you into to trouble.” He handed the book over to Harry, who flipped through it quickly.

“Ahhh, I’ve been burned by that one already!” Harry complained. The assembled men howled in glee.

“The next gift is irreplaceable. It’s saved my arse many times. It’s a chart that tells you what of trouble you are in and what it takes to get out of the gnome hole.”

“Pass that around, Ron. I need to see how much trouble I’ll be in tomorrow,” shouted Dean Thomas.

“The last gift is special ordered. I noticed Hermione’s reaction to your magical evaluations, so I thought I’d do you a favor.” Harry face turned the color of ripe tomatoes. “This, my friend, is your own personal scanner,” He held up a small silver instrument. “Basically, you blast it and it will put up a reading of how much power you put into it. Enjoy, mate.”

“Thanks, Ron. I’m sure I’ll put these to good use,” Harry stated.

“We’re sure you will, too,” called Fred, or was it George.

“May you have all the happiness you so rightly deserve and may you have all the sex and quidditch you can handle, for these are the staples in life.” Ron concluded.

“Thanks, mate,” Harry said. “For all this, plus everything else over the years.”

Remus came over and gave Harry a huge bear hug. “I’ve got you a little something as well. But before I give it to you, I wanted to tell you how happy and proud of you James and Lily would be. I couldn’t love you any more if you were my own son. Here…” Harry’s eyes shown as he opened the present. It was a clock-type object. “This is what I’ve been talking to you about. It will let unsuspecting visitors know not to disturb you.” Harry grinned.

Just then the lights went dim, except for on the stage. Loud, pulsing music began and several dancers entered, bumping and grinding their way across the stage. Ron led Harry to the seat of honor to enjoy the show. The dancers began shedding their costumes and tossing them at the guest of honor. Harry watched quietly, while the other men hooted and hollered.

The lead stripper came over behind where Harry was seated and began rubbing her body against his shoulders. “I really wish you would pick someone else,” Harry said uncomfortably. “You are beautiful and a very good dancer, but just please…er…don’t.” The dancer smiled and moved over to Neville Longbottom and sat on his lap. Harry took a long drink and relaxed.

Soon, Harry was feeling the alcohol. He and many others joined the dancers on the stage. The strippers were down to wearing very little. Harry made sure he kept a proper distance from anyone, but tossed his shirt. The dancer on his left, Ginger, was teaching him how to move. Harry looked up to see his fiancée watching.

“Hermione!” he called embarrassed. “What are you doing here?”

“We came over to check on you,” she replied. “Has he been a good boy, Ginger?”

Ginger answered, “Better than I’ve ever seen. He’s kept a strict, ‘look, but don’t touch’ policy. We’ve been teaching him to dance our way.”

Hermione snickered. “Well, we don’t want to spoil your fun…”

“Yes, we do…” shouted Luna who was eying Ron suspiciously.

“Okay, yes we do want to spoil your fun, but we won’t stay…”

A sweaty, shirtless Harry leapt off the stage and bolted toward her. “Please stay,” he begged. “Dance with me.”

Hermione threw her arms around him and kissed him passionately. Cheers went up from the crowd, as the gift from Remus raised itself off the table and flashed, ‘Just Kissing: Come on in.’ Harry pulled her up onto the stage and pulled her into his arms before swaying to the music in the way he’d been shown.

The next morning, Harry dressed in some of Dudley’s old clothes. He apparated to Hermione’s flat and knocked.

“Good morning,” she said. “I thought you’d have a lie in this morning. We were out very late.”

“I couldn’t,” he replied. “I was too excited. You are moving in with me today. I wanted to get started.”

“Harry, you know that I’m not officially moving in until after the wedding, right?”

“I know, but this is just as good. I’ll be surrounded by your things, so I know it’ll be real.”

“There’s plenty of my things there now. How is this different?” she asked.

“Well, before you had a flat and were visiting me. After today, my home will be your home. It makes a world of difference.”

“We’d best get started, then,” she handed him a cat carrier with a yowling Crookshanks inside. He grabbed a box with his other arm and disapparated. He was back within seconds.

“What’s next?” he asked a clearly surprised Hermione.

She blinked several times before asking, “You can just take things with you? I’ve never seen that before.”

“Can’t everyone? I just think of it as a portkey with me being the anchor. Anything that is touching me goes.”

Hermione picked up a box and disappeared. The box fell to the floor with a thud. Harry scooped up the box and followed.

“Here you go,” he said handing her the box she left. He set down the other things he’d brought.

“Honestly, Harry. You make it look so simple. I suppose you can bring over that stuff, while I stay here and put things away.” Hermione started opening boxes and banishing things to their new locations. Harry disappeared again, resurfacing almost instantaneously with another load.

It took Harry almost an hour before Hermione’s flat was emptied. Arriving in his kitchen holding a large armoire, Hermione saw him and shrieked, ”Harry! You aren’t supposed to be lifting heavy things yet!”

Harry lowered his arms and showed her that he wasn’t lifting it. “I’ve discovered that if I give a large article a hug, it’ll go too,” he muttered.

Hermione’s eyes flamed. “Winky? Dobby?” she called. When the two house elves appeared, she asked them to assist in putting her things away. They nodded happily. She turned to Harry. “I need to speak to you upstairs, please.”

Harry thinking he was going to be lectured about something followed her reluctantly. As soon as he had closed the door, she was all over him, kissing where ever her lips landed.

Several hours later, Hermione was all moved in. She packed a small bag to take to Ron and Luna’s. “You’ll remember the rehearsal is at 5:30, then dinner at the Charmed Cupid afterward, right?” she inquired.

“I’ll be here,” he said.

“Can I see my surprise then?” she teased.

Harry scowled. “No way! Not until tomorrow,”

She shrunk and pocketed her small bag, kissed him quickly and apparated away. Harry noticed that immediately the house felt empty.

Rising even earlier the next morning, Harry went out back and uncovered his gazebo. The pale blue roses were just barely budding. With a flick of his wand, they were in full bloom. The crocuses he’d planted along the walkway looked perfect. He stood back and admired his work.

Remus arrived before long. “It looks lovely, Harry,” he exclaimed. “Hermione will be impressed.”

“I was thinking,” said Harry. “I wonder if she’ll mind if I move this after the ceremony. I’d kind of like my quidditch field back.”

“I’m sure that will be fine. Are you nervous?” the older man asked.

“About getting married?” he questioned. “No. I am not looking forward to the reception tonight, though.” Harry looked over at his house elves, who were scurrying about with adding last minute touches, and smiled.

“It’ll be fine, I promise you that. Every Auror will be there, as well as the MLE’s, the Unspeakables…even the ones on vacation volunteered to come and help. You’ve made quite a name for yourself at the Ministry…”

Harry smiled. “Maybe I should just relax and enjoy it, is what you are getting at.”

Lupin put an arm around him. “Concentrate on your bride. We’ll take care of everything else.”

Harry beamed. “I’ll do that.”

Ron and Remus accompanied Harry to the gazebo when the time came. All wearing their Ministry dress robes, complete with sashes and sabers. The hundred or so chairs he’d conjured were filled and several more people were standing at the back.

He looked toward the area where she would appear to find it empty. Ron leaned over toward him and said, “You know girls are always late. Relax.”

Harry nodded and continued to watch. Then he saw her. She was on the arm of Mr. Weasley, her own parents having been killed during the second war. She was wearing sheer dress robes over a slim, white, satin dress that fit like a glove. She gave him a wide smile as she took in the gazebo he’d created for her.

“You look amazing,” Harry whispered as she approached. Her face turned pink. “I thought for a minute you weren’t coming.”

“Why would I be anywhere else? I told you before my life’s not complete without you in it,” she replied.

“I think I finally believe you,” he said as they turned and faced the cleric.

They took each other's hand and turned to face the minister who gave them a warmsmile that helped calm their nerves. This was the moment theyhad been waiting for.

The minister began to speak, "Welcome family, friends and guests and welcome to the joining together in love of Harry James Potter and Hermione Jane Granger.Today wecelebrate the merging of these two livesin marriage,even though they have already been joined insoul and spirit for a long time." Harry tried to listen to the beautiful words the minister was saying about love and relationships and yes, even soul mates, but all Harry could think about was that with each word he was closer to making Hermione his wife. He still couldn't believe that this wonderful, extraordinary woman had agreed to spend the rest of his life with him. As he snuck quick glances at her he could not imagine how he almost let her get away. In fact, he kept sneaking glances at her also just to be sure she didn't change her mind and turn and run in the other direction. But, Merlin, did she look so exquisite in her wedding gown. One of the many times he had his eyes trained on her, she caught him staring and gave him the sweetest smile and squeezed his hand in reassurance.

Finally, the time had come to speak their vows. Even though it was a wizarding wedding, they had chosen to speak the traditional muggles vows. Hermione had told him during one of their late night talks that she wanted the same vows that her parents had spoken at their wedding and since they were no longer there to share the day, Harry agreed that they should to honor them in this way. As the minister recited the words, Harry and Hermione repeated them to each other making their promises of love, friendship, support and loyalty. The most emotional part of the vows for them was when it came time to pledge to be there during sickness and health. Everyone in attendance knew what Harry had gone through and some about what Hermione had gone through. There was not a dry eye in the house. Even Ron and Remus were openly crying.

The candle ritual was almost a disaster. In it, they were to think of their love for each other, then cast a flame charm on a candle across the way. Harry had decided against using his wand. After picturing how much he truly loved her in his mind, he whispered, “Incendio.” A huge ball of flame erupted from his finger tips and nearly ignited the gazebo. Remus was standing by with his wand.

“Whoops…” Harry muttered. The audience giggled. “I tried to hold back. I did! I’m sorry, Hermione,” he whispered to her.

Hermione looked at him with fire in her eyes. “I love it that just thinking about me causes you to lose control. There’s nothing to be sorry for.”

After the rituals and vows had been completed and they were a little more composed, they sealed their bond by exchanging the rings. The same ones exchanged by Harry's parents so many years ago. Then, the ministerfinally pronounced them husband and wife. The crowdstood up and cheered as Harry and Hermione shared their first kiss as a married couple.

Harry apparated Hermione to his office at the Ministry about a half hour before the reception. “Are you sure we have to show up? We could just hide out in here for a bit, then sneak back to the house…” he suggested.

“Haven’t you had enough problems with protocol lately?” she asked.

“Sod protocol…” he sneered. “I haven’t touched you in days. Let’s just get out of here…”

“We can’t, Harry,” she giggled. “Though I wouldn’t say no to that cloud thing you did at the hospital…”

The bride and groom arrived at the reception only a half hour late. Mr. Weasley rushed over to them as they entered. “Good! You’ve arrived,” he said as he hurried them forward to the head table. Harry noticed his house elves’ handiwork as he saw the strings of ornaments bearing his and Hermione’s faces.

“What kept you?” asked Ron, who upon seeing a reddening of his friend’s faces abruptly changed the subject. “How about those Cannons? Think they’ll make it all the way this year?”

Harry was led off by Minister Bones to be introduced to the visiting guests. Hermione found plenty to keep her occupied, first chatting with Ron and Luna, then Healer Strankford. Soon, it was time for dinner. A lavish feast, the likes of which Harry had never seen before, appeared on the tables. He made his way back to where he was sitting.

“I missed you,” he told his new wife, wrapping an arm around her and kissing her gently on the cheek.

After dinner, the bride and groom led the first dance. Soon Harry lost track of how many people he had danced with. There was one moment that stood out in his mind, when Tonks, while dancing with Remus nearly knocked Harry over onto his partner, the wife of the delegate from Bulgaria.

“Dreadfully sorry,” apologized Tonks as she and Lupin scurried away quickly.

The names and faces of the people he’d met began to blur. He caught the eye of his bride, who made her way toward him at the end of the song.

Harry snickered when he noticed that every layer of the cake they were cutting was cream filled. “Can we get some of this to take out?” he asked his wife with a grin.

“If you are a good groom and don’t smear it on my face, I’ll see what I can do…” she replied. Harry took extreme care when he fed her the bit of cake.

“You’re good at that,” observed Remus.

“I have reason to be…” replied Harry.

Ron gave the first toast. “Harry, Hermione, you guys have been the best mates a boy could ever have. Can anyone find anything more fitting than for Harry Potter to marry a Healer? Seriously, though. I knew that the two of you were inevitable; the hard part was convincing you of that, Harry. When you told me that true love was rubbish, I knew I had to prove you wrong. May the happiness you feel today last you a lifetime.”

So many toasts were made to the happy couple that Harry’s head was buzzing and Hermione was becoming very giggly. Harry went over to speak to the Minister about his intentions to leave.

“Thank you for this, Mr. Potter,” she said. “You need to give a short speech then, you are free to go.”

Harry grimaced and made his way to the podium. “Thank you all for coming this evening, especially our foreign guests, to help me celebrate what has certainly been the best day of my life so far.”

“We want to thank the Ministry for this wonderful party in our honor, our friends for helping to make it so special and I especially want to thank my wife. Hermione, I wouldn’t be here if it weren’t for you, love. I promise you that even if it takes the rest of my life, I’ll make all of your dreams come true. I love you.”

“And if anyone out there has the slightest idea to threaten the peace that our world has finally achieved, remember what I said in that graveyard…I will be watching. Thank you again, everyone, for coming. Feel free to stay as long as you’d like, but forgive me if I’d rather spend my wedding night alone with my wife…” Everyone snickered at Harry’s impatience to leave.

“Mr. Potter, before you go…” began, Don Anderson, the Minister of Magic from America. “We’d like to take this opportunity to show our gratitude for everything you’ve done for our world. The other dignitaries and I have pooled our resources to offer you a small gift of appreciation.” He held up a set of keys. “We had many meetings regarding what gift would befit a young groom and his lovely bride. We couldn’t decide which would be more appropriate, a nice honeymoon or something more permanent. So, we’ve reached a compromise; please accept, with our best wishes, the keys to a beachside bungalow on Molokai, Hawaii. The deed will be ready to sign upon your arrival. And in the spirit of the islands, Mahalo!”

Hermione beamed at Harry, whose eyes had never been bigger. He accepted the keys and portkey, then offered his own thanks with a handshake. Harry knew it would be rude to leave immediately, so he took Hermione by the hand and made his way around to thank the dignitaries for the gift. They each placed conjured flowery leis around his and Hermione’s necks.

Harry and Hermione looked over at Ron and Luna, then back at each other with a wide grin. “Say, Ron…” called Harry. “Do you guys want to join us in Hawaii next weekend? Then we can all return together. Think of it as a last blast before the baby comes…I’ve heard Jobberknolls have been spotted there…” Ron and Luna exchanged an excited look.

Harry and Hermione spent the rest of the evening opening a mountain of wedding gifts. Dobby prepared a large room to put things until they returned from their honeymoon, while Winky charmed Thank you notes for them to sign. “This one is from Malfoy,” stated a surprised Hermione as she read the card.

“Bin it…” suggested Harry. “I probably got better presents from the Dursley’s.”

Just then the box made a yipping noise. Hermione opened it quickly to find a Crup puppy, which licked Hermione’s face immediately. “Aren’t you adorable! Let’s name him Jack!” she exclaimed. Harry rolled his eyes.

After several hours of opening gifts and signing charmed notes, finally they were finished. Harry scooped his wife into his arms and headed up for bed, with Jack nipping at his heels.

41. Epilogue

Epilogue

Chapter 40

Epilogue

Harry was awakened by something crawling up his stomach. He peered through the darkness, while reaching for his glasses.

“Munchkin, what are you doing up so early?” he whispered, trying not to wake his sleeping wife. She’d worked very late and needed her rest.

“Daddy pway wif me. Pwesents…” stated the raven haired toddler.

“Why don’t I make you some breakfast so Mummy can sleep a bit longer,” Harry attempted.

“Pwesents!” cried the small boy.

“It’s fine, honey. I can sleep a bit later. Let’s go check out the presents before he breaks all of the windows again,” said a sleepy Hermione.

“Are you sure?” he asked concerned.

“I won’t say no to a strong cup of coffee, though…” she mumbled, rising and reaching for her dressing gown.

Harry waved his hand toward the kitchen and heard the teapot begin to heat. “Well, little man, let’s get you changed and dressed before we go down, shall we?”

The boy’s face fell. “Simon wants pwesents now!” he demanded his big brown eyes filling with tears.

“That’s quite enough of that! You will settle down while we get dressed or no presents until after dinner tonight.” Harry scolded the boy.

The boy gave Harry a sneaky smile. “I wuv oo, Daddy,” he grinned. “You said when say I wuv oo, it makes you happy. Are oo happy now?”

“You little pixie,” Harry chuckled. “Let’s wake up your sister, as well.”

“Sam?” he called through the closed door. “Your brother is getting restless for pwe…presents. Want to come down?”

“Sure, Dad, I’ll be right there,” she answered.

Harry took the boy back into his room. “How did you get out of your cot?” he asked.

“I cwimbed,” Simon stated matter-of-factly.

Finally the squirming, impatient boy was dressed and ready for the day. Daybreak had finally come.

Harry carried his son downstairs to find his wife reading the morning Prophet. “Anything good in there today?” he asked.

“Just the usual rubbish,” she replied.

Harry leaned the child down to his mummy who gave her a loud kiss on the cheek.

“How’s my big boy this morning?” she asked.

“He’s cross. He wants pwesents…” grumbled Harry. “You look tired, love. What do you say to asking Sam to watch this one for a bit after presents, while I tuck you back in bed?”

“Does Sam get a choice in the matter? Who says I want to watch the monster,” Samma teased. “Good morning, munchkin.” She kissed his little cheek.

“It’s so good to have you home for the holidays,” said Hermione. “We’ve missed you. How are your classes going?”

“They’re fine, Mum. I just wish I had gotten a bit more of Dad’s power, rather than him,” she scowled indicating Simon with her thumb.

“Be careful what you wish for…” cautioned her father while spooning porridge into Simon’s mouth. “I would have loved to have had your mum’s dedication to her studies.”

Hermione snorted to herself in disbelief. “We don’t know what the future holds, love, but your father paid dearly for that power. Are you ready to sacrifice something else in exchange?”

“I don’t mean Dad. I know his story and it’s horrible what he went through, but Simon is just a baby.

“Simon not baby! Simon a big boy! Wight, Mummy?” the boy sputtered through his cereal.

“Yes, you are, sweetie,” cooed Hermione. “You are mummy’s big boy!” turning back to her twelve-year-old daughter, she continued. “I’m sure there’s a reason Simon received a portion of your dad’s power. We just don’t know why yet. Don’t treat him any differently. He is and always will be your baby brother.”

In the meantime, Simon had finished his cereal. Harry wiped his face and held his hand as the family went into the den. Simon jumped in glee as he took in the enormous tree surrounded by presents.

“Harry,” said Hermione, in awe of the magnitude, as she was every year. “You are going to spoil them.”

“Then let them be spoiled. They are good kids. They deserve to be treated as such.” Hermione accepted his words as she always did and began to hand out the gifts.

“Is this what I think it is?” Sam exclaimed holding up a large shiny cloak.

“That was your grandfather’s, my father. Professor Dumbledore gave to me Christmas of my first year.”

“Thanks, Dad,” she beamed. “Uncle Remus has told me so many stories about him and his invisibility cloak. This makes it feel less like a grandfather who died and more like a real person. Thank you.”

“Just don’t get caught…” Harry began.

“Honestly. Harry!” Hermione scolded. “You are her father. Don’t tell her not to get caught. You’re supposed to be telling her not to break the rules!”

“I won’t be a ‘do as I say, not as I do’ type of dad,” explained Harry. “Sometimes the situation calls for a bit of rule-breaking. Use your best judgment and be ready to face the consequences of your actions.”

Hermione harrumphed her displeasure at his attitude, yet let it go, since she knew he was correct. It just didn’t seem to her as if it were something a father should say.

Harry walked over and gave his wife a kiss to let her know that he understood her point.

Hermione opened next a gold locket with a picture of Harry, Sam and Simon waving happily at her. “It’s gorgeous, love. Thank you! Help me put it on…”

Harry assisted her with the necklace, while Simon called, “Me! Me!” at seeing his picture.

Sam opened a picture that was obviously drawn by Simon. “Thanks, Munchkin! I’ll hang it in my dorm room.”

Simon chortled, “Sam wike picher! I dwew Sam picher!”

“And it looks just like her, Simon. You did a very good job!” praised Hermione. She noticed both Sam as well as Harry tilting their heads to try to see Sam in the crude drawing.

Harry opened a gift to find a beat up hairbrush. “Think this one will do any good?” he laughed with his wife. His family had always exchanged gag gifts since the first year they were married. Remus had told Hermione of Harry’s fantasy Christmas, so she made a point to enable him to live that dream every year.

Hermione, who was opening a box containing an empty tissue roll, cried “Oh, Harry! I love it!” Then she began humming into the roll as if it were a kazoo. Simon chortled.

Simon opened a toy broom and squealed with glee, while Sam opened a coat hanger. “Thanks Mum. I’m running out of these at school.”

After the mountain of gifts had been opened, Simon’s and Hermione’s eyes began to droop. “I’ll take her, if you’ll take him.”

“Alright,” Sam agreed. “Then I’ll tidy up down here.”

Harry pulled his daughter into his arms and looked into her emerald eyes. “I’ve missed you, Sam,” he sighed. After Harry’s previous injuries, they had a fair bit of trouble conceiving Sam. Finally, almost five years after their wedding, she was born. Harry missed work for two days, inconsolable when Sam left for Hogwarts. He spent his ‘sick’ days rocking his infant son as if determined not to miss a minute of his life.

“I’ve missed you, too, Dad. I’ll be glad when Dobby and Winky get back, though.”

“They deserve to spend Christmas with their families, too. You’ll just have to make do with my cooking for a few days, that’s all.”

“What time is lunch at Grandma Molly’s?”

“Half one,” Harry replied. “If we aren’t up yet, wake us by eleven, please.”

“You’ll be awake by then, but if not, I’ll wake you,” she answered

Harry picked up his sleeping wife and carried her up to their room. He laid her gently on the bed, removed her dressing gown and slid the blankets over her. He crawled into bed himself and pulled her into his arms. She never stirred.

The next thing he was aware of was his daughter’s voice calling through the door. “Dad? Time to wake up….”

“Thanks, Sam. We’ll be down in a bit,” he replied.

“I don’t want to wake yet,” grumbled Hermione beside him.

Harry smiled at her. “And why would that be?”

“I was having the most delicious dream…” she murmured with a sleepy smile.

“I see,” he responded. “And what was this dream about?”

Hermione gave a husky chuckle, “You, me and a long steamy shower…”

“So would you like to dream about it some more or participate?” he asked in a mock casual voice.

Her eyes flew open and bored into his. “We don’t have time for that. We have to be at the Burrow…”

“In about two hours…” he smirked. “I figure, we both need a shower anyway. If we are running late, I’ll just apparate us over.”

“Merlin, I love it when you do that,” she sighed.

A bit later, Hermione took care of waking Simon, while Harry went down to check on Sam, who he found finishing up her holiday homework.

“All done then?” he asked her.

“Yes, all I had left was the Defense essay. Want to look it over?”

“I’d love to,” he responded. He picked her up off the chair and sat down in it with her in his lap.

“It’s a bit long,” she said with a wrinkled nose. “We’re supposed to do a foot, but I couldn’t get it shortened enough. I finished at just over three. Can you help me?”

“I think that if your ideas and explanations take three feet, then turn in three feet. The length doesn’t matter. It is the content that’s being graded.”

Hermione scoffed as she came down the stairs. “My, how your attitude has changed over the years, Mr. Potter.“

Harry grinned and said to his daughter, “I wasn’t the most studious bloke in school. Your mother was on Uncle Ron and me constantly. We’d never have passed without her help.”

“We’ll be studying Voldemort next year, Dad. Will you help me with that?” Sam asked.

“I’ll do even better. Professor McGonagall has asked me to speak to your class. I wanted to check with you first.”

Sam threw her arms around her father. “That would be brilliant!” she beamed.

“Fancy a quick flight across the field?” he asked her kissing the top of her head.

“Race you!” she screamed as she tore off to get her broom.

“Please be careful, Harry,” Hermione said with a long suffering sigh.

Harry gave her a wide grin. “Accio!” he called as he raised his hand in the air.

Hours later, at the Burrow, Harry and Ron were coming in from a flight/meeting in the orchard. Upon entering Harry found Sam in a deep discussion with the Minister of Magic, Arthur Weasley and Hermione trying to deal with a raging temper tantrum from Simon, who was upset that Ron’s youngest daughter, Amelia, named after the late Minister, was not sharing her toys.

Harry pointed a finger at his son. The boy went perfectly still. Hermione jumped in fright.

“Harry James Potter! I don’t care if you are the Junior Minister; unfreeze your son this instant!” his wife shouted.

“He is not going to throw a Dudley in the middle of Christmas,” Harry explained. “I’ll unfreeze him when he promises to behave.”

“Leave him frozen,” complained Sam. “He’s been a nightmare all morning.”

“He’s only two! It is normal for two-year-olds to have tantrums and to be overwhelmed on Christmas, honey,” explained Mrs. Weasley. “You just need to distract him before he gets a good head of steam.”

Harry walked over and scooped up the motionless boy. “Are you going to be good?”

The toddler’s eyes went wide. Harry took that for a positive answer and said, “Finite.”

Simon gave his dad a pout. His watery brown eyes looked to his father apprehensively.

“Now, let’s have no more of that. Why don’t you show Grandpa the airplane Father Christmas brought you? He would love that.” He gave his son a quick squeeze and set him down. Simon scurried off happily, his earlier distress forgotten.

“You are so good with him,” complimented a harried Hermione.

Harry led his wife to a corner for a private chat. “That’s because we understand one another. He’s a bright boy. He knows that he can do things you can’t undo. He also knows that I can and will hang him on a wall if he tries it.”

“Samma was a much easier baby. I think he must intimidate me. He is going to be a terror when he starts Hogwarts and finds out what he can really do.” Hermione had had a difficult pregnancy with Simon. She had spent the last two months on complete bed rest, which Harry found hilarious, given his former experience with it. He faithfully met her every whim when he was home and hired a young witch with a baby to help when he wasn’t.

“That only means we have nine more years to teach him why he shouldn’t try. I would have never thought you’d be the more lenient parent. You were right bossy with Sam.”

Hermione slapped at his arm. “He already knows what buttons to push with me. Most of the time, he’s wonderful, but days like today….”

“He gets overexcited and needs to be calmed down. Hermione, don’t doubt yourself like this. You are a wonderful mother. We were just blessed with a very powerful son.”

“I just love him so much…I want to be able to relate to him and I can’t…”

“Who says you can’t? Don’t treat him any differently than you would any other two-year-old. He’ll be fine. I just think you worry too much.” He pulled his wife into his arms and lowered his lips to hers.

“Gross, Dad!” fussed Sam. “Do you guys have to do that in front of everybody?”

Lupin and Tonks came back in from their stroll along with Ron and Luna. “It seems…” said Lupin, “I need to find that sign again.”

The rest of the older children came bustling in, followed by Grandpa carrying a giggling boy holding a small airplane. ”Mummy! It fwew! It fwew!” Simon called excitedly.

“It did? How exciting!” she replied taking her son in her arms and spinning around.

Harry smiled at her efforts. Ron’s twin boys, who were third years at Hogwarts, approached him.

“Uncle Harry?” Timothy asked hesitantly. “Is it true…”

Thomas took over, “…that little Simon is as powerful as you are?”

Timothy continued, “We heard at school that he is…”

Harry thought carefully before answering. Luna answered for him, ”Does it really matter?” she asked her curious, ginger haired sons. “Isn’t it enough that he’s a sweet little boy?”

“I wouldn’t exactly call him ‘sweet’,” Harry mumbled as he looked over and saw him trying to stick his fingers in his mother’s nose.

“Yes, he is!” cried Mrs. Weasley. “He’s just precocious…I remember my twins at that age…”

“Someone call us?” asked Fred coming in the front door.

“At your service…” added George carrying a tiny baby. “The girls are coming soon.”

Ginny and Draco Malfoy arrived along with the ever present Edgar. They had been married for just over a year and were very different people than in their younger days. Ginny still worked for the Wizard Welfare department. Malfoy worked from his home at Malfoy Manor investing in new wizarding businesses, under the watchful eye of Edgar. Edgar, himself, had made a tidy profit in venture capital, as well, but knew his job was to keep Malfoy out of trouble. Edgar ran any investments Malfoy was considering by the Aurors for clearance. So far, everything had been legitimate.

It had taken quite awhile for Malfoy to be accepted by Harry or the Weasleys, yet Malfoy patiently waited until he could earn their trust before asking to marry Ginny. Harry and Malfoy never became friends. They could, however, be in the same room without killing each other, so that was an improvement. Even after all the years that had passed, Harry still avoided Ginny as best he could. She understood and didn’t force anything. Simon, on the other hand, loved Ginny and squealed with glee whenever he saw her.

Christmas dinner was a boisterous affair, which was the usual at the Burrow. Also, as usual for the last several years, Harry had enlarged the room and table so they could all sit around it and eat together. Afterward, the Ministry officials of the group went into the backyard for a spot of work discussion.

When they were finished, Harry returned to the den and stood silently in the doorway. He watched as Hermione slowly rocked a sleeping Simon, Samma was playing wizard chess against Timothy, while Thomas looked on, Remus and Tonks were whispering softly. Fred, George and their wives were playing Exploding Snap. Mr. Weasley went to help his wife in the kitchen, while Ron and Luna looked out the window at the stars. Hermione caught her husband’s eye. “I love you,” she mouthed at him. “Thank you,” he mouthed back. “Merlin, I love my life…” he thought to himself as he rejoined the group.